213800JM1AN62REBWA712022-10-022023-09-30213800JM1AN62REBWA712023-09-30iso4217:USD213800JM1AN62REBWA712022-10-01213800JM1AN62REBWA712021-10-032022-10-01iso4217:USDxbrli:shares213800JM1AN62REBWA712021-10-02213800JM1AN62REBWA712021-10-02ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember213800JM1AN62REBWA712021-10-02ifrs-full:SharePremiumMember213800JM1AN62REBWA712021-10-02ifrs-full:ReserveOfCashFlowHedgesMember213800JM1AN62REBWA712021-10-02ifrs-full:OtherReservesMember213800JM1AN62REBWA712021-10-02ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember213800JM1AN62REBWA712021-10-032022-10-01ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember213800JM1AN62REBWA712021-10-032022-10-01ifrs-full:SharePremiumMember213800JM1AN62REBWA712021-10-032022-10-01ifrs-full:ReserveOfCashFlowHedgesMember213800JM1AN62REBWA712021-10-032022-10-01ifrs-full:OtherReservesMember213800JM1AN62REBWA712021-10-032022-10-01ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember213800JM1AN62REBWA712022-10-01ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember213800JM1AN62REBWA712022-10-01ifrs-full:SharePremiumMember213800JM1AN62REBWA712022-10-01ifrs-full:ReserveOfCashFlowHedgesMember213800JM1AN62REBWA712022-10-01ifrs-full:OtherReservesMember213800JM1AN62REBWA712022-10-01ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember213800JM1AN62REBWA712022-10-022023-09-30ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember213800JM1AN62REBWA712022-10-022023-09-30ifrs-full:SharePremiumMember213800JM1AN62REBWA712022-10-022023-09-30ifrs-full:ReserveOfCashFlowHedgesMember213800JM1AN62REBWA712022-10-022023-09-30ifrs-full:OtherReservesMember213800JM1AN62REBWA712022-10-022023-09-30ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember213800JM1AN62REBWA712023-09-30ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember213800JM1AN62REBWA712023-09-30ifrs-full:SharePremiumMember213800JM1AN62REBWA712023-09-30ifrs-full:ReserveOfCashFlowHedgesMember213800JM1AN62REBWA712023-09-30ifrs-full:OtherReservesMember213800JM1AN62REBWA712023-09-30ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember
PROTECTING
LIVES
ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023
AVON PROTECTION PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023
PROTECTING
LIVES
FINANCIAL HEADLINES
$243.8m
Revenue
$21.2m
Adjusted operating prot
40.3c
Adjusted basic earnings pershare
(48.0)c
Basic loss per share
$(12.6)m
Operating loss from
continuingoperations
29.6c
Dividend per share
7.0%
Cash conversion
1.94x
Leverage
$135.8m
Closing order book
WHO WE ARE
Our purpose is Protecting Lives. Its something
everyone in this business cares passionately about.
WHAT WE DO
Our mission is to provide unparalleled protection for
those who protect us, giving them the confidence to tackle
challenging situations and helping them get home safe.
HOW WE DO IT
Our core beliefs are the things that are most important to
us as a business and as individuals: the behaviours we want
to encourage, the standards we hold ourselves to and the
characteristics we display when we’re at our best.
Fearlessness Integrity Excellence Resilience Collaboration Execution
Together, these core beliefs spell FIERCE – a mnemonic
that sums up how passionate we all feel about the
outcome of our work.
HIGHLIGHTS
OUR STARSTRATEGY
WILL HELP US
REALISE OUR
POTENTIAL
CONTENTS
Overview
1 Highlights
2 At a Glance
4 Investment Case
6 Chair’s Statement
Strategic Report
10 Market Overview
12 Product Portfolio
16 Business Model
18 CEO’s Review
24 Strategy in Action
32 KPIs
36 Stakeholder Engagement
41 Sustainability
50 TCFD
57 Financial Review
62 Risk Management
Governance
72 Chair’s Introduction to Governance
74 Board of Directors
76 Corporate Governance
80 Nomination Committee Report
82 Audit Committee Report
86 Remuneration Committee Report
108 Directors’ Report
Adjusted Performance Measures
114 Adjusted Performance Measures
Financial Statements
122 Independent Auditor’s Report
129 Consolidated Statement of ComprehensiveIncome
130 Consolidated Balance Sheet
131 Consolidated Cash Flow Statement
132 Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity
133 Accounting Policies and Critical
AccountingJudgements
138 Notes to the Group Financial Statements
166 Parent Company Balance Sheet
167 Parent Company Statement
of Changes in Equity
168 Parent Company Accounting Policies
170 Notes to the Parent Company FinancialStatements
174 Notice of Annual General Meeting
180 Glossary of Abbreviations
181 Shareholder Information
STRENGTHEN
Strengthen the fundamentals
to provide a stable platform
for transformation
Read more on page 24
Clairs story
TRANSFORM
Improve efficiency and
working capital turns
Raul’s story
Read more on page 26
ADVANCE
Organically grow the core
and scale up emerging
opportunities
Daron’s story
Read more on page 28
REVOLUTIONISE
Leverage innovation to
drive further growth
Henrys story
Read more on page 30
STRENGTHEN
TRANSFORM
REVOLUTIONISE
ADVANCE
OVERVIEW
Annual Report and Accounts 2023 Avon Protection plc
1
STRATEGIC REPORT GOVERNANCE ADJUSTED PERFORMANCE MEASURES FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
AT A GLANCE
OUR AIM IS FOR HEROES
TO SURVIVE AND THRIVE
NO MATTER THE MISSION
OUR VISION IS UNDERPINNED BY OUR STAR STRATEGY...
Read more on page 22
Strengthen the fundamentals
to provide a stable platform for
transformation
Organically grow the core and
scale up emerging opportunities
Leverage innovation to drive
further growth
Improve efficiency and working
capital turns
STRENGTHEN TRANSFORM ADVANCE REVOLUTIONISE
...AND OUR COMMITMENT TO ENSURING A SUSTAINABLE FUTURE...
Read more on page 41
Our planet
The climate impacts the life-
threatening situations in which
our products and services help
save lives.
Our customers
Our customers carry out vital
work in life-threatening situations
– often to protect the wider
community. They can safely
perform with confidence knowing
that we protect with our products
and services.
Our people and
communities
Our mission is only achievable as
a result of our exceptional, highly
engaged colleagues.
Our supply chain
Ensuring a continuous supply
of high quality, ethically sourced
raw materials and components
is critical for us as a trusted partner.
...WITH THE SUPPORT OF AN EFFECTIVE BUSINESS MODEL...
Our people and culture
Our people are at the heart of
everything we do.
Robust risk management
We have an established process
for the identification and
management of risk.
Responsible approach
tosustainability
We have a fundamental
role to play in minimising
ourenvironmental impact
onthe world.
Effective governance
We are committed to high
standards of corporate
governance as set out in the U.K.
Corporate Governance Code.
Read more on page 16
Avon Protection plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
2
...AND AN EMBEDDED CULTURE TO DRIVE STRATEGY DELIVERY
Fearlessness:
We seize
opportunities and take
calculated risks.
Integrity:
We do what’s
right, using good
judgement to ensure
we always do things
we are proud of.
Excellence:
We passionately strive
to protect life through
innovative solutions,
people and processes.
Resilience:
No matter the
circumstances, we
exhibit a will to win.
Collaboration:
We believe in the
power of teams,
working across the
business and with
our customers to
become stronger.
Execution:
We have fun, are
high impact and
are empowered to
vigorously deliver
ourpriorities.
OUR STRATEGIC
BUSINESS UNITS
RESPIRATORY PROTECTION
We have an extensive history of providing respiratory protection and a
comprehensive knowledge of our customers’ requirements for respirators,
powered and supplied air systems, filters, spares andaccessories.
$156.9m
Revenue
18.7%
Adjusted operating prot margin
501
Number of employees
3
Number of sites
HEAD PROTECTION
We have a deep understanding of traumatic brain injury which enables
us to design next generation ballistic and bump protection helmets, as
well as helmet liner and retention systems.
$86.9m
Revenue
(9.3)%
Adjusted operating prot margin
422
Number of employees
3
Number of sites
Read more on page 12 Read more on page 14
OVERVIEW
Annual Report and Accounts 2023 Avon Protection plc
3
STRATEGIC REPORT GOVERNANCE ADJUSTED PERFORMANCE MEASURES FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
INVESTMENT CASE
WE HAVE STRONG
FOUNDATIONS
AND EXTRAORDINARY
POTENTIAL
2. LEADING TECHNOLOGY
Cumulative R&D of $34 million over the last 3 years
World leading, innovative protection provided by our helmets,
respirators and rebreathers
Uniquely positioned to lead future technology programmes for
head and respiratory protection
Deep material science, product design and manufacturing
capability, aligned to customer priorities and future threats
Decades of experience protecting the lives of NATO
militaries and first responders
1. ADDRESSING INCREASING GLOBAL
THREATS BY PROTECTING THE LIVES
OF THOSE WHO PROTECT US
A major supplier of integrated protective solutions to the U.S.
Department of Defense and other NATO countries
Supportive addressable markets growing at 2-4% CAGR
Global instability and current conflicts driving demand and
emphasising the importance of soldier and first responder
protection
3. RESILIENT COMPETITIVE
ADVANTAGE
Platform lifecycles support deep customer partnerships and long-
term revenue visibility
Recertification and extensive qualification requirements provide
strong barriers to entry
Brands represents trust and reliability - long-term reputation for
product excellence essential given high cost of failure
Extensive installed product base and broad accessory offering
provides stable after-market revenue
Avon Protection plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
4
Focus on disciplined
capital allocation
insupport of growth
in coremarkets and
maximisation
ofreturns
1-2x
net debt – EBITDA
THROUGH OUR STAR STRATEGY, WE HAVE DEVELOPED
STRATEGIC INITIATIVES WITH A FOCUS ON PROTECTING
MORE LIVES THROUGH OUR INNOVATIVE PRODUCTS
AND DELIVERING IMPROVED MARGINS, CASH FLOW
AND RETURNS ON CAPITAL FOR OUR SHAREHOLDERS.
CAPITAL ALLOCATION POLICY FOCUSED ON EARNINGS RECOVER
AND DRIVING SUSTAINABLE TOPLINE GROWTH
Transformation initiatives and
organic investment in R&D
Deliver strong margin progression
and revenue growth
Reduce debt
Increase balance sheet flexibility
and minimise interest cost to
allow compounding of returns
Sustainable through-cycle dividend
payout ratio
2.5-3.0x EPS cover throughcycle
Inorganic investment inbolt-ons
Only where value-creative and
supportive of strategy acceleration
5. TRANSFORMATION DRIVING
ACCELERATED FINANCIAL
ANDESGPERFORMANCE
Robust plan to deliver mid-teens margins, improved ROIC and
strong cash conversion
An innovative culture with a well-invested asset base and
engaged workforce driving future growth
Disciplined approach to capital allocation
Focused on delivering responsibly for all stakeholders; new
transformation plan and five-year targets reducing scrap
and CO
2
emissions
4. WELL POSITIONED FOR
ABOVEMARKET GROWTH
Organic revenue growth underpinned by strong positions on
multi-year programmes
Sole sourced or primary sourced on key programmes of record
Long history of partnering with customers on break-through
technology
Strong channel to market allows for rapid commercialisation of
new technology
OVERVIEW
Annual Report and Accounts 2023 Avon Protection plc
5
STRATEGIC REPORT GOVERNANCE ADJUSTED PERFORMANCE MEASURES FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
It has been a busy year of change across a number of important areas.
We have refreshed and strengthened the Executive management team,
led by Jos Sclater who joined the Board as CEO in January 2023, working
alongside Rich Cashin, who joined as CFO in March 2022. Under their
leadership, the Group has been reorganised into two Strategic Business
Units, Respiratory Protection and Head Protection, with respective
business Presidents appointed to the Executive Committee. This approach
has led to increased accountability and ownership of delivery in both
business units and has improved the ability of the Board to both oversee
and scrutinise performance. Following the reorganisation, the Board has
been excited to oversee the development and launch of our new STAR
strategy, which is already delivering encouraging results, together with a
refreshed mission, vision and core beliefs for the Group.
Vision, mission and core beliefs
Avon Protection is a world leader in respiratory and head protection
solutions. Over the last six months, we have engaged our team to help us
refresh our vision, mission and core beliefs, using feedback and ideas from
every part of the business to define the things that really matter to us all –
and the kind of business we want to be.
We are an organisation made up of over 900 people, in five main locations
around the U.K. and North America, coming from a wide variety of
backgrounds. The thing we all have in common – the golden thread that
binds us together – is our shared purpose of Protecting Lives. We provide
unparalleled protection for those who protect us. That is something
everyone in this business cares passionately about. It is why we come to
work – and it is what motivates us, every day, to do the best work we can.
Strategy and results
Our new vision and mission are underpinned by the STAR strategy which was
developed by a broad-based team of employees from across the Group. Our
STAR strategy is designed to drive value creation and is made up of the following
four key elements. Strengthen: Strengthen the fundamentals to provide a stable
platform for transformation; Transform: Improve efficiency and working capital
turns; Advance: Organically grow the core and scale up emerging opportunities;
Revolutionise: Leverage innovation to drive further growth.
The strategy is designed to improve financial performance over the next
five-year period through growing revenues, margin expansion, improved
return on invested capital and strong cash conversion while advancing our
sustainability priorities of protecting lives and reducing scrap waste and
carbon emissions. More information can be found on page 22.
We’ve started the process to reposition the business as a high performing
defence company focused on protecting the lives of those who protect
us. I am pleased with the rapid progress made in a limited time but it is
the start of a journey. Our results this year are in-line with our expectations
with an order book to support growth in 2024. We saw strong revenue
growth in Head Protection following the commencement of deliveries
of the Next Generation Integrated Head Protection System (NG IHPS)
helmets, which partially offset expected weaker demand in Respiratory
Protection. It will take some time to get us where we want to be but I am
increasingly confident in the medium-term outlook.
TOGETHER WE PUT
OURPEOPLE FIRST
CHAIR’S STATEMENT
I WOULD LIKE TO START BY THANKING OUR PEOPLE WHO HAVE WORKED
HARDER THAN EVER THIS YEAR TO DELIVER SIGNIFICANT PROGRESS ACROSS
A NUMBER OF IMPORTANT AREAS.
Dividend
The Board is recommending a final dividend of 15.3 cents per share which,
together with the 14.3 cents per share interim dividend, gives a total
dividend for the year of 29.6 cents. The Board has reviewed our dividend
policy in line with our capital allocation policy. More information can
be found on page 158. From a dividend perspective we believe that an
appropriate level of distribution is for dividend payments to be between
2.5 and 3x covered by EPS through the cycle.
Avon Protection plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
6
Our sustainability agenda
The Board has overall responsibility for our sustainability agenda,
disclosure and reporting, with the Sustainability Steering Committee
responsible for setting the Group’s sustainability strategy and overseeing
its implementation. The Committee is chaired by our CFO, Rich Cashin, and
also attended by our CEO, Jos Sclater, and the Presidents of each SBU.
During the period, the Committee met on five occasions to review
progress and agree sustainability-related targets as we continue to
develop our sustainability agenda. Our sustainability commitments and
progress are discussed in detail on pages 41 to 49. Underpinning our
mission, vision and values is a commitment to operate the Group in a
way that is sensitive to and protects the current and future needs of the
communities and customers that we serve, our colleagues, our supply
chain and the planet.
Health, safety and wellbeing of our people
Protecting the health, safety and wellbeing of our people remained a
key priority in 2023. In line with our goal of zero harm, we continued to
actively promote a strong safety culture at all our sites and accident rates
remained very low.
The Board uses a Global Employee Advisory Forum as its employee
engagement mechanism and this has generated a meaningful dialogue
between the Board and the Group’s employees during the period. This
year we have also increased the number of townhall meetings held across
all sites and following Jos’ appointment as CEO he visited all sites and met
with all employees face to face.
Governance and the Board
Good governance is an integral part of the Company’s success and the
Board brings together a diverse range of relevant skills and expertise.
There has continued to be change in the membership of the Board this
year. When Paul McDonald stepped down from the Board as CEO on 30
September 2022, I took over as Executive Chair for an interim period until
Jos Sclater joined as CEO on 16 January 2023, when I reverted to Chair of
the Board. Jos has quickly established himself as a strong addition to the
Board and I am pleased with the progress he and Rich have made since his
appointment. The Board currently comprises two Executive Directors, three
independent Non-Executive Directors and myself as Chair. After seven years
on the Board, Chloe Ponsonby has decided that she will step down during
2024 following an increase in her executive responsibilities. The Board
regularly reviews its composition to ensure it has the necessary breadth and
depth of skills and experience to support the development of the Group
and we will replace Chloe with an individual with the right set of skills and
experience to bolster the strength of the Board. Chloe will step down when
her replacement is appointed and Victor Chavez will take over at that time
as Chair of the Remuneration Committee.
As Chair, I have engaged with our major shareholders at various points
during 2023 to understand their views and have ensured that these
are communicated to the Board. We conducted an internal Board
performance evaluation this year and remain confident that the Board
continues to operate effectively together at a high standard. Full details
of this year’s evaluation are contained in the Governance section of this
Annual Report.
Looking ahead to a new chapter of growth
2023 has been an important year for the Group. The Executive
management team have done a great job in organising and focusing
resources to deliver our compelling STAR strategy. I do not underestimate
the challenges of executing the new strategy, but I am confident that
Avon Protection is now well positioned for a new chapter of growth, whilst
continuing to pursue its purpose of protecting lives.
Bruce Thompson
Chair
21 November 2023
STRATEGY IN ACTION
TOGETHER WE
STRENGTHEN
CREATION OF TWO STRATEGIC
BUSINESS UNITS
We have moved fast to develop our new STAR strategy and
took meaningful steps forward in 2023, focusing initially on
strengthening the fundamentals with quick wins to build
short-term momentum. This included implementing anew
operating model with two Strategic Business Units (SBUs)
called Respiratory Protection and Head Protection.
Each SBU has its own focused leadership team with the
responsibility and empowerment to deliver their own specific
strategic objectives to support our growth ambitions.
Development of improved performance management
processes is well underway, with objectives, key results,
andfull financial performance statements incorporated at
anSBU level.
NOT ONLY HAS THE
REORGANISATION ENABLED
US TO HAVE GREATER INSIGHT
INTO BUSINESS PERFORMANCE,
BUT IT HAS ALSO PROVIDED
EMPOWERMENT AND
ACCOUNTABILITY TO THE TEAMS.
OVERVIEW
Annual Report and Accounts 2023 Avon Protection plc
7
STRATEGIC REPORT GOVERNANCE ADJUSTED PERFORMANCE MEASURES FINANCIAL STATEMENTSFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADJUSTED PERFORMANCE MEASURES
STRATEGIC
REPORT
Avon Protection plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
8
CONTENTS
Strategic Report
10 Market Overview
12 Product Portfolio
16 Business Model
18 CEO’s Review
24 Strategy in Action
32 KPIs
36 Stakeholder Engagement
41 Sustainability
50 TCFD
57 Financial Review
62 Risk Management
2023 HAS BEEN A TRANSFORMATIVE
YEAR FOR THE GROUP. WE HAVE
UNDERTAKEN SIGNIFICANT CHANGES
THAT HAVE RESHAPED THE VERY
CORE OF OUR BUSINESS.
Annual Report and Accounts 2023 Avon Protection plc
9
OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORT ADJUSTED PERFORMANCE MEASURES FINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCE
1. U.S. DEPARTMENT
OF DEFENSE
What we have seen
The U.S. DOD remains the largest
defence market in the world, with a
requested budget for the 2024 fiscal
year of $842 billion. As per the 2023
National Security Strategy, global
priorities consist of out-competing
China as assertiveness grows around the
Indo-Pacific region, and constraining
Russia amidst the continuation of the
invasion of Ukraine. Additionally, the U.S.
DOD released its Strategy for Countering
Weapons of Mass Destruction in 2023
and its first Biodefense Posture Review,
highlighting an increased focus on
defending against biological threats and
building a force that can fight and win in
a CBRN environment.
How we are responding
Within Head Protection, we received the second delivery
order worth $38 million from the U.S. Army under NG IHPS
helmet contract, and the second delivery order worth $6.7
million from the U.S. Defense Logistics Agency under the
second-generation Advanced Combat Helmet (ACH GEN II)
contract. The combination of these two will position us as the
leading supplier of ballistic helmets into the U.S. DOD.
In Respiratory Protection, we continue to be the sole-source
supplier of M50, M53A1 and M69 masks into the U.S. DOD, and
have secured funding to develop the next generation of filters.
We have taken steps to right-size the Respiratory Protection
SBU in light of U.S. DOD forecasts.
Link to strategy
Link to risk
1
2
3
6
7
11
2. COMMERCIAL
AMERICAS
What we have seen
We continue to see increased risk
of CBRN and ballistic threats from
terrorist attacks, civil unrest and
organised crime.
First responders are ever expected
to react to these shifting threat
environments, and require increased
levels of protection often associated
with military applications.
How we are responding
We launched our new line of EPIC Ballistic helmets into the
Commercial Americas market earlier this year, showcasing
the combination of our joint world-leading technologies in
both ballistic shells and liner & retention systems.
We also made our FM50 and C50 respirators, along with a
curated selection of accessories, available to the U.S. civilian
market for the first time via the Team Wendy website, which
provides a platform to expand into a new and growing
market with our existing portfolio of products.
Link to strategy
Link to risk
1
2
6
7
11
3. U.K. &
INTERNATIONAL
What we have seen
Following the Russian invasion of
Ukraine last year, we continue to see
a greater focus from NATO countries
of defence, with added pressures for
spend to reach 2% of GDP or higher.
How we are responding
We continue to supply NATO forces with our respiratory
portfolio via our sole-source framework contract with the
NATO Support and Procurement Agency (NSPA), with an
eighth country joining since the start of the contract in 2021.
We also received an order for our EXOSKIN CBRN boots and
gloves under the three year framework contract we won this
year, showcasing the strength of the platform in providing
our entire range of CBRN protective capabilities.
Link to strategy
Link to risk
1
2
6
7
11
1
Bids and contracts
2
Recruiting and
retaining talent
3
Strategy execution
and new product
development
4
Manufacturing
5
Political and
economic stability
6
Financial controls
7
Sustainability
8
Security and cyber
9
Compliance and
internal controls
10
Defence sector
concentration
Risks
Links
Advance
Revolutionise
Transform
Strengthen
Strategy
Read more about our strategy on
page 22
Read more about our risk
management on page 62
MARKET OVERVIEW
OUR CORE MARKETS
MACRO CHANGES
Avon Protection plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
10
20212030 REVENUE OPPORTUNITY CAGR*
8.5%
U.S. DOD
1.9%
U.S. DOD
1.3%
Commercial Americas
2.8%
Total opportunity CAGR
1.9%
Commercial Americas
2.4%
U.K. & International
2.3%
U.K. & International
Respiratory Protection
Head Protection
U.S. DOD
Commercial Americas
U.K. & International
RESPIRATORY PROTECTION
2023 Revenue by SBU
HEAD PROTECTION
$76.7m
$57.5m
$109.6m
$86.9m
$156.9m
2023 Revenue by Market
* Based on forecast data supplied by Renaissance Strategic Advisors in 2021. We expect to match or exceed these growth rates as we increase share within our markets.
Annual Report and Accounts 2023 Avon Protection plc
11
OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORT ADJUSTED PERFORMANCE MEASURES FINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCE
PRODUCT PORTFOLIO
RESPIRATORY
PROTECTION
EXAMPLES OF OUR RESPIRATORY PORTFOLIO
Our leading range of respiratory protection
includes respirators, powered and supplied
air systems, filters, spares and accessories,
as well as underwater systems and CBRN
protective wear.
1
RESPIRATORS
3
SPARES & ACCESSORIES
4
CBRN PROTECTIVE WEAR
2
POWERED & SUPPLIED AIR
RESPIRATORS
Our 50 series respirators utilise shared key technologies, offering maximum
protection against CBRN threats. With multiple tailored variants, we meet diverse
customer needs effectively and comprehensively. The M50 and FM50 masks are
the most advanced military general service respiratory protection masks to date,
offering significant improvement in comfort, usability, operational effectiveness
and protection. The C50 mask is based on the M50 and is the leading mask used by
U.S. law enforcement agencies, offering high protection, outstanding field of vision
and superior comfort. The PC50 was developed for budget challenged prisons,
correctional officers, border control and other non-CBRN requirements that require
protection in dangerous and contaminated environments. TheFM53 and FM54
masks were developed specifically for specialist applications where the user needs
to respond to ever-changing operational conditions.
We manufacture the General Service Respirator (GSR) which is the standard
issue to all U.K. service personnel across the Army, RAF and Navy; the GSR
twin-canister, single-visor design is to the U.K. MOD’s precise specification and
features high performance filtrationtechnology.
SPARES AND
ACCESSORIES
We offer service support
to global customers
through replacement filters,
spares, accessories and
communication systems,
providing through-life
support to our range of
respirators and other life
sustainingequipment.
ESCAPE HOODS
Our NH15 escape hood
provides portable protection.
Theultra-low profile makes
it more convenient to carry
and enhances the range
of respiratory protection
available to escape a
hostilesituation.
1
3
2
4
Avon Protection plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
12
EUROPEAN MILITARY
CONTINUE TO SELECT
OUR MISSIONCRITICAL
PROTECTION
We have recently welcomed orders from a new
European military for both FM50 respirators
and EXOSKIN CBRN boots and gloves under our
NSPAcontracts.
This military joins several other NATO nations, including
Belgium, Denmark, Finland, the Netherlands, Norway,
Latvia and Lithuania, in deploying our FM50 respirators
to protect its armed forces. But most significantly, this
is the first NATO nation to place an order for our boots
and gloves under the recently awarded three-year
framework contract.
While these orders may be relatively small in scale,
they hold huge significance for us as they demonstrate
how our NSPA framework contracts serve as a robust
platform for showcasing our extensive CBRN portfolio
to NATO nations and partners. They also reaffirm our
steadfast partnership with NATO in bolstering CBRN
protection capabilities across the alliance.
8
NATO nations utilising our NSPA contracts
POWERED AND
SUPPLIED AIR
Designed for specialist capabilities,
our complementary value-added
subsystems extend operational
capability. Our range of Powered
Air Purifying Respirators (PAPR),
Self-Contained Breathing
Apparatus (SCBA) or a combination
of the two (CS-PAPR) can be
deployed with our respirators to
provide clean, breathable air.
UNDERWATER
SYSTEMS
Our MCM100 is a fully closed
circuit, electronically controlled,
mixed gas rebreather suitable
for a range of specialist military
or tactical diving disciplines,
such as mine clearance or
explosivesdisposal.
THERMAL
IMAGING
CAMERAS
Our Mi-TIC range of Thermal
Imaging Cameras includes the
lightest and smallest thermal
imagers available certified to
comply with NFPA 1801:2021,
alongside a wider range of
cameras developed from the
sametechnology.
CBRN PROTECTIVE
WEAR
With an extensive knowledge of
military and first responder CBRN
requirements, wedeveloped
the EXOSKIN-B1 CBRN boots
and EXOSKIN-G1 CBRN gloves,
designed to meet the unique
requirements of the modern
warfighter and tactical operator.
PRODUCT IN ACTION
Annual Report and Accounts 2023 Avon Protection plc
13
OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORT ADJUSTED PERFORMANCE MEASURES FINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCE
PRODUCT PORTFOLIO CONTINUED
HEAD
PROTECTION
Our head protection
portfolio is focused on next
generation ballistic and
bump protection helmets,
as well as helmet liner
andretention systems.
1
HELMETS
2
LINER & RETENTION
SYSTEMS
1
2
EXAMPLES OF OUR HEAD PROTECTION PORTFOLIO
ACH GEN II
The Advanced Combat
Helmet Generation II (ACH
GEN II) is a new lighter
weight version of the U.S.
military’s general issue
ballistic helmet, making it
more comfortable for the
user to wear.
NG IHPS
The Next Generation
Integrated Head Protection
System (NG IHPS) is one of
four major components
of the U.S. Army’s Soldier
Protection System. The NG
IHPS provides lightweight
and high performance
head protection to
U.S. soldiers.
EPIC
The EPIC range features
three models tailored
to the needs of first
responders. Leveraging
advanced ballistic helmet
technology, the new
helmet series features
lightweight high-
performance material
paired with our Team
Wendy liner systems for
premium comfort.
EXFIL
BALLISTIC SL
The EXFIL Ballistic is the
general issue ballistic
helmet for the Australian
Defence Force, whilst
the EXFIL Ballistic SL is
used by elite teams and
agencies around the
world including LAPD
andBrazilian DPF.
EXFIL LTP
The EXFIL LTP
(Lightweight, Tactical,
Polymer) bump helmet
provides impact
protection and a stable,
comfortable platform for
mounting night vision and
other accessories.
HELMETS
Avon Protection plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
14
EXFIL LTP DELIVERY FOR U.S.
NAVAIRCOMMUNITY
Our EXFIL LTP bump helmet, which is ideal for maritime
environments, was chosen by the U.S. NAVAIR, which supports
the supply of equipment for the U.S. Navy, to protect shore-based
marine maintainers and the aviation maintenance crew. This crew
is responsible for the U.S. Navys flight deck operations on aircraft
carriers and the maintenance and repair of aircraft on board.
WE’RE PROUD TO MEET CUSTOMER
NEEDS AND ENHANCE MAINTAINER
SAFETY AS OUR INNOVATIVE HELMET
PLATFORM GAINS GLOBAL INTEREST
FROMALLIEDNAVAL FLEETS.
10k
helmets delivered to U.S. Naval Air Systems Command
PRODUCT IN ACTION
SAR
BACKCOUNTRY
The SAR Backcountry is
the firstpurpose-built
search and rescue helmet
to provide accessory
mounting capabilities while
meeting key industrial
and mountaineering
performance standards.
CAM FIT
RETENTION
SYSTEM
The CAM FIT Retention
System uses a micro-
adjustable BOA Fit
System that stabilises the
weight of the helmet by
distributing light, even
pressure around the head.
ZORBIUM
ACTION PAD
ZAP 7PAD NSN
LINER SYSTEM
Since 2005, the ZAP 7-Pad
NSNLiner System is the
standardissue system
authorised for use in all U.S.
Army, U.S. Marine Corps
and U.S. Navy ground
combat helmets. More
than seven million pad
sets have been supplied
since the programme’s
inception.
EPIC AIR LINER
SYSTEM
The EPIC Air design utilises
proven Zorbium foam
technology, offering
leading-edge impact
protection without
adversely affecting weight
or heat dissipation.
EXFIL
MARITIME
LINER SYSTEM
The EXFIL Maritime
Liner System features
sealed pads optimised
to withstand routine
exposure to water. The
liner’s quick-drying
capability helps reduce
the added helmet system
weight and discomfort that
results from waterlogged
helmet pads.
LINER AND RETENTION SYSTEMS
Annual Report and Accounts 2023 Avon Protection plc
15
OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORT ADJUSTED PERFORMANCE MEASURES FINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCE
BUSINESS MODEL
Our products and services maximise the capabilities ofourcustomers
and create value for all our key stakeholdergroups.
OUR COMPETITIVE ADVANTAGES
AN EFFECTIVE
BUSINESS MODEL
Provide world-class
service, training
and aftercare
Reinvest
for growth
Understand
customer needs
Research and
development
Design and
manufacture life-
saving products
Bid for and win
new programmes
and contracts
PROTECTING
MORE LIVES
Market positions
Our market-leading positions are protected
by our world-leading technologies, high
value brands, significant barriers to entry
andintellectual property rights.
Our partnerships
We maintain strong relationships with a
diverse customer base ofglobal militaries
and first responders, where we work in
tandemtodevelop and deliver specific
protective needs.
Our people
We have extensive in-house capabilities
across all of our functions, withempowerment
and trust at the centre of what we do to get
thebestout of our people.
HOW WE CREATE VALUE
Avon Protection plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
16
THE VALUE WE CREATE
Employees
Our people are essential in enabling us to meet our customers’
requirements, and we must provide a happy, healthy and
rewarding environment to allow our employees to thrive.
Initiatives include Balance@Avon, our employee resource
group which aims to help develop and promote our female
leaders of the future; LinkedIn Learning, our e-learning
platform; our network of Culture Champions who promote the
views and interests of our employees across our sites; and a
wide range of health awareness initiatives.
Communities
We acknowledge the responsibility we have to the local
communities our sites operate in and look to contribute in
more ways than just providing employment opportunities.
In this year alone we have made over $124k in donations
to local charities and organisations including hospices,
schools, emergency service providers and community
groups, in addition to our partnerships with Team Forces and
Forces Wives Challenge, and our donation of 20% of sales
generated via the Team Wendy e-commerce site to The Honor
Foundation on Giving Tuesday.
Customers
We understand the criticality of our products in enabling
our customers to perform life-endangering tasks in service
of protecting others. Our products are designed to meet
the specific demands of our users, and the highest quality
standards are upheld to ensure they work without fail when
they are neededmost.
Environment
The climate impacts the life-threatening situations in which
our products and services help save lives. Working towards
our net zero goal, building in more circularity and the targeted
use of resources will help us mitigate and adapt to protect our
planet. This year we have established focused sustainability
targets for us to deliver against over the next five years.
Suppliers
Our supply chain is essential in the timely delivery of our life-
saving products, and we maintain robust partnerships with our
extensive supplier network, whilst ensuring they abide by the
same ethical and moral standards that we do.
Shareholders
Through successful management of the business and
execution of our STAR strategy, we return value to our
shareholders via dividends and reinvesting in the business to
drive future growth and margin expansion.
Annual Report and Accounts 2023 Avon Protection plc
17
OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORT ADJUSTED PERFORMANCE MEASURES FINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCE
Lots done. Lots to do.
2023 has been a transformative year for the Group. We have undertaken
significant changes that have reshaped the very core of our business.
This journey has seen us realign our structure into two Strategic Business
Units, a move designed to improve delivery, focus and accountability.
We launched our new STAR strategy to realise our potential and deliver
revenue growth, mid-teens operating margins and improved cash flow.
Furthermore, we have defined a combined purpose, mission, vision and
set of values that unite our entire business under a shared ethos with a
view to accelerating strategy execution.
We have maintained high levels of energy through the continued
execution of our STAR strategy and we have made significant progress
in each of the key areas, which is a testament to the dedication and
determination of our team.
Strengthen
In the period, we have wound-down and subsequently exited the
Armour business on-time and to plan, with the successful delivery of
all outstanding obligations. As well as giving us an immediate financial
benefit, this also enables us to fully focus on the objectives and priorities
within the continuing business, whilst freeing up space to optimise helmet
manufacturing within our Irvine facility.
The Group has diligently worked to implement the new operating model
announced at the half year results, with the creation of two Strategic
Business Units (SBUs) for Respiratory Protection and Head Protection, each
with focused leadership teams who are empowered and accountable
for delivering our STAR strategy. Development of improved performance
management processes is well underway, with objectives, key results and
full financial performance reports incorporated at an SBU level.
We have continued to strengthen our teams in many key areas including
finance, sales, programme management, engineering, and HR. Importantly,
we have strengthened the operational leadership teams at our Salem and
Irvine facilities, which is essential in ensuring the successful delivery of the
U.S. DOD contracts which underpin the growth of the Head Protection
business in the coming years.
Following the lower than expected demand for our respiratory products in
the year, we took decisive action to right-size the capacity of the business.
In Head Protection, we have improved productivity following the exit from
the Armour business. Altogether, we have reduced headcount by around
100 people through these initiatives.
TOGETHER WE REALISE
OUR POTENTIAL
CEO’S REVIEW
AVON PROTECTION HAS EXTRAORDINARY POTENTIAL
AND CAN SIGNIFICANTLY IMPROVE GROWTH,
MARGINS AND ROIC.
During the second half, we have also developed a reinvigorated purpose,
mission, vision and values and are excited to start sharing this across the
Group. To create something that is reflective of our collective aspirations,
we initiated a comprehensive process that invited employees to provide
their feedback through surveys and focus groups. These insights were
invaluable and provided the foundations upon which our shared values
were developed, aligning us as a company with a clear direction and
shared ethos. Our Group will be more aligned than ever before, united in
our goal to protect lives and provide unparalleled support to those who
protect us, all of which is underpinned by our STAR strategy.
Avon Protection plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
18
Transform
Whilst the majority of the year has been focused on strengthening
and stabilising the business, attention has now turned to a number of
transformational initiatives which are at the core of ensuring we can
deliver mid-teens operating margins, and improved return on capital and
cash flow.
The transformation programme has been split into five work streams
with dedicated teams, and most importantly defined costs and benefits.
Furthermore, we have aligned the incentives of the business to these
initiatives with a greater focus on profit and average working capital turns
for our annual bonus scheme, and an emphasis on 2026 earnings and ROIC
for our longer-term incentive plans.
The first and single biggest lever within transformation is footprint
optimisation. Within Head Protection initiatives include insourcing the
production of our EXFIL Ballistic SL helmets, the movement of finishing
for our new EPIC range of helmets to Cleveland, and the consolidation of
high-volume ACH GEN II production into Cleveland and Salem. All of these
initiatives deliver good margin improvements and support the future
growth of the Head Protection business. We have further initiatives in our
pipeline which will help us accelerate further.
Secondly comes operational excellence. Laying the groundwork for a
culture of continuous improvement will be essential in driving efficiency
and growing margins as we move forward, and we took some important
first steps in the second half of the year. Regular Kaizens have been
implemented at all our sites, with a number of significant improvements
already realised, including reducing the scrap rate for NG IHPS, as well
as the creation of a funnel of Kaizens for the new year. To further drive
operational improvement we have developed a new set of operational
metrics with consistency across the SBUs; these will be rolled out to all sites
at a value stream level along with a reinvigorated operational tier system
in the new year.
STRATEGY IN ACTION
TOGETHER WE
TRANSFORM
INTRODUCING OUR
TRANSFORMATION PROGRAMME
The Transform point of our STAR strategy focuses on five pillars:
footprint optimisation, operational excellence, commercial
optimisation, functional excellence and programme management
excellence. Each of these pillars presents opportunities to reduce
costs, realise efficiencies and improve working capital turns.
The chart below shows how our transformation initiatives are
progressing through our transformation gates, with the degree
of shading in each star showing the assessment of progress so
far. Over the next three years we should expect to see all the stars
filled in.
We’ve made excellent progress validating the value of our footprint
optimisation, operational excellence and functional excellence
programmes, but have some more work to do on validating
procurement opportunities. We have found some quick wins
in commercial optimisation but have not yet validated the full
opportunity.
Importantly, we have nearly finished planning the footprint
optimisation and functional excellence programmes and will move
firmly into execution this year. This is important because it means
we will see the full benefits of these initiatives in 2026 and some
earlier than that.
Footprint
Optimisation
Operational
Excellence
Commercial
Optimisation
Functional
Excellence
Programme
Management
Excellence
Appraise Plan Execute
Value
validated
Initiative
identified and
value estimated
Implementation
planned
Benefit
realised
Annual Report and Accounts 2023 Avon Protection plc
19
OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORT ADJUSTED PERFORMANCE MEASURES FINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCE
Transform continued
Commercial optimisation focuses on streamlining our product offerings
and routes to market, whilst ensuring we are fully leveraging our market
leading positions. The introduction of the good, better, best range of EPIC
helmets has been very successful, with the majority of customers choosing
the top end EPIC specialist variant. Within Respiratory Protection we have
identified a number of pricing optimisation opportunities on products
where we do not currently make acceptable levels of margin.
The final two workstreams of functional excellence and programme
management excellence are at the earlier stages of their execution, but
important first steps have taken place with a number of opportunities
identified to improve functional efficiency, reduce waste, and improve
productivity. We will also be expanding the Kaizen methodology outside
of operations to drive similar levels of improvement in other areas of the
business including HR, finance and new product introduction.
We estimate that the total cash cost for these transformation initiatives
will total between $10-12 million in 2024, including $1-2 million of capital
expenditure. The transformation expenses are expected to be recognised
as exceptional cost. There will be further transformation costs in 2025, with
a sharp decrease expected in 2026.
Advance – Respiratory Protection
A lot of the effort within Respiratory Protection this year has focused on
rebuilding the sales pipeline, either by innovation of new products or new
channels to market.
Earlier in the year we announced that we had been awarded a framework
contract by the NSPA, to supply our EXOSKIN range of CBRN protective
boots and gloves, and this was followed up later in the year by the first
order under the contract from a NATO customer. Importantly this serves
as the first country to have procured against both the boots and gloves
contract and the existing framework contract for FM50 masks, evidencing
the robust platform the contracts provide for showcasing our extensive
CBRN portfolio to NATO nations and partners.
We have made good progress strengthening our relationship with the
U.S. DOD programme office and are seeing significantly higher levels of
collaboration on future product developments. We do not expect this to
translate into increased U.S. DOD demand this year, which will be impacted
by a gap in filter production. Going forwards, we will level load the filter
line to avoid this happening again.
We are continuing to focus on capturing the underwater market with our
world-leading rebreather technology, and see a strong pipeline which
we expect to enable us to expand our customer base beyond the NATO
countries that we have already won contracts with.
Looking forward, we will focus on the launch of our revolutionary new
Modular Integrated Tactical Respirator (MiTR) mask and goggle system
via our Quick Launch process, increasing sales of our complete CBRN
portfolio including our new protective suit developed in partnership with
OPEC CBRNe and importantly start to see returns from sales of rebreathers
following many years of continuous product development.
Advance – Head Protection
Within Head Protection, the focus has been on ensuring we have the
capacity and capability to fulfil the demand against our U.S. DOD
contracts.
The ramp-up of NG IHPS production has made significant progress,
and in total over 12,000 helmets were successfully produced, approved
and delivered within the year. We expect to deliver around 24,000 NG
IHPS helmets in 2024. This, in combination with the award of a five-
year extension to the J&A contract, underpins growth within the Head
Protection business.
Formal FAT approval for ACH GEN II has been received, which represents an
important milestone in de-risking this programme. We will now move into
the ramp-up phase of this programme, but with the lessons learned from
the successful launches of both NG IHPS and EPIC this year, I am confident
that we will start production in H1.
The new EPIC range of ballistic helmets that launched earlier in the
year demonstrates the collaboration across our Head Protection sites,
combining the ballistic helmet technology that was developed for the
ACH GEN II programme with the Team Wendy liner systems to provide a
lightweight, high-performance helmet with premium comfort and a best-
in-class performance to weight ratio. Initial interest and orders have been
very promising with around 10,000 ordered to date.
The focus for 2024 remains on improving productivity and scrap rates as
we ramp-up production to drive margins up to an acceptable level.
CEO’S REVIEW CONTINUED
THE NEW EPIC RANGE OF BALLISTIC HELMETS THAT LAUNCHED EARLIER
IN THE YEAR DEMONSTRATES THE COLLABORATION ACROSS OUR HEAD
PROTECTION SITES, COMBINING THE BALLISTIC HELMET TECHNOLOGY
THAT WAS DEVELOPED FOR THE ACH GEN II PROGRAMME, WITH THE
TEAM WENDY LINER SYSTEMS TO PROVIDE A LIGHTWEIGHT, HIGH
PERFORMANCE HELMET WITH PREMIUM COMFORT, AND A BESTINCLASS
PERFORMANCE TO WEIGHT RATIO TO THE FIRST RESPONDER MARKET.
Avon Protection plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
20
Revolutionise
Revolutionise focuses on a longer-term horizon and we have made a
number of important first steps in the year.
Our Head Protection team has started work on the next generation of
bump helmets, as well as leveraging the Ceradyne technology into new
high-performance helmets for the commercial market.
We have also had success in securing a number of funded research and
development programmes, which further demonstrates the strong
partnerships we hold with our customers in collaborating on the next
generation of protective technologies. Within Respiratory Protection we
received funding for the development of the next generation of filters,
as well as funding for the development of new diving masks and shallow
water rebreathers to complement our underwater portfolio. In Head
Protection we continue to be one of the leading experts in traumatic brain
injury mitigation and have received funding to continue our research in
this area.
Sustainability
We protect lives; it’s ingrained within our culture and is at the heart of
everything we do, which is why sustainability is so important to us. We
recognise we are at the start of our sustainability journey so have been
focused on developing a high-level sustainability vision linked to our
purpose and strategy.
During the period, we evolved our sustainability agenda by redefining
and expanding the four distinct pillars which underpin our sustainability
agenda to better reflect our key stakeholders, each of whom has an
important role to play in our journey. These are now known as our planet,
our supply chain, our customers and our colleagues and communities.
Within each pillar, we have identified priority objectives which will be
closely monitored by the Board. Targets have been agreed against these
ambitions and will help drive positive momentum. Each pillar also has a
number of other focus areas that support the priority objectives and are
necessary for us to manage as part of our day-to-day stewardship.
Capital allocation policy
We have completed a review of our capital allocation policy and have
introduced a new framework. First and foremost, we want to focus our
attention and resources on capitalising on the growth opportunities ahead
of us, whilst maximising the returns from these growth opportunities
through the targeted transformation activities detailed above. Our second
focus is to reduce debt to enable flexibility and minimise our interest
costs. Thirdly, while we recognise the importance of dividends to some
of our shareholders, we want to ensure that these distributions are sized
appropriately and, importantly, set at a level from which they can grow
as business performance starts to improve on a sustainable basis. With
this in mind, we believe that an appropriate level of distribution is for
dividend payments to be between 2.5 and 3x covered by adjusted basic
EPS through the cycle.
Beyond these three core principles, in the medium term we will consider
inorganic bolt-on opportunities with the express requirement that they
accelerate the delivery of our strategy. However, we do not anticipate
considering inorganic investments until we have meaningfully improved
profitability in the Head Protection business and reduced debt to a more
comfortable level.
Jos Sclater
CEO
21 November 2023
STRATEGY IN ACTION
TOGETHER WE
ADVANCE
A NEW STANDARD OF SELF
CONTAINED BREATHING APPARATUS
This year we saw our upgraded ST54 enhanced multi-
mission Self-Contained Breathing Apparatus (SCBA) receive
certification to the NFPA 1986 Standard on Respiratory
Protection Equipment for Tactical and Technical Operations,
including NIOSH CBRN certification.
Achieving this standard, together with the NIOSH CBRN
certified FM54 respirator, reinforces our product as the top
choice tactical SCBA solution for law enforcement, first
responder and Special Forces user groups operating in the
harshest respiratory threat environments.
The team made improvements to the system to achieve this
certification, including upgraded breathing performance
with reduced exhalation resistance, and the addition of a new
clear outsert with higher abrasion resistance. Comfort for the
user has also been improved, with enhanced stability and
weightdistribution.
IT HAS BEEN A REAL HONOUR
TO WORK ON THIS STRATEGIC
PRIORITY WITH TALENTED PEOPLE
ACROSS THE BUSINESS, AND
PROVIDE OUR USERS WITH A
COMFORTABLE, CUSTOMISABLE
HIGH PERFORMANCE SYSTEM.
Colin Horne, Global Category Manager – Specialist Respiratory
Annual Report and Accounts 2023 Avon Protection plc
21
OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORT ADJUSTED PERFORMANCE MEASURES FINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCE
CEO’S REVIEW CONTINUED
DEVELOPING OUR
STAR STRATEGY
Developing our strategy
To develop our STAR strategy, the Respiratory and Head Protection SBUs
united their expertise, bringingtogether diverse teams in a series of
workshops.
An intense focus was placed on determining the levels of ambition for the
Respiratory and Head Protection product families, conducting a thorough
analysis of their strengths and weaknesses, and meticulously mapping out
the threats and opportunities within existing, adjacent and new market
spaces. With a comprehensive agenda, the teams actively engaged in
activities designed to explore these critical areas, pushing their boundaries
to think critically about the business’ strategy, available resources, methods
for measuring success and the evolving market landscape.
This collective effort, driven by the active participation of over
40employees, played a pivotal role in the strategic evolution of the
business, crucially helping to improve buy in and reduce execution risk.
Linking to our sustainability pillars
Improve efficiency and
working capital turns
TRANSFORM
Organically grow the
core and scale up
emerging opportunities
ADVANCE
Leverage innovation
to drive further growth
REVOLUTIONISE
Strengthen the fundamentals
to provide a stable platform
for transformation
STRENGTHEN
Read more on page 24
Read more on page 26
Read more on page 30 Read more on page 28
Read more on page 42
Our planet
Our colleagues and communities
Our customers
Our supply chain
STRENGTHEN
TRANSFORM
REVOLUTIONISE
ADVANCE
Avon Protection plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
22
OUTLINING OUR
JOURNEY
STABILISE
MIDTEENS OPERATING MARGINS
CONTINUOUS
IMPROVEMENTS
GROWTH
R&D
SALES
2023 20262024 20272025 2028 2029
STRENGTHEN
TRANSFORM
ADVANCE
REVOLUTIONISE
OUR PLAN IN DETAIL
Strengthen
The Strengthen element of our
STAR strategy is focused on our
concerted efforts to reinforce
the foundational aspects of our
operations, thereby facilitating
significant enhancements in our
ability to deliver exceptional value
to our customers with speed
andprecision.
Transform
The Transform element of our
STAR strategy embodies our
commitment to achieving
substantial gains in efficiency
and working capital turnover
by concentrating on proven
transformational strategies and
tactics. This includes streamlining
processes, optimising resources
and embracing innovative
approaches to drive positive
change throughout the business,
ultimately enhancing our overall
performance and sustainability.
Advance
The Advance element of our STAR
strategy represents our strategic
focus on organic growth in our
core business while simultaneously
scaling up emerging business
models. We achieve this by
tailoring strategic initiatives for
each SBU. This element emphasises
our commitment to nurturing and
expanding our existing strengths
while innovating and diversifying
to adapt to evolving market
dynamics, ensuring long-term
success and sustainability.
Revolutionise
The Revolutionise element of
our STAR strategy underscores
our pursuit of thrilling, long-term
opportunities by harnessing our
core competencies to fuel growth
through innovative approaches
and market expansion. This
strategic element emphasises
our dedication to exploring new
horizons and embracing disruptive
innovations to drive sustainable,
transformative change while
venturing into new markets,
making us a frontrunner in our
industry’s evolution.
Annual Report and Accounts 2023 Avon Protection plc
23
OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORT ADJUSTED PERFORMANCE MEASURES FINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCE
STRENGTHENING
TOGETHER
STRATEGY IN ACTION
STRENGTHENING TOGETHER
CLAIR’S STORY
This year we embarked on a transformative
journey to define a new vision, mission and
values, and provide a renewed sense of purpose
and direction.
Throughout this process we have engaged with
our employees through surveys, workshops and
focus groups. Their insights and candid feedback
were invaluable in guiding our efforts and
ensuring alignment with their perspectives to
shape the new vision, mission and values.
I am incredibly proud of the work that has been
accomplished this year and to have been a part of
it, seeing the collaboration between teams and
the generation of a diverse range of ideas. Our
new vision, mission and values are not just words
on a wall; they are the foundation of a renewed
commitment to our customers, our employees
and the communities we serve.
Clair Randall
Director of Corporate Communications
Avon Protection plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
2424
STRENGTHENING
TOGETHER
ACHIEVEMENTS OVER THE YEAR
1
Effective operating model
2
Clear strategy with resources aligned
to strategic initiatives
3
Strong management team
4
Initial right sizing complete
5
High impact performance
management implemented
6
Successfully exited the
Armour business
OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORT ADJUSTED PERFORMANCE MEASURES FINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCE
Annual Report and Accounts 2023 Avon Protection plc
25
TRANSFORMING
TOGETHER
STRATEGY IN ACTION CONTINUED
TRANSFORMING TOGETHER
RAUL’S STORY
We’re focused on growing and formalising our continuous
improvement culture to continue to explore new ways to improve
processes, stay competitive, increase quality and output and improve
the work environment.
I am proud to have been part of a cross-functional team that has
undertaken six months of projects across our facility in Salem, looking
to improve efficiencies and maximise our available floor space.
Several pieces of equipment and tools have been repurposed at our
other facilities, actions have been taken to enhance the sustainability
of our processes and there has been a focus on improving 5S.
The team has risen to the challenge and these projects and Kaizens
have reinvigorated a sense of continuous improvement culture and
unity, while providing development opportunities for our teams.
Kaizens are continuing across the sites, looking to observe, analyse,
plan and action changes to enhance our manufacturing performance
and reduce non-value-added activities. This is supported by training
across all functions by our continuous improvement teams.
Raul Vargas
Salem Helmet Value Stream Manager
Avon Protection plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
26
TRANSFORMING
TOGETHER
FUTURE OBJECTIVES
1
Footprint optimisation
Further steps to improve gross margin
2
Operational excellence
Implement funnel of improvement
initiatives targeting scrap reduction
andproductivity improvement
3
4
5
Commercial optimisation
Improved pricing on priority low-margin
SKUs and optimised route to market
Functional excellence
Implement identified opportunities
Programme management excellence
Transformation governance and
control embedded
ACHIEVEMENTS OVER THE YEAR
1
Footprint optimisation
EPIC finishing and assembly moved
to Cleveland
ACH GEN II capacity ramp up to move
toCleveland, in addition to Salem
2
Operational excellence
Continuous improvement culture
andcapability
Standard operating metrics implemented
3
Commercial optimisation
EPIC good, better, best strategy
implemented
Identified pricing optimisation
opportunities
4
Functional excellence
Detailed plan created for
finance excellence
OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORT ADJUSTED PERFORMANCE MEASURES FINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCE
Annual Report and Accounts 2023 Avon Protection plc
27
ADVANCING
TOGETHER
STRATEGY IN ACTION CONTINUED
ADVANCING TOGETHER
DARONS
STORY
This year we launched the EPIC line of ballistic helmets. This
was the first collaboration across the three Head Protection
sites and is the result of the innovative synergies between
Avon Protection, Team Wendy and Avon Protection Ceradyne
coming to life. The EPIC helmet range leverages the latest
U.S. DOD ballistic protection technology pedigree from
Avon Protection Ceradyne, with exceptional head protection
from Team Wendy liner and retention systems, and seamless
integration with Avon Protection respirators. The new line
offers our law enforcement officers scalable options for
exceptional protection atan economical price.
It was a proud moment to see the output of work from
extraordinary individuals in cross-functional teams
bringing this EPIC range to life and delivering innovation
to our customers. From initial validation and prototypes,
to manufacturing process set-up and marketing collateral
completion, our teams displayed dedication and unique
collaboration throughout the process to bring this product to
the market.
Currently available to the Americas first responder market,
we’re looking forward to expanding the offering to our
e-commerce website and building a strong pipeline of
opportunities with militaries across the globe as we expand
into EMEA regions.
Daron Shank
Product Category Manager
Avon Protection plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
28
HEAD
PROTECTION
ACHIEVEMENTS OVER THE YEAR
1
NG IHPS
Signed five-year IDIQ with contract ceiling
of$676 million
FAT approval received ahead of the competition
2
ACH GEN II
IDIQ with 5 years remaining and a contract
ceiling of $204 million
FAT approval, ahead ofcompetition
3
EPIC
Strong demand for new EPIC helmet with ACH
GEN II technology
Successful production ramp-up
FUTURE OBJECTIVES
1
NG IHPS
Productivity and scrap improvements
2
ACH GEN II
Ramp up production to meet
customer demand
3
EPIC/EXFIL
Increase production further with lower
cycle time
Refresh EXFIL range and embed
Ceradyne shell technology
4
Pads
Increase production to meet
higher demand
Improve productivity and reduce scrap
RESPIRATORY
PROTECTION
ACHIEVEMENTS OVER THE YEAR
1
Boots and Gloves
Won the NSPA contract and received first major
order from a NATO customer
2
U.S. DOD
High levels of collaboration on future
productdevelopment
3
Rebreathers
Strong pipeline
FUTURE OBJECTIVES
1
Launch MiTR
Use our Quick Launch process to launch
revolutionary new respiratory and eye
protection system
2
Rebreathers
Convert pipeline into profitable growth
3
Complete CBRN solution
Sell ensemble through existing channel
OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORT ADJUSTED PERFORMANCE MEASURES FINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCE
Annual Report and Accounts 2023 Avon Protection plc
29
REVOLUTIONISING
TOGETHER
STRATEGY IN ACTION CONTINUED
REVOLUTIONISING TOGETHER
HENRYS STORY
Our journey with the MiTR project has been nothing short of
transformative. From its inception, when our engineering team’s
ingenuity met the U.S. DOD’s needs to receiving very positive customer
feedback from customer trials and DSEI 2023.
The most rewarding aspect has been the opportunity to develop
something revolutionary from the ground up. MiTR is about
understanding the nuanced needs of our end users and we recognise
that unparalleled protection isn’t solely about intensity; it’s also about
reducing burden. MiTR, with its innovative integration of respiratory
and ocular protection, lightens the load for our soldiers, enabling
them to execute their crucial roles with heightened confidence
andefficiency.
The efforts of the design engineering team haven’t just expanded
Avon Protection’s product portfolio; they’ve created a new category
in respiratory protection. Im proud to be part of a team that not only
envisions unparalleled protection but actively pioneers it. Together,
we’re not just developing gear; we’re shaping the future by protecting
those who protect us.
Henry Chadwick
Senior Design Engineer
Avon Protection plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
30
REVOLUTIONISING
TOGETHER
ACHIEVEMENTS OVER THE YEAR
1
Rebreathers
Secured U.K. MOD funding for new
underwater masks
Secured U.K. MOD funding to develop
shallow water rebreather
2
Next Generation Helmet Technology
NG Bump helmet developed and in
evaluation
Increasing customer funding for next
generation traumatic brain injury
mitigation technology
FUTURE OBJECTIVES
1
Next Generation Helmet Technology
Funding to further advance ballistic
protection and prevent traumatic
brain injury
2
Non-Ballistic Offerings
Introduce Next Generation Bump Helmet
Broaden SAR helmet into adjacent markets
3
High PerformanceRifle Rated Helmets
Gain momentum with portfolio expansion
OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORT ADJUSTED PERFORMANCE MEASURES FINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCE
Annual Report and Accounts 2023 Avon Protection plc
31
KPIS
Our strategy is underpinned by a variety of KPIs, enabling us to monitor
itsimplementation, as well as overall business performance.
HOW WE MEASURE
FINANCIAL KPIs
CLOSING ORDER BOOK
Reason for choice
Provides a level of confidence of revenue
tobe recognised in the next financial year.
How we calculate
This is measured as the value of future
revenue attached to orders not yet fulfilled.
Comments on results
We have seen strong growth in our Head
Protection order book, which includes
$59million of orders for NG IHPS and
$20million for ACH GEN II.
Link to STAR
$135.8m
+12.3%
$135.8m
$120.9m
$116.5m
FY23
FY22
FY21
ORGANIC CONSTANT CURRENCY REVENUE GROWTH
Reason for choice
Indicates the rate at which the Group’s
business activity is changing over time.
How we calculate
Growth in revenue comparing current period
revenue with prior period revenue translated
at 2023 exchange rates.
Comments on results
Revenue was down 7.5%, with a decline in
Respiratory Protection following a very strong
prior year from the NSPA contract, partially
offset by growth in Head Protection.
Link to STAR
(7.5)%
-1,610bps
8.6%
(7.5)%
FY23
FY22
ADJUSTED OPERATING PROFIT MARGIN
Reason for choice
Provides a measure of the underlying
profitability of the continuing activities of
the business.
How we calculate
The ratio of adjusted operating profit to
revenue. Adjusted operating profit is defined
as operating profit excluding exceptional
items and discontinued operations.
Comments on results
Our margins are down slightly on the prior
year, with lower revenue in the higher
margin Respiratory Protection business
and manufacturing ramp-up costs in Head
Protection, offset by favourable Respiratory
Protection product mix, lower freight costs
and lower central overheads.
Link to STAR
8.7%
-20bps
8.7%
8.9%
13.4%
FY23
FY22
FY21
PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT % OF REVENUE
Reason for choice
Provides a measure of the Groups investment
in new products and processes, which
provides the foundation for the Group’s
future growth.
How we calculate
Total expenditure on R&D expressed as a
percentage of revenue. R&D expenditure
includes amounts funded by customers,
capitalised expenditure and amounts
expended directly to the income statement.
Comments on results
We continue to invest in the next generation
of technologies, with a small decline
in expenditure offset by the reduction
in revenue.
Link to STAR
4.2%
+10bps
4.2%
4.1%
5.5%
FY23
FY22
FY21
Avon Protection plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
32
Transform Advance RevolutioniseStrengthen
Strategy
Links
CASH CONVERSION
Reason for choice
Provides a measure of the management of
working capital and the ability to convert
profits to cash.
How we calculate
The ratio of cash generated from operations
before the effect of exceptional items, as a
percentage of adjusted EBITDA.
Comments on results
Cash conversion was poor in the period,
primarily driven by increased receivables
following high levels of sales in the
final quarter.
Link to STAR
7.0%
-14,430bps
151.3%
83.2%
FY23
FY22
FY21
AVERAGE WORKING CAPITAL TURNS
Reason for choice
Provides a measure of the management of
working capital for the Group.
How we calculate
Average Working Capital Turn (AWCT)
istheratio of the 12 month average
month-end working capital (defined as the
total of inventory, receivables and payables
excluding lease liabilities) to revenue.
Comments on results
The decrease in working capital turns was
caused by increased inventory in Head
Protection relating to ramp up of U.S.
DOD helmet programmes, along with
delays in shipping a significant Respiratory
Protection order.
Link to STAR
3.7
-1.8 turns
3.7
5.5
FY23
FY22
ADJUSTED EARNINGS PER SHARE
Reason for choice
Measures the ability to generate a return
toshareholders.
How we calculate
Adjusted profit for the year divided by the
weighted average number of shares in issue.
Adjusted profit excludes exceptional items
and discontinued operations.
Comments on results
With a consistent number of shares,
thedecline in earnings per share follows
thedecline in profits.
Link to STAR
40.3c
-14.4c
40.3c
54.7c
88.3c
FY23
FY22
FY21
RETURN ON INVESTED CAPITAL
8.7%
-30bps
Reason for choice
Measures the profitability and efficiency
ofinvested capital.
How we calculate
Return on invested capital (ROIC) is
calculatedas adjusted operating profit
overaverage invested capital.
Comments on results
ROIC was consistent year on year, with the
reduction in operating profit offset by a
lower capital base following an impairment
to goodwill.
Link to STAR
8.7%
9.0%
FY23
FY22
Financial KPIs relate to the continuing operations of the Group, and exclude any impact of discontinued operations. More detail on the adjusted measures
can be found in Adjusted Performance Measures (APMs) section.
Prior year figures have been restated to reflect the discontinuation of the Armour business.
7%
Annual Report and Accounts 2023 Avon Protection plc
33
OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORT ADJUSTED PERFORMANCE MEASURES FINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCE
KPIS CONTINUED
Non-financial metrics are just as important in ensuring
theeffective delivery of our strategy.
HOW WE MEASURE
OPERATIONAL KPIs
EMPLOYEE ENGAGEMENT
Reason for choice
Our people are crucial to delivering the
future success of the Group. This provides an
objective way to assess how engaged our
employees are with the business.
How we calculate
Employee engagement is measured through
regular surveys which ask employees to
respond to five statements on a scale from
strongly disagree to strongly agree.
Comments on results
Since 2022 when the business experienced
a high level of change, reorganisation, and
reduced performance, we have seen positive
momentum with employee engagement. The
2023 survey highlighted employee’s anticipation
with a new CEO joining and a refreshed vision,
mission and values. We look forward to seeing
the impact on employee engagement in FY24.
Link to STAR
67%
+1,200bps
67%
55%
68%
FY23
FY22
FY21
HEALTH AND SAFETY
Reason for choice
We want to keep everyone safe and well
with the support of a strong health and
safety culture.
How we calculate
We track this using a Lost Time Incident Rate,
which measures the number of lost time
incidents per 1,000employees.
Comments on results
We have seen an increase in the number of
lost time incidents this year, but we continue
to actively promote a strong safety culture
at all of our sites. During the period we have
rolled out our safety hub training to all U.K
employees and have piloted a cloud-based
environmental health and safety and quality
management solution in the U.S.
Link to STAR
14
+180%
14
5
16
FY23
FY22
FY21
GENDER DIVERSITY
Reason for choice
A diverse and inclusive workforce is critical
to ensure innovative thinking and business
growth. Gender diversity at senior levels ensures
our people are led by a leadership team that is
representative of our gender-diverse workforce
and the communities in which we operate.
How we calculate
This is measured as the number of females in
leadership positions, expressed as a percentage.
Comments on results
Due to both the reorganisation and leavers
during the period, we did not see an
increase in gender diversity at senior levels.
Our Balance@Avon initiative continues to
drive programmes that aim to develop and
encourage female talent and the Board
remains committed to championing more
females into leadership roles.
Link to STAR
19%
-200bps
19%
21%
29%
FY23
FY22
FY21
Avon Protection plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
34
ONTIME DELIVERY
Reason for choice
Ensuring we are meeting the delivery
expectations of our customers is a core
component of maintaining high levels of
customer satisfaction.
How we calculate
We calculate this based on the percentage
of orders which are delivered on time to our
customers’ expectations.
Comments on results
We are pleased to see strong progress on
improving our rate of on-time deliveries,
which is essential given the criticality of the
products that we supply.
Link to STAR
95%
+1300bps
95%
82%
FY23
FY22
Links
SUPPLIER QUALITY
Reason for choice
Partnering with our suppliers to ensure
the best quality materials are used in our
products underpins value for our customers.
How we calculate
We measure this using defective parts per
million, which is calculated by taking the
number of defective units in a sample size,
dividing that by the total sample size, and
multiplying by 1 million.
Comments on results
We have seen an increase in defective parts
per million as we work through the ramp-up
in production with Head Protection, but we
continue to make good progress improving
our partnership with our suppliers to meet
our goals of reducing this figure.
Link to STAR
1,242
+40.7%
1,242
883
1,041
FY23
FY22
FY21
ENVIRONMENT
Reason for choice
Our mission to be a growing business with
a shrinking environmental impact, targeting
net zero by 2045 and reducing our absolute
scope 1 and 2 greenhouse gas (GHG)
emissions.
How we calculate
We measure the success of this with an
intensity ratio calculated using the amount
of scope 1 and 2 GHG emissions per $m
of revenue.
Comments on results
This year we restated the KPI to account for
the closure of our Armour business. This saw
our intensity ratio drop from 39.9 to 24.5 in
FY22. We have utilised the restated data to set
our emission reduction targets against.
Link to STAR
28.7
+17.1%
28.7
24.5
26.4
FY23
FY22
FY21
Transform Advance RevolutioniseStrengthen
Strategy
Annual Report and Accounts 2023 Avon Protection plc
35
OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORT ADJUSTED PERFORMANCE MEASURES FINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCE
1
OUR PEOPLE
Strategy
STAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT
ENGAGING WITH
OUR STAKEHOLDERS
The Board acknowledges positive interaction with all stakeholders is
key to underpinning positive engagement and fully informed decision
making on material issues. As part of ensuring the requirements of section
172 are met and the interests of all stakeholders have been considered,
stakeholder engagement by the Board and the wider business takes place
across the Group at all levels. The Board recognises that to ensure the
continued success of the Group, all decisions must be taken with regard
to the long-term outcome of any course of action and its impact on all
stakeholders, including the Group’s employees, shareholders, customers
and suppliers, and the communities within which we operate. Throughout
the year, our Directors have had regard, amongst other matters, to the:
likely consequences of any decision in the long term;
interests of the Company’s employees;
need to foster the Company’s business relationships with suppliers,
customers and others;
impact of the Company’s operations on the community and
theenvironment;
desirability of the Company maintaining a reputation for high standards
of business conduct; and
need to act fairly as between members of the Company.
Further information on how the Board has discharged its duties and
considered the factors relating to section 172 are found throughout
ourAnnual Report, with specific details included in the Sustainability
andGovernance sections of this report.
Our people drive our culture and
continuous engagement with
them is fundamental to ensure
an engaged employee base that
supports how we do business,
andwhich is at the heart of our
ability to drive value creation.
We hold an annual engagement survey
for employees to share their feedback and
identify the areas for improvement. Focus
areas in 2023 highlighted the need for more
empowerment within our teams and greater
visibility from leadership.
From this feedback, the Group has
been split into SBUs to help increase
empowerment and responsibility at the
business unit level. SBU leadership holds
monthly briefings with employees to
provide them with progress on strategic
priorities, and the Executive Committee’s
quarterly meetings are held at different
sites throughout the year to provide our
teams with the chance to interact directly
and openly askquestions.
We have a network of Culture Champions
across our sites promoting the views and
interests of our employees and monitoring
the impact of actions from the Employee
Opinion Survey.
Our employees have played a central role in
developing our new STAR strategy. Over 40
employees were involved throughout the
development process, and all employees
were invited to share feedback via surveys or
workshops. Their feedback has shaped our
strategic priorities.
In developing our new Company values, our
employees have been at the forefront of the
process and our long-term decision making.
They have had the opportunity to contribute
and shape our new values and we look
forward to moving forward and embedding
these within our business.
Read more on page 22
Read more about our employee engagement
on page 46
Transform
Advance RevolutioniseStrengthen
Strategy
Avon Protection plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
36
2
CUSTOMERS
Strategy
Our customers are at the forefront
of our employees’ minds, and
we are proud of the products we
create for the end users. We partner
closely with our customers and gain
feedback from multiple levels within
the user base to design products
which enhance their performance,
efficiency andcapability.
Throughout our development pipeline, via
dedicated channels, User Advisory Councils
and attendance at industry events, we
engage with our customers and end-users to
ensure we are responding to their developing
needs and are quick to identify future
opportunities. Engagement on product
development this year has included the MiTR,
our new range of EPIC helmets and new
underwater military diving technologies.
This year we launched a customer survey to
ask for feedback on how Avon Protection
ranks in the areas of product quality and
training, tech support and service centres, as
well as customer service and sales support.
Feedback from this survey has driven
enhanced training and technical service
capability, in addition to closer collaboration
with customers on product design and
existing line improvement.
We engaged with a number of key customers
during the development of our STAR strategy
to ensure we captured our position in the
market, our strengths and opportunities
in the eyes of our customers and their
future expectations and requirements from
the industry.
3
COMMUNITIES
Strategy
We have an established community
initiative focused on economic,
social and environmental
sustainability in our local
communities. We continually work
with and for the communities in
which we operate, recognising our
role as a major local employer and
our responsibilities with regard to
any impact we have on them and
theenvironment.
In addition to our charitable giving
programme which aims to support the
organisations and causes close to our
employees, we have also partnered with
Forces Wives Challenge, a social enterprise
that unites women who have partners in
the Armed Forces through adventure and
challenge, and Team Forces, which helps
to fund sport, challenge and adventure in
the armed forces community in order to
improve health, wellbeing and recovery.
During the period we donated $124,706
tocharitable causes.
We signed the Women in Defence U.K.
Charter, which is our official pledge to
committing to build and sustain a gender-
balanced environment for our people.
Read more on page 47
Annual Report and Accounts 2023 Avon Protection plc
37
OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORT ADJUSTED PERFORMANCE MEASURES FINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCE
STAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT CONTINUED
5
SHAREHOLDERS
Strategy
The Group regards regular
communications with shareholders
as extremely important to
understand their views and
concerns and ensure their ongoing
investment and support.
Regular dialogue takes place through open
and frequent conversations. The AGM and
half year and full year results provide a chance
for a series of direct meetings to take place.
There has been positive interaction from
shareholders on the new STAR strategy,
with the focus on delivery and operational
performance. Other areas of conversation
focused on the wind-down of the Armour
business, details on the ramp-up of helmet
programmes, and new product sales.
This year we have also consulted with our
major shareholders and invited feedback on
the Directors’ Remuneration Policy. We have
received favourable responses and have
held follow-up meetings with a number
of shareholders to discuss the new policy.
This direct engagement with shareholders
representing c.45% of our issued share capital
helped shape the Committee’s thinking and
development of the new policy, which was
recommended to the Board for approval and
will be subject to a binding shareholder vote
at the 2024 Annual General Meeting (AGM).
4
SUPPLIERS
Strategy
We strive to build long-term
relationships with our suppliers,
and ensure they adhere to our
supplier code of conduct and quality
expectations. We continuously
engage with our suppliers to
develop our knowledge and
product range.
Through site visits and supplier audits, we
retain key engagement with our suppliers
and our supplier code of conduct ensures
they adhere to our standards.
During 2023 we have engaged with suppliers
on our environmental targets, including
working with waste companies toimprove
recovery and recycling rates andworking
with our transportation networkto
calculateemissions.
We believe in fostering sustainable
partnerships and driving economic growth
within our communities and we aim to
provide the maximum opportunities to
work with small businesses within our
procurement processes. Our small business
team works hard to identify and maximise
the use of small business concerns, including
small disadvantaged, women-owned,
service-disabled, and veteran-owned
businesses. Through this dedicated team, we
engage with small businesses to continuously
improve this programme.
Transform Advance RevolutioniseStrengthen
Strategy
Read more on the work we have undertaken
with suppliers in the Sustainability Report
on page 42
Avon Protection plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
38
Non-financial and sustainability information statement
The table below illustrates where stakeholders can find information in respect of non-financial and sustainability matters, as required by the Companies
Act 2006. We disclose non-financial information in the Sustainability section and throughout the Strategic Report as well as other referenced pages.
Wehave a range of policies and guiding principles, some of which are published on our website, www.avon-protection-plc.com, or summarised within
our Code of Conduct.
Topic Our policies and guiding principles Where to read more
Environmental matters and climate-
related disclosures
Sustainability agenda
Health and Safety Policy*
Page 41 Introduction to sustainability
Page 44 Environment
Page 50 TCFD disclosure
Employees
Code of Conduct**
Careers policy**
Gender pay gap reporting**
Employee engagement
Respectful Workplace Policy*
Speak Up*
Health and Safety Policy*
Page 36 Stakeholder engagement
Page 46 Social
Page 48 Governance
Respect for human rights
Code of Conduct**
Modern Slavery Statement**
Page 46 Social
Page 48 Governance
Anti-corruption and bribery matters
Anti-Bribery and Corruption Policy*
Gifts and Hospitality Policy*
Code of Conduct**
Page 48 Governance
Social matters
Charitable Giving Policy*
Code of Conduct**
Page 46 Social
Business model
Page 16 Business model
KPIs
Page 32 Financial and non-financial KPIs
Principal risks
Page 62 Principal risks and risk management
* Available to employees via Avon Protection intranet but not published externally.
** Published on Avon Protection website and available to employees.
Annual Report and Accounts 2023 Avon Protection plc
39
OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORT ADJUSTED PERFORMANCE MEASURES FINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCE
Avon Protection plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
40
SUSTAINABILITY
WE PROTECT:
OUR SUSTAINABILITY
AGENDA
Highlights
Undertook extensive employee engagement to reaffirm our overall
direction and identify opportunities to streamline initiatives within our
sustainability agenda.
Sustainability Steering Committee meetings dedicated to developing
our sustainability agenda.
The Board agreed on our sustainability objectives and targets.
We integrated and aligned our approach to sustainability through our
STAR strategy.
Our approach to sustainability
We recognise our operations around the world impact a broad range
of sustainability areas. We understand we must make progress in each
of them to ensure we protect society. Identifying material issues and
reflecting them in our sustainability agenda ensure we are progressing in
the areas that matter most to our key stakeholders and addressing areas of
potential risks and opportunities.
We undertook our first materiality assessment in FY22 to identify material
environmental, social and governance (ESG) issues, which means they have
the potential to substantively affect our ability to create value in the short,
medium and long term, and are of importance to our stakeholders. We
received feedback from employees, customers and shareholders during
this process through surveys, peer reviews and one-to-one interviews
which was presented in the 2022 Annual Report and Accounts.
We launched our sustainability agenda last year which was based around
four pillars which considered the five most material sustainability areas
presented during this work.
Read more about our materiality assessment on our website
Progress
This year we have been focused on delivering the detail behind our four
pillars. We are taking a pragmatic approach by setting targets over the
next five years to align with our business planning process.
During FY23 we evolved our sustainability agenda by undertaking
strategy consolidation; the pillars have been redefined and expanded to
better reflect our key stakeholders, each of whom has an important role
to play in our sustainability journey. We also identified initiatives already
underway or planned that could be streamlined and managed through
our sustainability agenda.
Governance
The Sustainability Steering Committee took part in three dedicated
sessions. These sessions enabled us to determine our level of ambition,
agree priority objectives which share synergies with our STAR strategy and
agree targets to be delivered through our sustainability agenda which runs
through to 2028.
Oversight from the Sustainability Steering Committee and members of the
Executive Committee, as well as extensive employee engagement, ensures
we focus on initiatives across the business that will deliver successful
results. Our plan is to continuously assess, calibrate and build on this
agenda as we become more knowledgeable about sustainability.
Our sustainability agenda
Our sustainability agenda is underpinned by four distinct pillars: our planet,
our supply chain, our customers and our colleagues and communities.
Within each pillar, we have identified priority objectives, which will require
initiatives to be established and will be closely monitored by the Board.
Targets have been agreed against these ambitions and will help drive
forward engagement. Each pillar also has a number of other focus areas
that support the priority objectives and are necessary for us to manage as
part of our day-to-day stewardship.
Alignment to United Nations SDGs
The United Nations Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) are a collection
of 17 global objectives adopted by the United Nations in 2015 to eradicate
poverty, protect the planet and build a peaceful and prosperous world. We
continue to contribute to the SDGs through our sustainability agenda and
have identified five SDGs which our four pillars align to. Throughout the year
we undertake projects that contribute to other aspects of sustainability as
part of our everyday stewardship and may also influence other SDGs.
An example of our contribution to SDG 12 (responsible consumption and
production) was our work to improve operational efficiencies and reduce
the amount of non-recyclable material used in our packaging of the
FM61EU filters, which are deployed by NATO nations. Whilst reducing the
amount of non-recyclable materials, we also improved the durability of the
packaging to avoid the bag being punctured and losing its vacuum seal,
rendering the filters unusable and supporting our customers to reduce
waste from consumables.
Alignment with our STAR strategy
The development of our STAR strategy has been an opportunity to
align our sustainability agenda with our Group strategic priorities. The
Sustainability Steering Committee was informed by this process when
determining our priority objectives and focus areas.
Read more on page 22
Protecting runs through our culture and is at the heart of everything
wedotohelpprotect lives. This extends to ensuring a sustainable
futureforusallthrough our approach to sustainability.
Annual Report and Accounts 2023 Avon Protection plc
41
OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORT ADJUSTED PERFORMANCE MEASURES FINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCE
SUSTAINABILITY CONTINUED
OUR PILLARS
We are proud to introduce our sustainability targets which cover each of our four pillars.
During the period we have been focused on collecting baseline data and establishing
targets aligned with our STAR strategy to enable us to report on progress against our
objectives in FY24. We have continued to drive sustainability with our focus areas in
mind and can report on highlights from the year.
OUR PLANET
Strategy
OUR SUPPLY CHAIN
Strategy
The climate impacts the life-
threatening situations in which our
products and services help save
lives. Working towards our climate
goal, building in more circularity
and the targeted use of resources
will help us mitigate and adapt to
protect our planet.
UN SDGs
Our 2028 targets
5% reduction per annum scope 1 and
2 GHG emissions asapercentage of
revenue (2021base year)
5% reduction per annum scrap
(percentage of scrap)
5% increase in revenue per square
foot annually
Highlights
We wound down the Armour business during the period;
emissions associated with this business are no longer part
of the Group’s continuing carbon footprint. This resulted
in us restating an improved baseline and intensity target
against which we have set our 5% reduction target.
Net zero teams were established during the period to
identify and implement opportunities to reduce energy
use and GHG emissions. A plan is in place to meet our GHG
reductions next year; see page 45.
Purchase of low emission electricity has been reviewed
and implemented where viable. We have reviewed
opportunities for on-site renewable energy generation
which we will continue to monitor.
A requirement for each site to undertake Kaizens quarterly
has been established to drive efficiency and develop
employee lean thinking, with these starting in FY23.
Ensuring a continuous supply of
high quality, ethically sourced
raw materials and components is
critical for us as a trusted partner.
Supporting our value chain
partners on their sustainability
journey will ensure a resilient
supply chain that protects the
needs of our planet, customers
and suppliers.
UN SDGs
Our 2025 target
80% of our supply chain is reviewed
against enhanced criteria (by spend)
Highlights
We worked with waste suppliers to drive improvements in
data collection and improve opportunities to reduce waste
to landfill.
We have used Environmentally Extended Input-Output
(EEIO) modelling to estimate carbon emissions from
purchased goods which has identified materials and
suppliers to focus our efforts on.
We worked with our largest transport suppliers to increase
data collection associated with calculating our scope 3
emissions from category 4 (upstream transportation).
We have retained our Joint Supply Chain Accreditation
Register (JOSCAR) accreditation.
Avon Protection plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
42
OUR CUSTOMERS
Strategy
OUR COLLEAGUES AND COMMUNITIES
Strategy
Our customers carry out vital
work in life-threatening situations
– often in support of protecting
the community. They can safely
perform with confidence knowing
that we protect at every interface
with our products and services.
From innovative design, to use,
aftercare and data protection,
we meet the changing needs of
ourcustomers.
UN SDGs
Our 2028 targets
Revenue increase revenue from new
products (5 years)
4–7% R&D expenditure as a % of revenue
Support our customers
Highlights
We introduced our FM50 and C50 respirators to the
U.S. civilian market, providing wider access to our life-
saving products.
Our upgraded ST54 SCBA received certification to the
NFPA 1986 Standard on Respiratory Protection Equipment
for Tactical and Technical Operations, including NIOSH-
CBRN certification, demonstrating to our customers that
our products meet the most demanding standards.
We achieved 4.2% R&D expenditure as a percentage
of revenue during FY23, with R&D expenditure in
Respiratory Protection including the development of
the next generation of filters and diving masks. In Head
Protection, we stand at the forefront of traumatic brain
injury mitigation, harnessing funding to continue our vital
research in this critical area. Working hand-in-hand with
our customers on research and development programmes
will continue to be an area of importance for us as we
ensure our products align with their unique requirements.
Our mission is only achievable as
a result of our exceptional, highly
engaged colleagues. As a major
employer in the areas we operate
in, community engagement is
important to us, ensuring we
contribute an inclusive workplace,
with strong values and new
opportunities for current and
future colleagues.
UN SDGs
Our 2028 targets
2.5% annual improvement in employee
engagement
Support local communities
Support diversity, equity, and inclusion
Fill more vacancies with internal hires
and promotions
Highlights
40+ employees were actively engaged in developing our
STAR strategy. Everyone within the business also had the
opportunity to contribute via surveys and focus groups.
We launched a mentoring programme which is accessible
to all employees.
In October 2022 we approved a significant annual pay
adjustment which reflected the impact rising costs are
having on our employees.
We contributed $124,706 to charities and good
causes through our charitable giving programme and
continued to support the Teams Forces Foundation as a
Bronze member.
We continued to create an environment where all females
in the business can thrive by celebrating International
Women’s Day, conducting our Develop x Balance
training workshop and becoming committed to being a
menopause-friendly workplace.
Transform Advance RevolutioniseStrengthen
Strategy
Links
Annual Report and Accounts 2023 Avon Protection plc
43
OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORT ADJUSTED PERFORMANCE MEASURES FINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCE
SUSTAINABILITY CONTINUED
ENVIRONMENT
Kaizens have continued at all sites throughout the year which have identified
opportunities to improve processes and are likely to have resulted in additional
energy consumption improvements.
Carbon disclosures
A representative at each of our sites has responsibility for the reporting of
energy use throughout the year. The collected data allows us to calculate and
monitor carbon emissions.
This year we restated our baseline scope 1 and 2 emissions to account for
our exit of the Armour business. This significantly lowered our scope 1 and 2
emissions and intensity metric. This adjustment has been factored into target
setting and means we have set our targets against a much lower and more
challenging baseline for next year.
In FY23, we reported our carbon emissions amount to 6,986 (tCO
2
e location
based); of this, the U.K. accounted for 32%. U.K emissions have increased despite
reduced energy use due in part to the conversion factors applied. Our market
based scope 2 emissions reflect the sourcing decisions during the period which
will be fully realised in FY24, demonstrating a 1.4% reduction in scope 1 and
2 globally. With a revenue of $243.8 million this gives us an intensity figure of
28.7 tCO
2
e per $m of revenue. The exit of our Armour business was a significant
project and this year we restated our intensity figure to reflect this, resulting in a
39% improvement for FY22 (restated from 39.9 tCO
2
e per $million revenue).
Scope 3 emissions
In FY23, we assessed the most relevant and influenceable elements of our
scope 3 emissions. We conducted a screening exercise to determine this,
considering factors such as ability to influence, anticipated size, sector guidance
and data accessibility, which identified several exclusions not relevant to our
business model; category 14 franchises and category 15 investment. We
identified categories which were not expected to significantly contribute to
total scope 3 emissions, where reporting would be impractical and difficult
to calculate; category 10 processing of sold products, category 11 use of sold
products and category 12 end of life treatment of sold products.
Based on this work and the use of EEIO modelling, purchased goods are
understood to be the largest contributor to our footprint. We will work towards
improving our disclosure of material scope 3 categories and will disclose this in
full by 2025. We intend to build a more precise knowledge of emissions from
purchased goods and plan to do this through the collection of scope 1 and 2
data from our supply chain which will be included in an enhanced survey.
Water usage
We centralised the reporting of water usage from all manufacturing sites with
the exception of one facility that does not receive water bills. Water usage is
limited to mainly domestic use, for drinking, sanitary disposal and landscaping
and this year we can report that across two sites we used 15,046m
3
of water.
Where water discharges do occur due to product testing, they are disposed of
in line with local government procedures.
Waste
We established centralised tracking and monitoring of different waste streams
by destination for all manufacturing sites which will enable us to report waste
figures for all manufacturing sites in FY24. This year we can report across two
sites that we disposed 567 tonnes of waste.
We have worked with our waste carriers to understand our waste disposal
opportunities and started to assess the associated carbon emissions. One
site installed a waste compactor to generate waste handling efficiencies and
reduce the number of waste collection trips.
We carried out an awareness campaign and and provided information on
the waste hierarchy to help employees make better waste disposal choices.
Alongside this we updated waste signage for certain waste streams to
improve visibility of opportunities to recycle and discourage the use of general
waste bins.
Any hazardous waste generated, as defined by the Control of Substances
Hazardous to Health and U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, isdisposed of
in line with local guidelines.
HIGHLIGHTS
Cadillac facility certified to ISO 14001
Net zero teams established at each site
Irvine site switched to low emissions electricity
Waste and water reporting centralised
Site management
We strive to operate to high standards and we operate an environmental
management system. In addition to maintaining our existing ISO 14001
accreditation at two sites, we have achieved further certification atour site in
Cadillac bringing this to three out of five manufacturing sites.
Net zero journey
Last year we identified seven action areas for the business to focus on and
verify over the coming years, to reduce our scope 1 and 2 emissions, and in
parallel begin assessment of scope 3 emissions. These actions include:
1. embed a net zero mindset and assign accountability;
2. assess energy efficiency options;
3. assess renewable electricity options;
4. reduce natural gas consumption;
5. reduce other scope 1 impacts;
6. consider residual emissions; and
7. assess scope 3 emissions.
During FY23, cross-functional net zero teams were established at each site
to encourage collaboration and increase engagement in support of net zero
action 1. Each team reviewed the net zero actions with a focus on actions
2 and 3 where there were possible win-wins. The outputs were used to set
targets for next year.
We plan to achieve our emission reductions next year, largely supported by
actions 2 to 4 and underpinned by employee engagement (action 1). Next
year we will review this exercise and intend to expand the scope to align it
with our five year business planning process.
Energy consumption
Our energy consumption in FY23 was 27,058 MWh; of this, the U.K.
accounted for 45% of global energy use, we continue to see a reduction in
energy use across our U.K. sites. Following the exit of the Armour business
and resulting restatement we can see an improved trend for our U.S. sites.
This year we are reporting 6.5% increase in the Group’s energy use.
While verifying net zero actions, our net zero teams identified opportunities
to reduce energy consumption which were actioned this year:
An air loss survey carried out in Cadillac identified 47 air leaks which have
been resolved.
Two sites have been switching to LED lighting and where suitable
automating lighting systems.
One site has undertaken window tinting and door upgrades to improve
temperature regulation and reduce loss of heat and air.
A process for press temperature reductions has been established for
periods of inactivity and encouraged through operator engagement and
improved signage.
Avon Protection plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
44
Environmental incidents
There have been no environmental incidents as defined by the U.K. or U.S.
Environment Agencies at any of our sites or in relation to our supply chain
throughout the 2023 financial year.
Greenhouse gas emission data (tonnes CO
2
e)
1
FY23 FY22
2
FY21
2,4
Scope 1
U.K. 942 905 1,184
Outside U.K.
3
1,418 1,120 809
Total 2,360 2,025 1,993
Scope 2 (location)
U.K. 1,280 1,294 1,461
Outside U.K. 3,347 3,129 2,930
Total 4,627 4,423 4,391
Scope 2 (market)
5
U.K. 1,366 1,465 1,399
Outside U.K. 3,173 3,139 2,978
Total 4,539 4,604 4,377
Total gross scope 1 and 2 (location)
U.K. 2,221 2,199 2,645
Outside U.K. 4,765 4,249 3,739
Total 6,986 6,448 6,384
Intensity measure
Tonnes CO
2
e (scope 1 and 2) per$m
of revenue
6
28.7 24.5 26.4
Scope 3 2,975 2,148 1,997
Business travel 1,207 382 80
Fuel and energy related 1,768 1,766 1,917
Energy consumption scope 1 and 2 (MWh)
U.K. 11, 393 11,6 4 8 13,356
Outside U.K. 15,665 13,764 13,456
Total 27,058 25,412 26,812
1 Relevant reporting period 1 October to 30 September.
2 2021 and 2022 data has been restated to account for the exit of our Armour business.
3 2021 scope 1 data has been restated to account for missing data that exceeded our materiality
threshold (5% emission variance) and we have assessed and revised our baseline.
4 Team Wendy was acquired in November 2020; however, data for the Cleveland facility is
included for the full 2021 financial year to provide a base year.
5 Market-based emission factors only include CO
2
.
6 The intensity figure is based on the adjusted emissions baseline and the adjusted revenue
which excludes the Armour business.
Net zero milestones
FY21 FY22 FY23 FY24 and beyond
Baseline.
Committed to achieving
net zero by 2045 at the
latest by reducing our
absolute scope 1 and 2
GHG emissions.
Data collection
and reporting
methodology improved.
We identified seven
net zero actions for the
business to focus on
and verify.
Set targets over the next five years
aligned to business planning process.
Exit of Armour business resulted in a
restatement of our carbon emissions.
Established net zero teams at each site
to verify net zero actions.
Carried out a screening of our
scope3emissions.
Assessed low emission electricity
andpurchased where viable.
Integration of carbon emission target
into FY24 five-year business planning
process to support net zero action 1.
This years emission reductions
to be achieved through net zero
actions 2 to 4.
Net zero teams to review and expand
net zero site plans beyond one year
to enable us to report on a Group net
zero plan and align this to our business
planning process.
Data has been compiled according to the ‘operational control’ approach
in the Greenhouse Gas Protocol Corporate Accounting and Reporting
Standard and aligns to Streamlined Energy and Carbon Reporting. Data
covers a 12-month period in line with our financial reporting period.
Overall consumption has been calculated using invoiced data for the
reporting period. Estimated data is used where invoice data is not available
within the timeline for consolidation of year end data. Two small offices
use estimated emissions based on Carbon Risk Real Estate Monitor data for
heating and electricity consumption per square foot.
Emissions factors for most of scope 1, 2 (U.K. only) and 3 have been
calculated using 2020, 2021 and 2022 U.K. Government GHG Conversion
Factors, and methodologies published by the Department for Business,
Energy and Industrial Strategy. The most up-to-date EPA eGRID
conversions are used for U.S. electricity. For 2023 reporting the most recent
electricity U.S. factors are 2021.
We have applied the GHG Protocol data hierarchy to the market-based
method. We have obtained emissions factors for the relevant tariff and/
or supplier for the applicable year. If sites consume carbon-free electricity
this has been applied to the calculations. Where these are not available
in the U.S., we use the U.S. Green-e Energy Residual Mix Emissions Rate or
location-based emission factors in the absence of contractual information.
The carbon-free generated energy is verified via emission-free energy
certificates. The certificates are managed and cleared by third party PJM
Environmental Information Services’ Generation Attribute Tracking System.
They ensure veracity by creating standards which verify no double selling
of the same certificate. Avon Protection has purchased certificates to cover
100% load at one location starting inJune 2023.
Scope 1 and 2 sources (location based) have been divided by the annual
revenue to provide the intensity ratio (tCO
2
e per $m).
Business travel data (air only) is taken from our travel management companies.
For more information please see the accompanying document document
that will be available early next year on our website
Environmental data
1,2
FY23 FY22
Water usage (m
3
) 15,046 13,521
Waste (tonnes)
3
567 499
1 Relevant reporting period 1 October to 30 September.
2 Includes data from two manufacturing sites. This data set will be expanded to all
manufacturing sites in FY24 where data is available.
3 Excludes the weight from hazardous waste disposal in our U.K. facility.
Annual Report and Accounts 2023 Avon Protection plc
45
OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORT ADJUSTED PERFORMANCE MEASURES FINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCE
HIGHLIGHTS
SUSTAINABILITY CONTINUED
Employee engagement
We are committed to improving engagement across all sites and providing
an environment where all employees can fulfil their potential.
Maintaining high levels of communication with all employees is a focus
across the Group. When Jos Sclater joined the business, he visited each
site within his first six weeks to introduce himself to all employees, set
out his vision and invite all questions. Throughout the year our Executive
Committee has regularly visited all sites and hosted events to provide an
update on performance, strategy and future focus areas.
We greatly value employee feedback and have continued our initiative to
celebrate and enhance the culture at Avon Protection. Culture champions
have been selected from each level of the organisation with the intention
of playing a crucial role in maintaining an open communication culture
within the Group. Their roles include speaking to our employees on
matters such as leadership, learning and development, and social
connection. This year we expanded our network to ensure our remote
workers were represented, recognising the unique challenges this
Group may face.
74% of employees took part in our annual Employee Opinion Survey
which provides them with further opportunity to provide feedback and
suggest improvements on aspects such as leadership, communication,
employee engagement, team culture and the work environment. Results
from these surveys are presented to the Board of Directors, the Executive
Committee and wider leadership teams with areas of improvement. Our
Culture Champions support the implementation of these changes and
give feedback to employees.
We undertook a series of engagement activities during the development
of our new STAR strategy recognising that our people and culture are
paramount to our success. We invited 40+ employees representing a
cross-section of functions and experience levels to be actively involved
in the process which included participation in a series of workshops. We
also appointed Strategy Champions and provided opportunities for all
employees to offer feedback via surveys. We were pleased with the level
of engagement this process received and intend to utilise our Strategy
Champions to review the strategy process more frequently to ensure it
remains relevant and fit for our changing business.
Health, safety and wellbeing
Our goal is zero harm and we actively promote a safety culture. We have
mandatory training and policies in place for all production employees on
workplace safety and practices.
Demonstrating our commitment to safety, we target an incident rate of
zero, this year across all sites, we recorded a total of 15 workplace lost time
cases. We have successfully rolled out training to all U.K. employees using
an online hub and we piloted and rolled out a cloud-based environmental
health and safety and quality management solution at a U.S. site. This
automates safety, risk and compliance processes.
The health and wellbeing of our employees is important to us and
throughout the year we share resources with them on how to look after
their mental and physical wellbeing. We hold a multitude of wellbeing
webinars based on key topics throughout the year, such as work-life
balance, exercise and seasonal nutrition.
To reinforce the importance we place on providing more support, we
partnered with Mental Health at Work to implement a Mental Health
Allies network across the business. Mental Health Allies are a network of
trained employees who have volunteered to be available to anyone in
the organisation who would like a confidential one-to-one conversation
and are familiar with policies and procedures and can signpost to further
resources within and outside our business if needed. By providing this
network of skilled listeners, an informal and trusted network of mental
health support is created.
74% participation in our annual Employee
Opinion Survey
40+ Employees involved in developing our
STAR strategy
Introduced our Mental Health Allies network
forpeer to peer support
Launched a mentoring programme which is
accessible to all employees
$124k has been donated to charitable giving
causes in FY23
SOCIAL
Avon Protection plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
46
Diversity, equity and inclusion
We are committed to the fair treatment and full participation of all people
and recognise diversity provides a better culture for all.
Female representation across our Executive Committee and direct reports
is 19% and we are committed to improving this in the future. Across all
employees, we have achieved a ratio of 44.8% (416 out of 928) female and
55.2% (512 out of 928) male).
We continue to support our pledge to improve the balance of female to
male employees across our sites and as part of this we have signed the
Women in Defence U.K. charter for the second year. The charter reflects
our aspirations to see women represented and empowered across the
defence sector and our intention to work with fellow industry leaders to
enhance the gender balance.
Our well established Balance@Avon initiative continues to motivate,
empower and support all employees, particularly those who may feel
that they are in the minority. The Balance@Avon team has also rolled out a
mentoring programme which was made available to all employees across
our sites. As part of this, mentors and mentees received formalised training
from a professional tutor. We also continued to create an environment
where all females in the business can thrive by celebrating International
Women’s Day, conducting our first Develop x Balance training workshop
and becoming committed to being a menopause-friendly workplace.
Our U.S. sites report equal employment opportunities data annually
to the U.S. Government and to the State of California under pay equity
requirements. Affirmative action plans are also in place which outline
goals for women and minorities, veterans and people with disabilities
byestablishment.
Our average U.K. gender pay gap for FY22 (reported in April 2023) is 36.4%.
The pay gap is due to the Company having more women in operations
and assembly roles in the lowest quartile (57.1%) compared to more men
in the top quartile (80%) and does not stem from paying men and women
differently for the same or equivalent work. While the percentage of
men in the upper quartile pay has reduced since FY20, our existing focus
to address the gender balance at our Company leadership team levels
continues through initiatives such as Balance@Avon, which will help to
close the overall pay gap with more female representation at this level.
Read more about our gender pay gap data on our website
Personal development
We strive to provide an environment that offers training and development
opportunities for all. We have continued with our Professional
Development Programme, a year-long talent development programme,
with the aim to identify, encourage and support the next generation
of internal talent to contribute to the business beyond the scope of
their current roles. Participants set personal development targets which
are worked on for the year with internal mentor support. Mentors are
Executive Committee members who provide a source of advice and
support for the participants in addition to their line manager.
Our talent management process, which we call the Global Performance
Management Process (GPMP), is a critical tool that enables the Group to
ensure all employees are working towards goals aligned with business
objectives, and their career aspirations and development needs are being
discussed and reviewed. We also continue to focus on early careers,
giving those at the beginning of their career journey help and support
that they need to establish a successful and fulfilling career through
work experience, internships, placement years, apprenticeships and
graduateprogrammes.
We believe our employees thrive the most when they can improve and
enhance their skill sets and work on their personal development. We
provide our employees with access to tools, such as LinkedIn Learning, to
help with their career progression and personal development in whichever
way works best for them. With over 1,000 hours of LinkedIn Learning
viewed over the past year, it has proven to be an invaluable tool for our
employees to complete online courses in any areas of interest to progress
their career paths and expand knowledge.
Pay and benefits
In October 2022 we approved a significant annual pay adjustment which
reflected the impact rising costs are having on our employees.
We have continued to seek guidance from an HR consultant to help us
define our remuneration philosophy and review pay and benefits in order
to retain and attract talented individuals.
Community engagement
We continually work with and for the communities in which we operate,
recognising our role as a major local employer. We sponsored two
programmes in partnership with Bath Rugby: Attacking Maths and Girls’
Participation Hubs, with the aim of creating a positive social impact in our
local region. These sessions promote health and wellbeing and develop
numeracy skills.
We have recently expanded our support to the Team Forces Foundation,
a charity that provides financial grants to help make sport and adventure
more accessible to those who serve in the British Armed Forces. Through
this, we sponsored the Forces Wives Challenge on its Ride to Freedom
in June 2023. The team of eight military wives completed its horse ride
across the testing terrain of the Pyrenees to demonstrate the power that
adventure can have on those living with physical disabilities, mental health
and chronic illnesses.
In addition to partnering with not-for-profit and charitable organisations,
we continue to encourage our employees to use the charitable giving
programme through which employees can request donations or match
funding for causes close to them. This year our incredible employees
across our sites have participated in fire walks, hikes, abseiling and
marathons in support of their local communities. Over $124k has been
donated to charitable causes during the period.
Annual Report and Accounts 2023 Avon Protection plc
47
OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORT ADJUSTED PERFORMANCE MEASURES FINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCE
SUSTAINABILITY CONTINUED
HIGHLIGHTS
Launched our annual Code of Conduct training
Mandatory cybersecurity training
campaign launched
GOVERNANCE
Avon Protection plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
48
Code of Conduct
Our Code of Conduct (‘the Code’) is a Company-wide policy that defines
the standards of behaviour for everyone who acts for or on behalf of Avon
Protection. The Code requires all our representatives to comply with the
laws and regulations in the countries in which we operate. We understand
that implementing the Code across all the markets we do business in can
be challenging given the potentially complex differences. We therefore
assess and manage any risks and the processes behind these to ensure
we maintain the highest ethical standards. To support employees, we
have launched annual Code of Conduct training to raise awareness and
cover key areas of the Code such as protecting and handling Company
resources, conflicts of interest and bribery, diversity and inclusion and
being alert to unsafe scenarios. We encourage everyone to report any
behaviour, which may be a breach of the Code, or is unethical or illegal,
through our confidential ‘Speak Up’ system.
Read more about our Code of Conduct on our website
Bribery and corruption
We have implemented systems to advocate our zero-tolerance approach
to bribery and corruption to ensure the highest standards of governance
and ethics. Employees can give honest feedback or express concerns if
there are any practices that they feel uncomfortable with, allowing us to
take corrective actions when mistakes happen. Our approach to bribery
and corruption outlined in the Code commits us to conducting business
fairly, impartially and in compliance with local laws and regulations and
to act with integrity and honesty in our business relationships. In the
next year, we plan to conduct training on anti-bribery and corruption
demonstrating the importance we place on this.
To ensure we only work with third parties whose standards are consistent
with our own, all agents and distributors are obliged by written agreement
to comply with the standards set out in the Code.
Modern slavery
We are fully committed to respecting the human rights of all those
working with or for us. We do not accept any form of child or forced
labour and we will not do business with any party who fails to uphold
these standards. We have a zero-tolerance approach to modern slavery
and are committed to acting with integrity in all business dealings and
relationships and to implementing and enforcing effective measures
to ensure modern slavery is not taking place in the business or its
supply chains.
Find our Modern Slavery Act Statement on our website
Respectful Workplace Policy
Our success depends on our people. Avon Protection values its employees
and is committed to equality of opportunity in all employment practices,
policies and procedures. We are committed to providing a workplace
culture that is free of harassment, intimidation, bias and discrimination
and a working environment where every employee is treated with dignity
and respect.
Speak Up
The ‘Speak Up’ platform is designed for all employees to anonymously
report any behaviour which may be a breach of the Code or Respectful
Workplace Policy, or is unethical or illegal. The Board retains oversight of
all matters raised through Speak Up, with regular reports submitted to the
Audit Committee.
Supply chain
We have an established supplier Code of Conduct in place and undertake
supplier audits to ensure suppliers adhere to our standards. This sets
a minimum set of requirements for our suppliers to adhere to and
encourages suppliers to implement their own Code of Conduct for their
employees and to cascade this throughout their supply chain. If suppliers
have concerns regarding any matters covered in the Code, we expect
them to bring these to our attention.
We have retained our JOSCAR membership which ensures companies
only use products and solutions of the highest quality and comply with
best practices which helps the supplier and buyer. This membership is a
collaborative tool used by the aerospace, defence and security industry to
act as a single repository for pre-qualification and compliance information.
Using JOSCAR can determine if a supplier is ‘fit for business.
Data and cybersecurity
As a contractor to militaries, we handle defence-related data. Through our
work with the U.S. DOD we are subject to the International Traffic in Arms
Regulations (ITAR) which mandate that access to data related to defence
and military technologies is restricted to U.S. citizens only. A violation
of ITAR could result in fines and/or loss of export licences. As with many
organisations, we face risks from external threats that could cause sensitive
data to be lost, corrupted or accessed by unauthorised users, leading to
financial or reputational loss.
Cybersecurity training and auditing is a key line of defence for the
Group and continues to support us as we work towards meeting the
requirements of the Cybersecurity Maturity Model Certification (CMMC
2.0). CMMC 2.0 is a requirement for all contractors and subcontractors
of the U.S. DOD, as the model brings together many cybersecurity
requirements to better protect Controlled Unclassified Information.
We launched a mandatory cybersecurity training campaign to help
foster our security culture and covered modules on physical security and
cybersecurity as well as how to report suspicious emails, and we are on
track to be compliant with CMMC 2.0 requirements.
Product development
Product safety and quality is at the core of all our business practices
and we place high value on the business assurance that comes with our
ISO9001:2015 certified quality management system. We are certified to this
at all five manufacturing sites. The majority of our products are approved
to customer industry safety standards which involves rigorous testing such
as NIOSH and CE. Our production employees receive mandatory product
safety training, and all our products undergo internal safety and quality
testing programmes. Where standards require, external safety audits are
conducted on our products.
We recognise it is essential to develop products that generate long-term
value for the business and do not compromise the environment and
community in which we operate or influence through the products life
cycle. As we work towards our net zero commitment, we will be reviewing
our product’s scope 3 emissions which will inform our transition over time
to reduce GHG emissions generated through the life cycle of our products.
Annual Report and Accounts 2023 Avon Protection plc
49
OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORT ADJUSTED PERFORMANCE MEASURES FINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCE
TCFD
OUR APPROACH
TO TCFD
TCFD COMPLIANCE STATEMENT
In accordance with the Listing Rule 9.8.6 R(8), we confirm Avon Protection has made climate-related financial disclosures consistent with the four Task
Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosure (TCFD) recommendations and 11 recommended disclosures. This includes consideration of section C of the
TCFD Annex entitled ‘Guidance for all sectors’ excluding full scope 3 disclosure and limited cross-industry climate-related metrics
1
due to limitations in our
data; in 2024 we will focus on developing capabilities, identifying material cross-industry climate-related metrics and data collection to enable disclosure
of full scope 3 emissions and additional cross-industry climate-related metrics, in our annual report for the period ending 30 September 2025.
GOVERNANCE
a. Describe the Boards oversight of climate-related risks
and opportunities
The Board oversees and has overall responsibility for our Group risk
framework including the management of climate-related risks and
opportunities and delivery of our sustainability agenda. Our four
Board Committees act on behalf of the Board and each have distinct
responsibilities relating to sustainability and climate matters.
Our CFO, Rich Cashin, is the Executive Director with responsibility for
overseeing our sustainability agenda across the business, which includes
climate-related risks and opportunities, and chairs our Sustainability
Steering Committee (‘Steering Committee’). The Steering Committee
meets bi-monthly and is responsible for ensuring the Board and its
Committees are updated on all key climate-related matters.
In FY22 we developed our first set of non-financial KPIs including a metric
related to climate change which are presented to the Board annually.
Board highlights
Sustainability and climate matters have been discussed as an agenda
item at Board meetings on two occasions this year. This included
reviewing and approving our climate-related objectives and targets,
which are delivered through our sustainability agenda.
A key deliverable for the year was the establishment of our new Group
strategy. This milestone deliverable will improve the Board’s visibility of
a number of key metrics and targets including those related to climate
and sustainability which will be included in the quarterly reporting
starting in Q1 FY24, this will replace existing processes.
The Audit Committee reviews climate-related risks and opportunities
alongside other risks on a quarterly basis as part of the Group risk framework;
in addition it reviews the updated climate register annually. This year
the Board specifically considered our revised and expanded climate
disclosures in context of the changing regulatoryenvironment.
In July, the Executive Committee discussed the sustainability objectives
and targets with regard to strategy; this included a scope 1 and 2
emission target.
Read more about:
Our governance structure on page 76
Our Board of Directors on page 74
Our Pillars on page 42
b. Describe management’s role in assessing and
managing climate-related risks and opportunities
Management is responsible for assessing and managing climate-related
risks and opportunities at an operational level. To ensure a centralised
approach the Steering Committee was established in 2022, chaired by
our CFO. The Steering Committee liaises with management teams on
sustainability and climate matters and the outcomes of these discussions
are reported at the bi-monthly meetings.
Management highlights
The Steering Committee dedicated three sessions during the period
to review and validate the sustainability agenda, one of which was led
by our external sustainability consultant. During these meetings the
Steering Committee set ambitions for delivering progress through our
sustainability agenda and established formal objectives and targets.
Targets were selected that had synergies between climate, sustainability
and our Group strategy.
We recognise the importance of ensuring our management has the
necessary knowledge and skills to understand and manage climate-
related risks and opportunities. In December 2022, our sustainability
team delivered sessions to the Executive Committee and site
management to introduce them to our sustainability agenda and
climate-related risks and opportunities.
Cross-functional working groups were established during the period
to identify opportunities to reduce energy use and carbon emissions.
These net zero teams encouraged collaboration between departments
and identified additional opportunities to reduce our impact that would
not have been achieved without this broad engagement.
The Steering Committee utilised employee engagement forums
extensively to provide feedback on the sustainability agenda and the
proposed set of objectives and targets.
The updated strategy process will improve the management of risk
including climate-related risk by integrating risk management into
strategic priorities.
1 Further assessment of materiality is required to determine the relevance of reporting the
following cross-industry climate-related metric categories; transition risks, physical risks,
climate-related opportunities, capital deployment and internal carbon prices. Following this
assessment we will establish data collection processes and plan to disclose these metrics in
fullin our Annual Report & Accounts for the period ending 30 September 2025.
Avon Protection plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
50
GOVERNANCE CO NTINUED
STRATEGY
a. Describe the climate-related risks and opportunities
the organisation has identified over the short,
medium and long term
This year we reviewed our climate-related risks and opportunities and
refined those we deemed material. We also enhanced our qualitative
understanding of these material climate-related risks and opportunities
viathe use of two scenarios.
Through this we identified the primary scenario with the greatest impact
for each risk, and categorised their financial impact in the short, medium
and long term. The results of this assessment are presented on the
following page. Against each material climate-related risk and opportunity
we have developed our strategic response.
We determined appropriate time horizons for considering the impact of
climate change on the Group based on financial and planning periods.
Short term – 2024 to 2028
Aligns to our five-year business planning process and sustainability targets.
Medium term – 2028 to 2038
Aligns to multi-year contracts and market.
Long term – 2038 to 2045
Aligns to Avon Protection’s commitment to being net zero by 2045 at the
latest by reducing absolute scope 1 and 2 GHG emissions.
Process for identifying material risks
An extensive list of climate-related risks and opportunities relevant to Avon
Protection has been identified using data sources such as climate change
and relevant sector literature, peer review and TCFD guidance.
Each division identifies its own climate-related risks and opportunities and
assesses them alongside the wider risk landscape for likelihood and impact
using bespoke financial and non-financial impact measures as outlined on
page 62. This is a measurement of net risk and considers the effectiveness
of existing mitigations. The Group uses divisional scoring and relevance to
strategic priorities to determine climate-related risks and opportunities to
undergo further analysis.
This final list of risks and opportunities is selected for climate scenario analysis,
undergoing expanded analysis by SBU. This ensures Avon Protection prioritises
resources in managing the most material climate-related impacts.
Read more on page 62
Physical risks
We have considered the susceptibility of all of our operations to physical risks
arising from climate change focusing our analysis on our five manufacturing
sites located in the U.K. and U.S. Sites are routinely audited against five
natural hazards which identified low flooding exposure, and no significant
wind, hailstorm or fire exposures across all our sites (though wildfire
mapping is currently limited). We have supplemented this analysis with
water stress analyses (based on the Aqueduct Water Risk Atlas) covering all
our manufacturing sites which align with our climate scenarios.
Our Board Committees’ oversight of sustainability and climate-related risks and opportunities
Board of Directors
The Board oversees and has
overall responsibility for our
Group risk framework
including the management
of climate-related risks and
opportunities and delivery
of our sustainability agenda.
Audit Committee See page 82
(Meets quarterly)
Principally responsible for overseeing our Group risk framework including the effectiveness of the management of
climate-related risks and opportunities.
Nomination Committee See page 80
(Meets quarterly)
Responsible for ensuring the membership of the Board and the pipeline for succession planning purposes reflect diversity.
Remuneration Committee See page 86
(Meets quarterly)
Responsible for remuneration policies and packages, including considering the suitability of establishing climate and
sustainability targets in the executive remuneration structure.
Executive Committee
(Meets monthly)
Responsible for overseeing the delivery of our sustainability agenda through strategic priorities including decarbonising
our operations and value chain to meet our emissions reduction target.
Our management teams
Steering Committee – The Steering Committee is comprised of
leaders from across the business, including members of the Executive
Committee, the Risk Committee and the sustainability team, and has
oversight of all sustainability activities including managing and accessing
climate-related risks and opportunities. The Steering Committee is
responsible for overseeing the delivery of a sustainability agenda,
making recommendations to the Board and Board Committees, and
communicating with the business and management teams.
SBU management teams – The SBU management teams oversee
divisional integration of risk management into each strategic priority
including the consideration of climate-related risk.
Risk Committee – The Committee provides an internal review of the Group
risk framework and makes recommendations to the Audit Committee.
Sustainability team – The sustainability team manages the agenda and
provides updates to the Steering Committee at every meeting. It has day-
to-day oversight of climate matters and is responsible for ensuring data
such as our greenhouse gas emissions is collected and reported.
Net zero team – The site-based working groups are made up of
environmental specialists and functional representatives. The teams were
established to identify and co-ordinate opportunities to reduce energy
usage and emissions at each site and report to the sustainability team
on progress.
Employee engagement forum – Feedback is sought directly from a
cross-section of employees or business functions on sustainability and
climate matters through surveys and focus groups to soundboard ideas.
Annual Report and Accounts 2023 Avon Protection plc
51
OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORT ADJUSTED PERFORMANCE MEASURES FINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCE
TCFD CONTINUED
Category Description
Primary potential
financialimpact
Short
2024–2028
Medium
2028–2033
Long
2033–2045
Scenario
with greatest
financial
impact Strategic response
TRANSITIONAL RISKS
Policy and legal
Carbon pricing
and taxation
The introduction of taxes or other costs associated with GHG emitting
fuels and operations may result in increased cost of products and services
both purchased and sold by Avon Protection.
Increase in operating costs via
taxes and levies for energy and
fueluse.
Insignificant Low/
medium
Medium/
high
<2˚C We are reducing exposure to GHG through our sustainability targets to 2028 which are aligned
to our STAR strategy. This includes a scope 1 and 2 GHG emission target as well as a target for
enhanced supplier engagement to allow us to improve visibility of value chain GHG emissions.
To negate risk from cost changes we negotiate fixed price protection and price escalation clauses
to ensure we remain profitable over the duration of contracts. We also operate in a specialist
market where there are only a few manufacturers that currently meet the stringent requirements
of our customers and who will be subject to similar cost challenges.
Regulation and policy
burden and exposure
to litigation
Failure to manage stakeholder expectations relating to climate-related
issues may result in fines and reputational damage and limit our access
toinvestment.
Greater regulatory requirements
result in additional operating costs.
Insignificant Low Low
<2˚C Emerging policy and regulations are monitored and escalated through our governance structure
as appropriate. Where additional support is required, the business utilises external experts in
sustainability and climate matters to advise our teams.
Technology
Shift to low carbon
technologies
Decarbonisation of our operations may require additional investment to
transition equipment and infrastructure to lower emission technologies.
Capital expenditure required to
reduce emissions and switching
energy sources.
Low Low/
medium
Low/
medium
<2˚C We have established cross-functional net zero teams at each of our manufacturing sites to
identify, monitor and action initiatives to reduce energy and GHG emissions. Initial focus for
these teams has been on energy efficiencies and investments that can be quickly implemented
such as LED lighting retrofits. Purchase of low emission electricity has also been reviewed and
implemented where viable.
Net zero teams will continue to develop further initiatives and track emerging technologies and
related investment cases for renewable alternatives.
Market
Changing customer
requirements
Changing customer preferences and sensitivity to environmental factors
could mean our existing technology is unable to meet requirements set in
new bids or contracts.
Shift in customer requirements
results in loss of revenue and early
retirement of products.
Insignificant Low Medium
<2˚C We maintain close relationships with customers, working collaboratively to understand
their future requirements and ensuring these are factored into product development at the
earliest stage.
PHYSICAL RISKS
Acute and chronic – changing weather patterns and extreme weather events
Disruption to operations
Operational exposure to extreme weather events such as heatwaves, fires,
high winds and flooding varies depending on the particular hazard and
site. Overall, such events may reduce productivity and/or result in costs to
repair damage.
Loss of revenue whilst sites are not
fully operational, higher insurance
premiums to mitigate potential
loss of profit or repair costs.
Low Low/
medium
Low/
medium
>2˚C All sites comply with and adhere to local climate-related public instruction and guidance,
and have suitable insurance cover. We will continue to monitor the sites’ exposure to extreme
weather events and update business continuity planning.
Disruption to supply chain
and access to materials
Our supply chain could become susceptible to climate-related disruption
which may impact our access to raw materials and ability to deliver
against orders.
Loss of revenue through delays to
production, increased costs when
obtaining alternative supplies
ofmaterial.
Insignificant Low Low
>2˚C We have alternative sources for raw materials used in key products to mitigate risk from the loss
of critical suppliers and look to identify dual sources as part of new product approvals. Where
this isn’t possible, sole source dependencies are subject to enhanced monitoring.
OPPORTUNITIES
Physical – increased
demand
Increased occurrence and severity of natural hazards associated with
climate change may impact the global security environment and demand
for our range of protective equipment within existing and new markets.
Increased sales opportunities for
our existing products with new
and existing customers.
Low Medium Medium/
high
>2˚C We believe there are opportunities for increased demand within both climate scenarios and
continue to invest in research and development so we are well placed to deliver innovative
solutions that meet customer requirements.
As an example, we see an opportunity within helmets for our enhanced protection solutions as
a result of a shift to more levels of people working in dangerous environments such as search
and rescue.
Transitional – resource
efficiency
Focus on energy efficiency and reduction of waste to reduce emissions
may generate savings in raw materials and energy use.
Reduced reliance on fossil fuels
and material consumption
efficiencies result in reduced
materials and production costs.
Low Low Medium
<2˚C We plan to undertake quarterly Kaizen activities at each of our sites and educate employees
on lean thinking to identify opportunities to be more efficient with resources. The first of these
Kaizen activities has taken place in 2023.
Avon Protection plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
52
Category Description
Primary potential
financialimpact
Short
2024–2028
Medium
2028–2033
Long
2033–2045
Scenario
with greatest
financial
impact Strategic response
TRANSITIONAL RISKS
Policy and legal
Carbon pricing
and taxation
The introduction of taxes or other costs associated with GHG emitting
fuels and operations may result in increased cost of products and services
both purchased and sold by Avon Protection.
Increase in operating costs via
taxes and levies for energy and
fueluse.
Insignificant Low/
medium
Medium/
high
<2˚C We are reducing exposure to GHG through our sustainability targets to 2028 which are aligned
to our STAR strategy. This includes a scope 1 and 2 GHG emission target as well as a target for
enhanced supplier engagement to allow us to improve visibility of value chain GHG emissions.
To negate risk from cost changes we negotiate fixed price protection and price escalation clauses
to ensure we remain profitable over the duration of contracts. We also operate in a specialist
market where there are only a few manufacturers that currently meet the stringent requirements
of our customers and who will be subject to similar cost challenges.
Regulation and policy
burden and exposure
to litigation
Failure to manage stakeholder expectations relating to climate-related
issues may result in fines and reputational damage and limit our access
toinvestment.
Greater regulatory requirements
result in additional operating costs.
Insignificant Low Low
<2˚C Emerging policy and regulations are monitored and escalated through our governance structure
as appropriate. Where additional support is required, the business utilises external experts in
sustainability and climate matters to advise our teams.
Technology
Shift to low carbon
technologies
Decarbonisation of our operations may require additional investment to
transition equipment and infrastructure to lower emission technologies.
Capital expenditure required to
reduce emissions and switching
energy sources.
Low Low/
medium
Low/
medium
<2˚C We have established cross-functional net zero teams at each of our manufacturing sites to
identify, monitor and action initiatives to reduce energy and GHG emissions. Initial focus for
these teams has been on energy efficiencies and investments that can be quickly implemented
such as LED lighting retrofits. Purchase of low emission electricity has also been reviewed and
implemented where viable.
Net zero teams will continue to develop further initiatives and track emerging technologies and
related investment cases for renewable alternatives.
Market
Changing customer
requirements
Changing customer preferences and sensitivity to environmental factors
could mean our existing technology is unable to meet requirements set in
new bids or contracts.
Shift in customer requirements
results in loss of revenue and early
retirement of products.
Insignificant Low Medium
<2˚C We maintain close relationships with customers, working collaboratively to understand
their future requirements and ensuring these are factored into product development at the
earliest stage.
PHYSICAL RISKS
Acute and chronic – changing weather patterns and extreme weather events
Disruption to operations
Operational exposure to extreme weather events such as heatwaves, fires,
high winds and flooding varies depending on the particular hazard and
site. Overall, such events may reduce productivity and/or result in costs to
repair damage.
Loss of revenue whilst sites are not
fully operational, higher insurance
premiums to mitigate potential
loss of profit or repair costs.
Low Low/
medium
Low/
medium
>2˚C All sites comply with and adhere to local climate-related public instruction and guidance,
and have suitable insurance cover. We will continue to monitor the sites’ exposure to extreme
weather events and update business continuity planning.
Disruption to supply chain
and access to materials
Our supply chain could become susceptible to climate-related disruption
which may impact our access to raw materials and ability to deliver
against orders.
Loss of revenue through delays to
production, increased costs when
obtaining alternative supplies
ofmaterial.
Insignificant Low Low
>2˚C We have alternative sources for raw materials used in key products to mitigate risk from the loss
of critical suppliers and look to identify dual sources as part of new product approvals. Where
this isn’t possible, sole source dependencies are subject to enhanced monitoring.
OPPORTUNITIES
Physical – increased
demand
Increased occurrence and severity of natural hazards associated with
climate change may impact the global security environment and demand
for our range of protective equipment within existing and new markets.
Increased sales opportunities for
our existing products with new
and existing customers.
Low Medium Medium/
high
>2˚C We believe there are opportunities for increased demand within both climate scenarios and
continue to invest in research and development so we are well placed to deliver innovative
solutions that meet customer requirements.
As an example, we see an opportunity within helmets for our enhanced protection solutions as
a result of a shift to more levels of people working in dangerous environments such as search
and rescue.
Transitional – resource
efficiency
Focus on energy efficiency and reduction of waste to reduce emissions
may generate savings in raw materials and energy use.
Reduced reliance on fossil fuels
and material consumption
efficiencies result in reduced
materials and production costs.
Low Low Medium
<2˚C We plan to undertake quarterly Kaizen activities at each of our sites and educate employees
on lean thinking to identify opportunities to be more efficient with resources. The first of these
Kaizen activities has taken place in 2023.
Overall, the Group has assessed the potential impact of climate change to be low in the short term (to 2028). Beyond 2028 although there are potential
costs associated with climate change, these are balanced with significant opportunity for increased demand for our protective products in a changing
global security environment.
Potential annual financial impact
Annual Report and Accounts 2023 Avon Protection plc
53
OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORT ADJUSTED PERFORMANCE MEASURES FINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCE
a. Describe the climate-related risks and opportunities
the organisation has identified over the short,
medium and long term continued
One of our sites has been identified as being located in an area of very
high water stress which was present under both climate scenarios. This site
is also susceptible to earthquakes which is factored into its insurance and
business continuity planning.
Our scenarios anticipate the occurrence of extreme weather events will
change over time and we will continue to monitor sites’ susceptibility and
update methodologies for assessing resilience.
High risk exposure to natural hazards and weather events by site.
Country Site Water Stress Earthquake
U.K. Melksham, Wiltshire
U.S.
Cadillac, Michigan
Irvine, California X X
Cleveland, Ohio
Salem, New Hampshire
b. Describe the impact of climate-related risks and
opportunities on the organisation’s businesses,
strategy and financial planning
Products and services
Government policies and climate change awareness are beginning
to alter the bid and tender processes in countries with strong climate
commitments. As our products are critical to protecting users in
life-threatening situations we do not see sustainability and climate
performance taking precedence over user safety. There is, however, an
opportunity to lead innovation through the development of lower impact
products, where these do not compromise on performance or capability.
We partner closely with our customers and obtain continuous feedback
from the user base to design products which meet their developing
sustainability needs. This makes customers a key stakeholder in our
sustainability journey, and we have recognised this through the
establishment of our customer pillar.
See more on pages 37 and 43
Operations and supply chain
Our operational footprint covers five manufacturing sites across two
developed markets which are expected to have increasing levels of
climate scrutiny. The potential cost associated with GHG emitting fuels
and shift to decarbonise our operations may increase cost to make or
purchase products. There is also a low risk that climate change could
disrupt our ability to operate in certain locations or disrupt our ability to
source products.
We have committed to reducing absolute scope 1 and 2 emissions to zero
by 2045 at the latest (our ‘net zero commitment’).
This year we have established targets which form part of our sustainability
agenda and align to our STAR strategy including an emissions target and
a plan to undertake enhanced supply chain screening which will help to
inform us of emissions hotspots in our supply chain.
During FY23 we established net zero teams at each site to identify and
implement easy wins that will help us to achieve our emissions reductions.
They also identified emerging technologies and assessed the long-term
feasibility of purchasing renewables or low emission electricity.
Alongside this we have been focused on footprint optimisation and each
site has undertaken a series of Kaizens to drive efficiency and develop
employee lean thinking. This will continue to be a focus of our STAR
strategy and will support our net zero efforts.
Read more on pages 26 and 42
Strategy
Capital improvements needed to decarbonise our operations to meet our
net zero commitment may compete for our capex and internal resources.
The launch of our STAR strategy was a major business deliverable this year
and sets a solid foundation for assessing and mitigating the impact of
climate-related risks and opportunities going forward. During the period,
risks and opportunities associated with climate change alongside other
Group risks were considered as part of the process to prioritise strategies.
Next year we plan to further embed climate risk management into our
STAR strategy and identify further options to mitigate or reduce the
potential negative impacts.
Read more on page 22
Investment in research and development
We may have to invest in new and alternative technologies to meet our
own net zero commitment and meet customer requirements.
We have set a target for research and development investment within our
sustainability agenda to 2028. This is the first step in aligning investment in
new products with our sustainability goals.
Read more on page 20 and 21
Access to capital
Poor ESG performance could reduce our access to investment overtime if
we do not deliver against our commitments.
Over the medium to long term, we consider continued progress towards
our net zero commitment and wider climate objectives will prevent any
negative impact on access to debt or equity funding.
Acquisition or divestment
Climate-related metrics for future acquisition targets would be assessed
during due diligence where material and relevant information is available.
During the period, the Group divested its Armour manufacturing
operations in Lexington. Emissions associated with this site are therefore
no longer part of the Group’s continuing carbon footprint which resulted
in us restating our baseline.
Financial planning process
We recognise that climate-related risks and opportunities can have
financial impact on revenues, costs and expenditures; see table on
pages 52 and 53. The related impact on financial reporting estimates and
judgements is summarised on page 137.
This is the first year we have included an emission-based target in our
budget, supported by planned FY24 initiatives. We recognise this is
the first step in maturing our financial planning process and ensuring
delivery of emissions reduction targets. A similar process is planned to be
incorporated into next year’s updated five-year plan.
We carried out an impact assessment for climate risks and opportunities
on the overall Group and SBU operations. This identified the related
primary financial metric and impact thereon, as summarised in the table
on page 52.
STRATEGY C ONTINUED
TCFD CONTINUED
Avon Protection plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
54
STRATEGY C ONTINUED
c. Describe the resilience of the organisation’s strategy,
taking into consideration different climate-related
scenarios, including a 2
O
C or lower scenario
Approach to scenario analysis
TCFD recommends the use of climate scenarios to assess the resilience of
businesses to climate change. This is the second year Avon Protection has
used scenario analysis to assess potential risks and opportunities related to
climate change, and their resulting impact on Group strategy.
In 2022, we received technical advice to help select appropriate
climatescenarios.
This year we built upon previous qualitative analysis by applying scenarios
to climate-related risks and opportunities and assessing their impact on
key financial metrics.
Our climate scenarios
Our two climate scenarios align with TCFD guidance, and use economic
constraints associated with the International Panel on Climate Change’s
(IPCC) Shared Socioeconomic Pathway 2 middle of the road scenario:
>4°C informed by RCP
1
8.5 is an extreme physical risk scenario.
Under this scenario there is no additional action policy or regulatory
interventions which leads to global temperatures rising between
4.1–4.8°C by 2100.
<2°C informed by RCP
1
2.6 is an extreme transitional risk scenario. Under
this scenario, early action is taken to rapidly reduce greenhouse gas
emissions and limit global warming to 2°C or lower by 2100.
1 The IPCC adopted the Representative Concentration Pathway (RCP) to provide plausible
descriptions of how the future may evolve with respect to a range of variables including socio-
economic change, technological change, energy and land use, and emissions of greenhouse
gases and air pollutants.
We have made the following assumptions:
Avon Protection’s business activities will be static over time. This means
impacts have been considered for the existing operating model, current
locations and product portfolio.
Mutual exclusivity has been assumed for each risk and scenario when in
reality they may occur in parallel (aggregated) or offset each other.
No action has been taken by Avon Protection to mitigate or limit the
impacts of each risk.
Resilience statement
The output of scenario analysis indicated that transitional risks could have
a greater impact in a <2°C or lower scenario. The development of our
sustainability agenda focuses our efforts on material themes which will
help the business build resilience to the effects of policy, legal, technology
and market risk across its strategic priorities. The inclusion of targets
to reduce emissions and encourage resource efficiency provide Avon
Protection the opportunity to maximise potential cost savings.
The potential impact of physical risks could be more pertinent in the >4°C
scenario. Each site is sufficiently insured for the physical risks they are
exposed to.
We have strong relationships with customers and are well positioned to
maximise opportunities in increased demand offered by both scenarios.
The impact of climate change on costs is not expected to be material,
after considering the strategic response we have in place and the potential
opportunities which manifest under both scenarios.
We recognise that scenario analysis will be developed over time. As
we launch our new STAR strategy we will look at further opportunities
to build climate change consideration into our strategic priorities
andreviewresilience.
RISK MANAGEMENT
a. Describe the organisation’s processes for identifying
and assessing climate-related risks
In 2021, sustainability (including climate-related risks and opportunities)
was identified as emerging risk and was added to our Group register as a
principal risk in 2022.
In 2022, we worked with a sustainability consultant to initially support us in
identifying climate-related risks and opportunities. The identification and
assessment of climate-related risks and opportunities has now been fully
integrated into the Group risk management process.
This year we reviewed and assessed our material climate-related risks and
opportunities (see process of identifying material risk outlined in Strategy
section part a).
See how we identify and manage risk on page 62 for details on our
approach to determining relevance of climate-related risks against other
risks using bespoke impact assessment measures.
Read more on page 62
b. Describe the organisation’s processes for managing
climate-related risks
The SBU management team is responsible for the identification,
assessment, management and reporting of climate-related risks specific
to delivering their divisions’ strategy in accordance with the Group
riskframework.
The Risk Committee reviews the divisional risk registers, providing a
second level of assurance, confirming which risks are considered high for
reporting to the Audit Committee.
The Audit Committee reviews high Group climate risks. This year we
introduced risk appetite into the discussion which was set by the Board
and established a desired approach to risk mitigation, a process we hope
to advance and embed into the STAR strategy.
We review our climate register annually, an exercise supported by
members of the Executive Committee and SBU management, assessing
financial impacts over different time horizons for our climate scenarios
(seesummary table provided in Strategy section).
This was the first time our climate register was reviewed by the
AuditCommittee.
The overall process ensures material risks are covered by an appropriate
existing or planned strategic response.
c. Describe how processes for identifying, assessing and
managing climate-related risks are integrated into the
organisation’s overall risk management
See Risk Management section parts a and b
Annual Report and Accounts 2023 Avon Protection plc
55
OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORT ADJUSTED PERFORMANCE MEASURES FINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCE
METRICS AND TARGETS
a./c. Metrics used to assess climate-related risks and
opportunities and the targets we use to manage
the risks and opportunities and performance
against targets
The table on page 52 illustrates the key metrics we use to assess and
manage our climate-related risks and opportunities. We have selected
these as the data is readily available and comparable. Progress has been
made to expand yearly reporting to include water usage and waste in line
with stakeholder expectations.
Targets and progress
During the period we have evolved our sustainability agenda; the pillars
have been redefined and expanded to ensure we consider sustainability
matters relevant to all key stakeholders. Targets for each pillar were
selected based on ambition of the business, alignment to Group
strategy, consideration of climate-related risks and opportunities and
regulatoryrequirements.
Within our sustainability agenda, we have committed to reducing our
scope 1 and 2 emissions by 5% relative to revenue per annum (intensity)
which supports us in starting our journey to achieving net zero by 2045
at the latest by reducing our absolute scope 1 and 2 emissions (2021
baseline). We plan to meet our interim target and net zero commitment
through seven actions which are described on page 44. Meeting this
interim target over the next five years will reduce our exposure to
increased pricing of GHG emissions or costs of carbon offset, encourage
efficiencies and reduce likelihood of negative stakeholder feedback. We
still consider tonnes of CO
2
e per $m of revenue as the most appropriate
operational key performance indicator to manage climate-related risks and
opportunities facing the business.
We have also established targets which indirectly support the reduction
of scope 1, 2 and 3 emissions. These metrics are considered relevant to
our climate-related risks and opportunities, in particular, carbon price and
taxation, transitional resource efficiency and regulation and policy burden,
exposure to litigation.
We have set an annual scrap reduction target of 5% per year as a
percentage of scrap, to 2028.
We have set an annual target to increase revenue per square foot by 5%
per year, to 2028.
We have set a target to screen 80% of our supply chain by 2025
(perspend), against enhanced sustainability criteria.
The launch of our STAR strategy was a key deliverable for the business
and as such climate-related objectives did not feature as part of the
bonus scheme this year for the Executive Committee. The STAR strategy
establishes a platform for assigning accountability to our Executive
Committee and its management team and the Remuneration Committee
will be developing new policies to reflect these changes. It’s not
anticipated that sustainability objectives will feature; rather they are
embedded across the delivery of strategic priorities. Noting a portion
of Executive Director bonus this year is attributed to the delivery of ESG
targets as set out on page 93.
b. Disclose scope 1, scope 2, and scope 3 greenhouse gas
(GHG) emissions and the related risks
We report our scope 1, 2 and 3 emissions, in compliance with Streamlined
Energy and Carbon Reporting.
During the period and in line with expectation we assessed the most
relevant and influenceable elements of our scope 3 emissions. We
conducted a screening exercise to determine this, considering factors
such as ability to influence, anticipated size, sector guidance and data
accessibility which identified several exclusions and areas of data
shortcomings detailed on page 44. Based on this work and the use of EEIO
modelling, purchased goods is understood to be the largest contributor
to our footprint; as we mature our scope 3 calculations we will disclose
additional categories and aim for full disclosure by 2025.
TCFD CONTINUED
Avon Protection plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
56
SIGNIFICANT
GROWTH
OPPORTUNITY
30
September
2023
1 October
2022 Change
Organic
change
(constant
currency)
4
Continuing operations
1
Orders received $258.7m $267.9m (3.4)% (2.9)%
Closing order book $135.8m $120.9m 12.3% 10.9%
Revenue $243.8m $263.5m (7.5)% (7.5)%
Adjusted
2
EBITDA $35.7m $38.8m (8.0)% (13.6)%
Adjusted
1
EBITDA margin 14.6% 14.7% (10bps) (110bps)
Adjusted
2
operating profit $21.2m $23.4m (9.4)% (18.5)%
Adjusted
2
operating profit margin 8.7% 8.9% (20bps) (120bps)
Adjusted
2
net finance costs $(7.2)m $(3.7)m 94.6% 100.0%
Adjusted
2
profit before tax $14.0m $19.7m (28.9)% (37.5)%
Adjusted
2
taxation $(1.9)m $(3.1)m
Adjusted
2
profit/(loss) after tax $12.1m $16.6m
Adjusted
2
basic earnings per share 40.3c 54.7c (26.3)% (35.2)%
Total dividend per share 29.6c 44.9c (31.4)%
Net debt excluding lease liabilities $64.5m $44.2m 45.9%
Cash conversion 7.0% 151.3%
Return on invested capital
2
8.7% 9.0%
Statutory results
Operating (loss)/profit from continuing operations
3
$(12.6)m $11.0m
Net finance costs $(7.6)m $(5.0)m
(Loss)/profit before tax from continuing operations $(20.2)m $6.0m
Taxation $3.8m $(0.3)m
(Loss)/profit after tax from continuing operations $(16.4)m $5.7m
Profit/(loss) from discontinued operations
3
$2.0m $(13.3)m
Loss for the period $(14.4)m $(7.6)m
Basic loss per share
2
(48.0)c (25.1)c
Net debt $85.4m $68.0m
1 At 30 September 2023 Armour operations have fully closed. Armour has therefore been classified as a discontinued operation, including restatement of prior period comparatives.
2 The Directors believe that adjusted measures provide a useful comparison of business trends and performance. Adjusted results exclude exceptional items and discontinued operations. The term
adjusted is not defined under IFRS and may not be comparable with similarly titled measures used by other companies.
3 Reported operating loss includes $6.3 million amortisation of acquired intangibles, restructuring costs of $1.4 million, impairment of non-current assets and goodwill of $24.6 million and transition
costs of $1.5 million. See Adjusted Performance Measures section for full breakdown of adjustments and comparatives.
4 Constant currency measures are provided in the Adjusted Performance Measures section.
FINANCIAL REVIEW
FULL YEAR RESULTS UNDERPINNED BY A SIGNIFICANT
STEP UP IN H2 FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE.
Revenue declined within Respiratory Protection this year following a
record prior year supported by the initial deployment of masks into Europe
under the NSPA framework contract, in addition to support for Ukraine.
This has been partially offset by revenue growth within Head Protection
with the commencement of shipments against the NG IHPS contract,
which resulted in total revenue for the Group declining by 7.5% to $243.8
million (2022: $263.5 million). Margins in both businesses improved year on
year, but a shift in revenue from the higher margin Respiratory Protection
to lower margin Head Protection led to margin erosion at a group
level, resulting in adjusted operating profit margin at 8.7% (2022: 8.9%).
Following the completion of our contractual obligations, the Armour
business has moved into discontinued operations, and we have restated
the 2022 financials to compare on a like-for-like basis.
Annual Report and Accounts 2023 Avon Protection plc
57
OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORT ADJUSTED PERFORMANCE MEASURES FINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCE
Order intake for the Group of $258.7 million (2022: $267.9 million) was
down 3.4% (2.9% constant currency). Head Protection orders grew strongly
with $38 million of orders for NG IHPS, and $14 million of orders against the
ACH GEN II contract received in the year. Respiratory orders were down in
the year, with weak demand from the U.S. DOD as expected.
The closing order book of $135.8 million reflects an increase of 12.3%
(10.9% constant currency) over the prior year, with an increase of 64.5%
(64.5% constant currency) in the Head Protection order book more
than offsetting a decrease of 40.4% (42.0% constant currency) within
Respiratory Protection. Notably the Head Protection order book consists of
$59 million of orders for NG IHPS and over $20 million for ACH GEN II, both
fully covering expected sales for these products in the next financial year.
Revenue for the Group totalled $243.8 million, a decline of 7.5% (7.5%
constant currency) compared to a prior year of $263.5 million.
Respiratory Protection revenue totalled $156.9 million, a decline of 18.7%
(18.7% constant currency) compared to $193.0 million in 2022, with the
largest decrease within the U.K. & International market as a result of the
large sales into Europe last year under the NSPA framework contract.
Respiratory Protection sales into the U.S. DOD grew modestly, albeit with
a significant mix shift away from mask systems to aftermarket products as
sales of M53A1 and M69 masks in the prior year were replaced with sales
of filters and other spares and accessories. Notably, we delivered over
$17million of M61 filters into the U.S. DOD which represented 24 months’
worth of demand, and although we expect to receive similar orders in the
future, there will be a significant decline of U.S. DOD filters revenue in 2024
as a consequence. Commercial Americas revenue dropped significantly;
however, this was driven by one-off deliveries in the prior year in support
of Ukraine.
Head Protection revenue totalled $86.9 million, an increase of 23.3% (23.3%
constant currency) over the prior year of $70.5 million. U.S. DOD revenue
grew by 19.7% with strong sales of EXFIL ballistic helmets and a successful
ramp-up of the NG IHPS programme. Commercial Americas revenue grew
modestly at 7.1% with encouraging initial sales of the new EPIC commercial
helmet range following a successful launch in the second half of the year.
Lastly, we had a strong year for Head Protection in the U.K. & International
market with revenue growth of 77.6%, driven by deliveries of EXFIL helmets
into the Australian Defence Force.
Group adjusted EBITDA of $35.7 million (2022: $38.8 million) is down
8.0% (13.6% constancy currency) compared to the prior period. Lower
revenue in high margin Respiratory Protection, high levels of scrap from
production ramp-up of NG IHPS, and increased levels of expensed R&D
were headwinds in the year, partially offset by favourable product mix
within Respiratory Protection, reduced freight costs, and savings in central
overheads. Adjusted EBITDA margin of 14.6% was down 10bps (down
110bps constant currency) on the prior year.
Adjusted operating profit of $21.2 million (2022: $23.4 million) is after
adjusted depreciation, amortisation and impairment of $14.5 million
(2022: $15.4 million), resulting in an adjusted operating profit margin of
8.7% (2022: 8.9%) down 20bps (down 120bps constant currency) on the
prior year.
Statutory operating loss from continuing operations of $12.6 million (2022:
profit of $11.0 million) reflected exceptional items in the period which are
summarised below.
Impairments include a $23.4 million charge to goodwill (2022: $nil), arising
as the new Head Protection cash-generating unit (CGU) was subject to
impairment testing for the first time. Based on the Group’s Board approved
five-year financial plan, adjusted to exclude cash flows considered
expansionary, the value in use of the Head Protection CGU was less than
the carrying amount.
The Head Protection CGU includes all goodwill associated with the 2020
Ceradyne acquisition of $28.0 million and 2021 Team Wendy acquisition
of $58.3 million. In 2021, goodwill related to the Ceradyne acquisition was
allocated in full to the sole Respiratory and Head protection operating
segment, and as such was unaffected by the 2021 armour-related
impairments. In 2022, the decision to present Armour as a separate
operating segment was taken, with nil goodwill value allocated to the
Armour segment. This was based on a relative value approach, which
attributed no value to Armour given trading losses forecast to closure.
Further details of the impairment are included in note 3.1.
The Adjusted Performance Measures section contains a full breakdown
and explanation of adjustments.
2023
$m
2022
$m
Statutory operating (loss)/profit (12.6) 11.0
Amortisation of acquired intangibles 6.3 6.8
Impairment of goodwill and other
non-currentassets
24.6 4.0
Restructuring costs 1.4 1.6
Transaction costs 1.5
Adjusted operating profit 21.2 23.4
Adjusted net finance costs increased to $7.2 million (2022: $3.7 million) due
to higher net debt and variable interest charges.
After an adjusted tax charge of $1.9 million (2022: $3.1 million), the Group
recorded an adjusted profit for the period after tax of $12.1 million (2022:
$16.6 million).
Adjusted basic earnings per share fell to 40.3 cents (2022: 54.7 cents).
Return on invested capital, calculated on a rolling 12-month basis, fell to
8.7% (2022: 9.0%), reflecting lower adjusted operating profit.
Statutory net finance costs of $7.6 million (2022: $5.0 million) include
$0.4million (2022: $1.3 million) net interest expense on the U.K. defined
benefit pension scheme liability.
U.S. DOD
Commercial Americas U.K. & International
Head Protection
Revenue by market
$86.9m
(FY2022: $70.5m)
Respiratory Protection
Revenue by market
$156.9m
(FY2022: $193.0m)
RESPIRATORY PROTECTION
EXPENDITURE HAS PRIMARILY FOCUSED
ON COMPLETING THE DEVELOPMENT
OF THE EXOSKIN LINE OF BOOTS AND
GLOVES, WHILST HEAD PROTECTION
EXPENDITURE CONTINUED TO CENTRE
AROUND NG IHPS AND ACH GEN II
HELMET DEVELOPMENT.
FINANCIAL REVIEW CONTINUED
Avon Protection plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
58
Statutory loss before tax from continuing operations was $20.2 million (2022: profit of $6.0 million) and, after a tax credit of $3.8 million (2022: charge of
$0.3 million), the loss for the period from continuing operations was $16.4 million (2022: profit of $5.7 million).
Segmental Performance
2023 2022
Respiratory
Protection
$m
Head
Protection
$m
Total
$m
Respiratory
Protection
$m
Head
Protection
$m
Total
$m
Revenue 156.9 86.9 243.8 193.0 70.5 263.5
Adjusted EBITDA 36.6 (0.9) 35.7 42.4 (3.6) 38.8
Adjusted EBITDA margin 23.3% (1.0)% 14.6% 22.0% (5.1)% 14.7%
Adjusted operating profit 29.3 (8.1) 21.2 33.5 (10.1) 23.4
Adjusted operating profit margin 18.7% (9.3)% 8.7% 17.4% (14.3)% 8.9%
Adjusted operating profit margin within the Respiratory Protection business improved despite the fall in revenue, growing from 17.4% in FY22 to 18.7%
in FY23. This was due to a product mix shift away from lower margin sales on the NSPA framework in the prior period, and repricing on a couple of key
products. Beyond these mix effects, rapid action to right-size the cost base was taken in light of the weaker demand environment.
The Head Protection business has continued to make a loss as we work through the production ramp-up for the NG IHPS and ACH GEN II programmes,
although we have seen reduced losses with the operational gearing tailwinds from the increased revenue, resulting in an adjusted operating profit
margin of (9.3%), up from (14.3%) in FY22. We continue to believe that the transformational initiatives within the STAR strategy will bring this business to
acceptable levels of profitability.
Research and development expenditure
Total investment in research and development (capitalised and expensed) was $10.2 million (2022: $10.9 million), in line with the prior period as a
percentage of revenue. Excluding amortisation and impairment, we have seen an increase in costs expensed to the P&L following lower levels of
capitalisation.
Continuing operations
2023
$m
2022
$m
Total expenditure 10.2 10.9
Less customer funded (1.2) (1.4)
Group expenditure 9.0 9.5
Capitalised (3.1) (5.8)
Income statement impact 5.9 3.7
Amortisation and impairment of development expenditure 4.3 6.5
Total income statement impact 10.2 10.2
Revenue 243.8 263.5
R&D spend as a % of revenue 4.2% 4.1%
Respiratory Protection expenditure has primarily focused on completing the development of the EXOSKIN line of boots and gloves, whilst Head Protection
expenditure continued to centre around NG IHPS and ACH GEN II helmet development.
In FY23 research and development costs have been reclassified as a separate line item below gross profit in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive
Income, with comparatives restated accordingly.
Annual Report and Accounts 2023 Avon Protection plc
59
OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORT ADJUSTED PERFORMANCE MEASURES FINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL REVIEW CONTINUED
Net debt and cash flow
2023
$m
2022
$m
Adjusted continuing EBITDA 35.7 38.8
Share-based payments and defined benefit pension scheme costs 1.7 1.8
Working capital (34.9) 18.1
Cash flows from continuing operations before exceptional items 2.5 58.7
Restructuring and transaction costs paid (2.3) (1.0)
Cash flows from continuing operations 0.2 57.7
Cash flows from discontinued operations 3.2 (24.2)
Cash flows from operations 3.4 33.5
Payments to pension plan (8.5)
Net finance costs (6.6) (3.4)
Net repayment of leases (3.0) (3.2)
Tax received 3.7 3.7
Capital expenditure (11. 0) (8.9)
Discontinued operation disposals, investing and financing cash flows 6.6 (4.4)
Purchase of own shares – share buyback (12.4)
Dividends to shareholders (13.4) (13.4)
Foreign exchange on cash (0.4)
Change in net debt, excluding lease liabilities (20.3) (17.4)
Opening net debt, excluding lease liabilities (44.2) (26.8)
Closing net debt, excluding lease liabilities (64.5) (44.2)
Cash flows from continuing operations before exceptional items were
$2.5million (2022: $58.7 million) with the movement principally due to
working capital outflows of $34.9 million, compared to inflows of $18.1
million in the prior year. Working capital outflows were driven by a $26.2
million increase in receivables due to sales phasing (2022: $13.2 million
reduction in receivables).
Dividends and purchase of own shares were $13.4 million (2022: $25.8 million),
with the change reflecting the buyback programme in the prior year,
which has now been formally cancelled.
Tax was an inflow of $3.7 million (2022: inflow of $3.7 million), due to
historical amounts owed being settled in the period.
Net debt was $85.4 million (2022: net debt $68.0 million), which includes
lease liabilities of $20.9 million (2022: $23.8 million). Excluding lease
liabilities, net debt was $64.5 million (2022: net debt $44.2 million).
Defined benefit pension scheme
The Group operated a contributory defined benefits plan to provide
pension and death benefits for the employees of Avon Protection plc and
its Group undertakings in the U.K. employed prior to 31 January 2003. The
plan was closed to future accrual of benefit on 1 October 2009 and has
a weighted average maturity of approximately 11 years. The net pension
liability for the scheme amounted to $40.2 million as at 30 September
2023 (2022: $6.3 million). The increase is mainly due to adverse actuarial
experience adjustments.
There were no contributions in respect of scheme expenses and deficit
recovery plan payments in the period as these were fully prepaid for
FY23 in the previous year. In accordance with the deficit recovery plan
agreed following the 31 March 2022 actuarial valuation, the Group will
make payments in FY24 of £6.95 million, FY25 of £4.30 million and FY26 of
£4.70million in respect of deficit recovery and scheme expenses.
Foreign exchange and interest rate risk management
The Group is exposed to translational foreign exchange risk arising when
the results of sterling denominated companies are consolidated into the
Group presentational currency, U.S. dollars. Group policy is not to hedge
translational foreign exchange risk. Due to the translational effect, a
1cent increase in the value of the U.S. dollar against sterling would have
decreased revenue by approximately $0.2 million and increased operating
profit by approximately $0.2 million for FY23.
RCF borrowings are floating rate priced using the U.S. Secured Overnight
Financing Rate (SOFR). In 2022 the Group implemented a hedging policy
using interest rate swaps to fix a portion of SOFR floating rate interest.
The notional value of active interest rate swaps at 30 September 2023
was $30.0 million (2022: $30.0 million), expiring on 8 September 2025.
The Group also has additional interest rate swaps in place with a notional
value of $20.0 million starting on 8 September 2025 and expiring on 8
September 2026 (2022: $nil). The financial value of interest rate swaps at 30
September 2023 was $0.9 million (2022: $0.5 million), an asset position as
hedged fixed rates are lower than current market forecasts for SOFR.
Dividends
In line with the revised capital allocation policy, the Board has proposed a
final dividend of 15.3 cents per share (2022:30.6 cents). The final dividend
will be paid in pounds sterling on 8 March 2024 to shareholders on the
register at 9 February 2024. The final dividend will be converted into
pounds sterling for payment at the prevailing exchange rate which will be
announced prior to payment.
We expect the H1 2024 dividend to be similarly rebased, resulting in the
customary one-third to two-thirds distribution for the full year next year.
Rich Cashin
Chief Financial Officer
21 November 2023
Avon Protection plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
60
STRATEGY IN ACTION
REVOLUTIONISING TOGETHER
PARTNERING FOR INNOVATION
Revolutionise focuses on a longer-term horizon and we have
continued to work hand in hand with our customers on research and
development programmes, ensuring our products align perfectly with
their unique requirements.
In Respiratory Protection, we began funded initiatives on pioneering
the next generation of filters and diving masks, expanding our
underwater portfolio. In Head Protection, we stand at the forefront of
traumatic brain injury mitigation, harnessing funding to continue our
vital research in this critical area.
BY ACTIVELY ENGAGING WITH
OUR CUSTOMERS, WE NOT ONLY
DESIGN PRODUCTS THAT MEET THEIR
IMMEDIATE NEEDS BUT ALSO PIONEER
TECHNOLOGIES THAT SHAPE THE
FUTURE, DRIVING THE INDUSTRY
FORWARD THROUGH INNOVATIVE,
CUSTOMERFOCUSED SOLUTIONS.
Ron Szalkowski, VP Engineering, Head Protection
OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORT ADJUSTED PERFORMANCE MEASURES FINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCE
Annual Report and Accounts 2023 Avon Protection plc
61
Assessing risk is an essential element of the management
of our organisation, and risk management is embedded
within the business units and functional teams.
The Risk Committee reports the outcome of the six-monthly risk reviews
at a Group level to the Audit Committee twice a year. Updates on risk
mitigation actions are provided quarterly and all risks contained in the risk
registers are reviewed annually to ensure they remain current.
Assurance
We apply the ‘three lines of defence’ model to managing risk where the
first line is management control and is represented by business unit and
functional leadership, which owns and manages risk on a day-to-day basis
within the Group’s internal control framework.
The Risk Committee, alongside the Executive Committee, monitors and
oversees these activities as a governance and compliance function. This
internal assurance is our second line of defence.
The third line is independent assurance, which has been supported by
Deloitte during the period. We have recruited an Internal Audit Manager
tofulfil this role in FY24.
Annual review of internal controls and riskmanagement
We have made the following enhancements to our risk
management process:
Risk registers have been aligned to reflect the new organisation
structure of two Strategic Business Units.
The Group’s principal risks were specifically considered as part of the
strategy process which established our STAR strategy and each of the
strategic priorities contains a risk assessment which is updated quarterly.
An Internal Audit Manager was recruited to provide assurance to the
Executive Committee and Audit Committee, replacing Deloitte.
Risk appetite was reviewed and agreed at Board level for the Group.
The Audit Committee reviewed the climate risk register and the Board
reviewed the TCFD disclosures.
Outputs from the business unit risk registers and STAR strategy process
were used to identify material climate-related risks andopportunities.
Commentary on the review of the Group’s system of internal control is
contained in the Audit Committee Report on page 84.
Our Group risk management framework
The Board has overall responsibility for the Group’s risk management
framework and ensuring the risk management process is robust and
continuously improved. The Board’s role includes promoting a culture
that emphasises integrity at all levels of business operations and setting
the overall policies for risk management and control. This year the
Board also set its overall risk appetite considering the balance between
risk and reward. The Board has delegated the responsibility for certain
risk management activities to the Audit Committee.
The Audit Committee supports the Board by monitoring the
effectiveness of the Group’s risk management and internal control
systems four times each year.
The Risk Committee, which is not a Committee of the Board, is the
owner of the Groups risk management process, acting as an interface
between the Audit Committee, business units and functional teams.
The Risk Committee facilitates the risk reviews conducted by the
business units and other teams and reviews and challenges the results
where necessary. Through this process the Audit Committee identifies
the principal and emerging risks at a Group level.
Our approach
Business unit leadership is responsible for implementing the Group’s
risk management process at an operational level. It oversees the
identification, assessment and reporting of risks in a risk register and is
responsible for identifying and implementing activities to mitigate risk
and the integration of these into strategy where appropriate.
Each risk in the risk register is assessed using likelihood and impact.
Scoring takes account of the mitigations in place and represents a net
risk position. Supporting narrative includes any emerging risks. The risk
registers are updated and then reviewed by the Risk Committee every
six months.
The measurement of likelihood and impact uses bespoke impact
assessment measures based on both financial and non-financial
impacts which are set relative to the size of the business unit.
Likelihood High (>60%) Impact (revenue,
EBITDA, cost,
employee impact,
reputational
impact)
High
Medium (4060%) Medium
Low to
medium (20–40%)
Low to medium
Low (<20%) Low
HOW WE IDENTIFY
AND MANAGE RISK
RISK MANAGEMENT
Avon Protection plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
62
Risk appetite
Low – we are cautious and often accept as little risk as possible; risk
response actions are taken even though prevention costs are greater than
expected incident costs.
Medium – we take a balanced approach to risk taking; risk response
actions are made based on cost effectiveness, management priorities and
potential outcome.
High – we are willing to take greater than normal risks; response actions
are taken only when a strong case can be made for the cost effectiveness
of potential outcomes.
Principal risks
Principal risks are those that would threaten the Group’s business
model or future performance and have been identified based on
likelihood of occurrence and the potential impact on the Group.
The principal risk chart below summarises the Group’s principal risks
for 2023 going into 2024 by likelihood and impact. The chart has been
populated by reference to the year end risk assessment. The following
pages show each risk and the mitigations in place and contain a
commentary on how the risk has played out during the period. Overall
risk appetite is also shown.
Emerging risks
Emerging risks, which are classed as risks which could impact beyond
the next review point, are noted during each risk review and presented
to the Audit Committee.
The Risk Committee has identified the emerging risks expected to
increase across the Group in the coming year. The most prominent are
summarised below:
Bid and contract risk resulting from the growing focus on
international markets, which inherently have lower visibility and
higher competition and demands greater resources from our
bidding and compliance teams.
Resourcing of international sales efforts and the likelihood of success
for Head Protection in international territories as a new market
entrant in many regions.
Competition on new mask and helmet programmes.
Compliance and reputational risk around the current net zero plan
which does not currently extend to the stated net zero deadline.
1. Bid and contract risk
2. Strategy execution risk
3. Manufacturing risk
4. Recruiting and retaining talent
5. Financial controls and reporting
6. Delivery of new product programmes
7. Geopolitical risk
8. Security and cyber risk
9. Compliance and internal control
10. Sustainability
11. Defence sector concentration/cycle risk
2023 PRINCIPAL RISKS
1
LIKELIHOOD
IMPACT
2
3
5
6
7 4
8
9
10
11
Annual Report and Accounts 2023 Avon Protection plc
63
OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORT ADJUSTED PERFORMANCE MEASURES FINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCE
Strategy
No change
Increasing
Decreasing
Trend Sustainability
Our planet
Our supply chain
Our customers
Our colleagues and communities
Links
1
Bid and contract risk
Risk appetite: Medium
Trend
Strategy Sustainability
2
Strategy execution risk
Risk appetite: Medium
Trend
Strategy Sustainability
Business risk
Sales targets not delivered
Loss of major bids/tenders
Competitors increase
market share at Avon
Protection’s expense
Impact on
Sales and profitability
Strategy delivery
Mitigation
Product portfolio and certifications meet
customer requirements
Market and channel strategies agreed
and in place
Capable and professional sales team, correctly
remunerated and engaged
Competitive pricing
Robust bid approval process and well resourced
bid programme teams
Intimate customer relationships with regular
contact and programmes of record/multi-year
commitments agreed where possible
Competitor monitoring and
counter-competitorstrategies
Comment and outlook
Sales are reliant on delivering the order pipeline
which contains competitor and timing risk.
Management of internal and supply chain costs
is required to keep pricing competitive and
support strong margins. A switch of focus to the
international market to mitigate reduced U.S. DOD
volumes, and in support of rebreather tenders, has
increased the volume of bids and put pressure on
the bid teams, creating risk of pricing error or lost
bids. Competitor activity can slow the progress of
government procurements. We expect both the
U.K. GSR programme and future IHPS opportunities
to be competitively bid, which could lead to lower
revenue and/or margins.
Business risk
Strategy execution risk
Execution of transformation
programmes
Impact on
Strategy delivery
Sales, costs and profitability
Employee recruitment, retention
and morale
Mitigation
Strategy model and approach defined, agreed
and communicated
Strategic projects clearly identified, agreed and
resourced for delivery
Effective programme management team, tools
and reporting to ensure projects are delivered on
time and benefits are realised
Comment and outlook
This risk relates to our ability to deliver the
transformation programmes defined under the STAR
strategy in 2023 across both business units and the
central functions. Significant progress was made in
2023 in defining and planning these programmes
and some benefits have already been delivered.
Both business units are targeting improved
manufacturing and footprint efficiency alongside
the introduction of new products into manufacture
(ACH GEN II, boots and gloves and rebreathers).
Within the central functions the focus is setting cost
at an appropriate level and improving reporting
based on the revised organisational structure.
RISK MANAGEMENT CONTINUED
Strengthen
Transform
Advance
Revolutionise
Avon Protection plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
64
3
Manufacturing risk
Risk appetite: Low
Trend
Strategy Sustainability
4
Recruiting and retaining talent
Risk appetite: Medium
Trend
Strategy Sustainability
Business risk
Inability to recruit and
retain employees
Impact on
Strategy delivery
Sales, costs and profitability
Employee morale and culture
Mitigation
Robust succession planning and effective
performance management processes
Effective training and development strategy
andactivities
Appropriate organisational structure with clear
lines of authority and communication
Maintaining a positive and supportive Avon
Protection culture, supported by values,
employee engagement activity and initiatives
Retention through competitive remuneration
andbenefits structure and outcomes
Comment and outlook
Across both business units continuing inflation
and economic uncertainty have maintained
focus on remuneration and benefits to ensure we
remain competitive. During the period we have
approved enhanced pay increases designed to
ensure employee pay remains broadly in line with
inflation, and have completed a pay and bonus
benchmarking project. Employee engagement
has been high on the agenda as usual, whether
through our annual employee opinion survey and
follow up actions, the consultation on our new
employee values or direct engagement from the
new leadership team. We also undertook a series
of engagement activities in connection with the
creation and launch of the new STAR strategy. Two
new HR Directors have been recruited to support
the business units and STAR contains an HR ‘Winning
Team’ strategy which addresses this risk area with
additional mitigation.
Business risk
Supply chain shocks impact our
ability to source key materials
and the cost of manufacturing
(due to sole source dependency,
pricing, availability, quality or
efficiency)
Poor quality and late delivery
Environmental or health
and safety incident results in
employee injury, plant closure
and prosecution/fines
Inventory locks up
working capital
Impact on
Sales, costs and profitability
Mitigation
Supply chain strategy targets improvements
Robust supplier audit and relationship
management, with alternative sources identified
Robust manufacturing/quality processes
and effective Enterprise resource planning
(ERP) systems
Strong site leadership and engaged and
motivated production workforce
Insurance and effective business continuity
planning in place
Prioritisation of workforce health and safety
Comment and outlook
During the period we introduced NG IHPS into
full production at Irvine but have yet to deliver
targeted cost saving opportunities on this product,
particularly scrap reduction and productivity
improvement. The other major helmet programme,
ACH GEN II, is yet to move into full rate production.
At Cleveland we successfully insourced ballistic shell
production.
Supply chain improvement targets are starting
to be set, with particular focus on the rebreather
supply chain, which contains some long lead time
risk (which drives purchasing commitments before
customer orders are received).
We have hired a President of Operational Excellence
and Continuous Improvement to lead the
implementation of a continuous improvement
culture across our factories, which is ultimately
expected to improve risk mitigation in many areas.
Improvement activities have already occurred as a
result of multiple kaizens.
Annual Report and Accounts 2023 Avon Protection plc
65
OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORT ADJUSTED PERFORMANCE MEASURES FINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCE
5
Financial controls and reporting
Risk appetite: Low
Trend
Strategy Sustainability
Business risk
Poor quality financial reporting
and business information
Insufficient overhead controls
Tax exposure not mitigated
DB pension funding
requirement restrictions
Currency fluctuations reduce
the value of receipts or
increase costs
Insufficient debt capacity
Impact on
Costs and profitability
Reputational damage
Mitigation
Robust internal financial control and reporting
procedures (monthly reporting, business reviews,
strategy/budgeting process) supported by robust
internal audit function
Appropriate overhead structure
Bank facilities committed and of sufficient
duration with alternative providers scoped and
ready to step in.
Bank covenant compliance and reporting
Tax strategy in place with advisor support
Long-term pension strategy in place with deficit
recovery plan agreed and reviewed every
three years through triennial valuations, with
professional advice
Effective currency hedging strategy
Comment and outlook
Manufacturing systems data (e.g. bills of materials,
scrap, labour efficiency) can be delayed or
incomplete which has affected the quality of
financial reporting in 2023 and increases the risk
of bid pricing error. During the period we have
launched a number of projects to improve our
internal financial controls. We introduced a new
delegated authorities matrix to reflect the new
organisation structure and empower the business
units and have projects running to introduce a new
internal control manual and new bid and capex
approval processes. We have also recruited an
Internal Audit Manager who is expected to improve
the accountability and effectiveness of our internal
control framework.
RISK MANAGEMENT CONTINUED
No change
Increasing
Decreasing
Trend
Links
Strategy Sustainability
Our planet
Our supply chain
Our customers
Our colleagues and communities
Strengthen
Transform
Advance
Revolutionise
6
Delivery of new product programmes
Risk appetite: Medium
Trend
Strategy Sustainability
Business risk
Failure to identify and
implement new products
Impact on
Strategy delivery
Sales and profitability
Reputation
Mitigation
Future product/technology road mapping and
funding strategy in place
Effective new product introduction process which
delivers new products into production at factories
Sustaining engineering resource at factories
sufficient to support new product introductions
Intellectual property protection considered and
implemented where necessary
Sufficient level of interaction with major
customers and regulatory bodies to anticipate
future product requirements
Comment and outlook
Limited investment in respiratory product
development in recent years has resulted in a
restricted pipeline of new products and currently
no new respirator to generate renewed customer
interest or demand. This is corrected under STAR
with the rapid progress on the assault respirator
and a number of new funded product/technology
development programmes. Respiratory focus in
2024 is on CBRN boots and gloves and the newly
NFPA-certified ST54. In Head Protection improved
programme leadership has strengthened our ability
to get the new products into full production and
U.S. DOD funding for traumatic brain injury research
has been extended.
Avon Protection plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
66
8
Security and cyber
Risk appetite: Low to medium
Trend
Strategy Sustainability
7
Geopolitical risk
Risk appetite: Medium
Trend
Strategy Sustainability
Business risk
Geopolitical factors result in an
unfavourable business climate
for defence spending or restrict
access to national markets
U.S. DOD budgets/
funding withdrawn
Conflict triggers surge in
demand that cannot be met by
production capacity
Impact on
Sales and profitability
Ability to ship products
Financial loss
Reputational damage
Mitigation
Close monitoring of the political environment and
federal funding and budget position
Lobbyist/government advisors and key
influencers aligned to Avon Protection’s interests
Diversified global customer base
Multi-year military contracts in place
(programmes of record)
Manufacturing surge capacity plan in place
Comment and outlook
We maintain a close watch on the political
landscape in our key markets, particularly the U.S.
The U.S. government shutdowns do carry timing risk
around order processing, lot testing and our ability
to ship, but having programmes of record provide a
significant degree of business protection generally.
For example the order pipeline for U.S. DOD helmets
is confirmed for next year. With the currently soft
U.S. DOD respiratory demand, the strategy to
diversify the customer base internationally is already
mitigating the risk of a U.S. Government shutdown.
Conflict and the changing threat environment can
also create the risk of a surge in demand which
cannot be met by the current production capacity,
resulting in lost sales.
Business risk
Business interruption/cash cost
of cybercrime and fraud
Compliance with U.S. DOD and
U.K. MOD security requirements
IT system continuity event
Impact on
Ability to ship products
Financial loss
Reputational damage
Mitigation
IT strategy anticipates forthcoming requirements
IT sufficiently resourced with specialists to
ensurecompliance
Robust network/IT controls and security
protocols/policy
Cyberinsurance and IT disaster recovery plan
and backup
Comment and outlook
Strong and effective management of our security
and IT systems is necessary to prevent the
compromise of secure information, intellectual
property and data relating to our personnel
andcustomers.
During the period we conducted an independent
assessment on our information security control
architecture and cybersecurity business
continuity plan as part of considering whether
topurchasecyberinsurance.
We launched mandatory cybersecurity training
campaigns in support of CMMC 2.0 compliance and
we remain on track to be compliant with CMMC 2.0
requirements when they become mandatory.
We have completed the transfer of the Cleveland
site onto the Avon Protection IT systems.
Annual Report and Accounts 2023 Avon Protection plc
67
OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORT ADJUSTED PERFORMANCE MEASURES FINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCE
9
Compliance and internal control
Risk appetite: Low
Trend
Strategy Sustainability
Business risk
Failure to comply with
export controls
Bribery and corruption risk
Breach of contract/law leads
to investigation, prosecution,
litigation or fines
Defence contract compliance
Failure to comply with the
requirements of the Special
Security Agreement
Impact on
Ability to ship products
Financial loss
Reputational damage
Mitigation
Effective export control policy supported
by training
Effective anti-bribery and corruption policy
supported by training
Embedded and effective Code of Conduct
Effective internal legal and internal control/
audit function
Effective government contract
specialist knowledge
Clear policies defining and understanding of
working practices between Avon and the security
cleared entity Avon Protection Ceradyne
Comment and outlook
Working within the defence sector requires us to
maintain strong compliance controls.
We have launched mandatory annual Code of
Conduct training to all employees. A project is
underway to reduce the risk that a partner pays a
bribe to secure business for Avon. This will include
enhancements to the current diligence process, a
review of our partner remuneration policy and a
thorough review of our partner network, with the
introduction of additional checks and assurance.
Deloitte continued its FY23 internal audit work
programme. We have strengthened our day-to-
day oversight of internal controls through the
recruitment of an Internal Audit Manager to fulfil this
role in FY24.
RISK MANAGEMENT CONTINUED
No change
Increasing
Decreasing
Trend
Links
Strategy Sustainability
Our planet
Our supply chain
Our customers
Our colleagues and communities
Strengthen
Transform
Advance
Revolutionise
10
Sustainability
Risk appetite: Medium
Trend
Strategy Sustainability
Business risk
Cost and delay in implementing
net zero plan and progressing
the sustainability agenda
Customer requirements shift to
more sustainable products that
we do not offer
Impact on
Reputational damage
Sales, cost and profitability
Mitigation
Maintain strong relationships with customers,
supply chain and technology partners
Sufficient focus on sustainability at all levels of the
business and within key processes
Sustainability plan and targets agreed
Sufficiently resourced operations to complete
necessary projects
Comment and outlook
We have set a sustainability strategy which is
designed to complement and be delivered through
our STAR strategy by being aligned to certain
key priorities, e.g. operational excellence and site
optimisation. So as we fund the delivery STAR,
we can be confident we are also delivering our
sustainability agenda.
As explained in the sustainability report, during the
period we established cross-functional net zero
teams at each of the sites to identify opportunities
to reduce energy usage and emissions. These teams
will be critical in supporting the business to review
and deliver our net zero plan at each site.
Purchase of renewable and low emission electricity
has been reviewed and implemented at our
factories where practicable.
Avon Protection plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
68
11
Defence sector concentration/cycle risk
Risk appetite: Medium
Trend
Strategy Sustainability
Business risk
U.S. DOD customer
concentration risk
Government defence spending
cyclical fluctuation
Impact on
Sales and profitability
Mitigation
Strong U.S. DOD/customer relationships
and insight
Understand future capability requirements and
investment in technology to deliver the products
the customer requires
Maintain diversification via other markets e.g. the
U.S. first responder market and geographies
Strategy targets diversification of global military
customer base
Comment and outlook
Our primary market is the defence sector which
is subject to defence spending cycle risk. Military
budgets remain strong in the current heightened
threat environment and the military order book
for helmets is confirmed for 2024, with some risk
mitigation achieved from the diversification of the
customer base within the U.S. DOD. The Respiratory
Protection business is already mitigating its risk
in this area through expanding its product and
market focus away from the U.S. DOD due to the
current slow demand. That business has also further
mitigated its concentration risk by launching a new
e-commerce business selling 50 series respirators to
a new customer base, the US civilian market.
Annual Report and Accounts 2023 Avon Protection plc
69
OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORT ADJUSTED PERFORMANCE MEASURES FINANCIAL STATEMENTSGOVERNANCE
GOVERNANC E
Avon Protection plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
70
WE HAVE MAINTAINED HIGH LEVELS
OF ENERGY THROUGH THE CONTINUED
EXECUTION OF OUR STAR STRATEGY AND
WE HAVE MADE SIGNIFICANT PROGRESS
IN EACH OF THE KEY AREAS, WHICH IS
A TESTAMENT TO THE DEDICATION AND
INNOVATION OF OUR TEAM.
72 Chair’s Introduction to Governance
74 Board of Directors
76 Corporate Governance
80 Nomination Committee Report
82 Audit Committee Report
86 Remuneration Committee Report
108 Directors’ Report
CONTENTS
OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORT GOVERNANCE ADJUSTED PERFORMANCE MEASURES FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Annual Report and Accounts 2023 Avon Protection plc
71
The Board is committed to achieving high
standards of governance designed to protect
the long-term interests of all other stakeholders,
while promoting the highest standards of
integrity, transparency and accountability.
Dear Shareholder
I am pleased to present our Corporate Governance Report. This report
describes our governance structures and procedures, and summarises
the work of the Board and its Committees and how the Board evaluated
its effectiveness in 2023. As a Board we recognise the fundamental
importance of ensuring robust governance practices are implemented
and followed in order to promote the long-term sustainable success of the
Company, generate value for shareholders and contribute to wider society.
Stakeholder engagement
The Board recognises its obligation to ensure effective engagement with its
stakeholders, to understand their different perspectives and to ensure their
interests are considered in Board discussions and decision making. While
we understand the importance of balancing all stakeholder views, this year
we have sought to increase the mechanisms under which we engage with
and receive feedback from our employees, including additional in-person
townhall meetings and site visits. Details of stakeholder engagement
activities during the period are outlined on pages 36 to 39.
Purpose and culture
We are an organisation made up of over 900 people, in five main locations
around the U.K. and North America. Our people come from a wide variety of
backgrounds and work on a diverse range of products in a number of different
markets. The thing we all have in common – the golden thread that binds us
together – is our shared purpose: Protecting Lives.This underpins everything
we do, including our culture and values. The Board understands the
importance of its role in setting the right tone from the top and embedding
it throughout the Group. In addition to the Board, the Executive Committee
has responsibility to ensure the policies and behaviours set at Board level are
effectively communicated and implemented throughout the Group.
Our refreshed Code of Conduct, which was approved by the Board during
the period, reflects our purpose and our values, and sets out the standards
of behaviour and business conduct expected from anyone working for or
on behalf of the Group.
Board and Committee evaluation
During the period we completed an evaluation of the Board and
its Committees. The 2023 evaluation was internally facilitated using
questionnaires, led by the Company Secretary and me. It concluded
that the Board, its Committees, the individual Directors and the Chair
performed effectively during 2023, both individually and as a collective
unit. The significant improvement in this year’s strategy process was
commented on by several Board members and although it was noted that
the risk management process had improved, it was felt there was further
work to do. There was agreement that the Board had improved following
the appointment of the new CEO, that the Board had a strong sense of
collective responsibility and the individual roles were working effectively
together. In addition the introduction of the new simplified organisation
A STRONG
TEAM
CHAIR’S INTRODUCTION TO GOVERNANCE
structure was a clear improvement which had provided increased clarity
on performance drivers. Further details can be found on page 78.
Sustainability
Given its significance, the Board has retained responsibility for the
development and oversight of our sustainability agenda directly, rather
than establishing a specific Board-level committee. During the period the
Board has approved our sustainability targets for the next five-years. At
the management level, Rich Cashin, our CFO, is the Executive Director with
responsibility for overseeing our sustainability agenda across the business
and chairs our Sustainability Steering Committee. This Committee reports
to the Board on progress. Further details on the remit of the Sustainability
Steering Committee can be found on page 51.
Avon Protection plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
72
Annual General Meeting
The 2024 AGM of Avon Protection plc will be held at Hampton Park West,
Semington Road, Melksham, Wiltshire SN12 6NB, at 10.30 am on Friday
26January 2024. Further details, including the resolutions to be proposed
to our shareholders, can be found in the Notice of Meeting on pages 174
to 178. The result of the votes on the resolutions put forward at the AGM
will be publicly announced to the stock exchange and published on our
website as soon as possible following the conclusion of the meeting. I will
be in attendance at the AGM and will be very happy to take any questions
you may have regarding the operation of the Board during the period.
Welook forward to seeing you there.
Bruce Thompson
Chair
21 November 2023
AS A BOARD WE RECOGNISE THE FUNDAMENTAL IMPORTANCE OF
ENSURING ROBUST GOVERNANCE PRACTICES ARE IMPLEMENTED
AND FOLLOWED IN ORDER TO PROMOTE THE LONGTERM
SUSTAINABLE SUCCESS OF THE COMPANY, GENERATE VALUE
FORSHAREHOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTE TO WIDER SOCIETY.
Compliance with the U.K. Corporate Governance Code
The Company reports against the Financial Reporting Council’s (FRC’s)
U.K. Corporate Governance Code 2018 (‘the Code’), which is available at
www.frc.org.uk. The Board has applied all principles and complied with
all provisions in the Code for the year ended 30 September 2023, with
the exception of Provision 9, that the role of Chair and CEO should not be
exercised by the same person. For a limited period Bruce Thompson was
appointed as Executive Chair. As explained on page 76, we were in full
compliance with this provision following the appointment of Jos Sclater
asCEO on 16 January 2023. Further details on how the Company applied
the principles of the Code during the period can be found as follows:
See page
Board leadership and Company purpose
Long-term value and sustainability 2, 41
Culture 76
Shareholder engagement 38
Employee engagement 36
Other stakeholder engagement 36
Conflicts of interest 109
Division of responsibilities
Role of the Chair 76
Division of responsibilities 76
Non-Executive Directors 76
Composition, succession and evaluation
Appointments and succession planning 81
Skills, experience and knowledge 74, 75
Length of service 74, 75
Evaluation 78
Diversity 80
Audit, risk and internal control
Audit Committee 82
Integrity of financial statements 83
Fair, balanced and understandable 82
Internal controls and risk management 84
External auditor 84
Principal and emerging risks 62
Remuneration
Policies and practices 90
Alignment with purpose, values and long-term strategy 90
Independent judgement and discretion 97
Annual Report and Accounts 2023 Avon Protection plc
73
OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORT GOVERNANCE ADJUSTED PERFORMANCE MEASURES FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
A BOARD
WITH
EXPERIENCE
Our business is led by our experienced Board of Directors, which focuses on developing
the Group’s strategy and supporting management to execute against it.
Bruce Thompson
Chair
First appointed:
March 2020
AppointedChair:
December 2020
Skills and experience:
Bruce joined the Board in March
2020. During his executive career,
Bruce was CEO of Diploma
PLC, the FTSE 250 specialised
technical products and services
business, for over 20 years. Prior
to joining Diploma, Bruce was
a Director with the technology
and management consulting
firm Arthur D. Little Inc., both in
the U.K. and the U.S. He is also an
Independent Non-Executive Chair
of discoverIEGroup plc.
Committee membership:
Chloe Ponsonby
Non-Executive Director
Senior Independent Director
First appointed:
March 2016
Skills and experience:
Chloe has spent her career in
financial services, first in equity
fund management at Jupiter,
and then in investment banking
at Altium and Oriel Securities
(now owned by Stifel). Chloe
also held the role of Managing
Director in investment banking at
Panmure Gordon and is currently
a Managing Director within the
corporate broking unit at HSBC.
She is a Chartered Financial Analyst
and has a first class Economics
degree from the University
ofManchester.
Committee membership:
Rich Cashin
Chief Financial Officer
First appointed:
April 2022
Skills and experience:
Before joining Avon Protection,
Rich was President, Strategy
and Corporate Development
for Ultra Electronics plc from
June2019. Prior to this, he was
GroupHead of Investor Relations
and, subsequently, a divisional
Finance Director for Meggitt PLC
and held a number of investment
and finance roles at Rolls-Royce plc
and UBS AG.
Jos Sclater
Chief Executive Officer
First appointed:
January 2023
Skills and experience:
Prior to joining Avon Protection,
Jos spent three years as Group CFO
at Ultra Electronics plc, utilising his
skills and experience from his time
as Group CFO at Castrol Lubricants.
Jos has also spent seven years at
GKN plc in various roles including
Group CFO and Director of
Corporate Finance & Strategy.
Josstarted his career as a qualified
solicitor and held in-house
legal and M&A roles at ICIplc,
AkzoNobel N.V. and GKN plc.
Avon Protection plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
74
Bindi Foyle
Non-Executive Director
First appointed:
May 2020
Skills and experience:
Bindi has been Group Finance
Director of Senior plc, a
manufacturer for the aerospace,
defence, land vehicle and power
and energy markets, since
July 2017, having served as an
Executive Director since May
2017. Bindi joined Senior in 2006
as Group Financial Controller
before becoming Director of
Investor Relations and Corporate
Communications in 2014. Prior
to joining Senior, she held senior
finance roles at Amersham plc and
General Electric, having previously
worked with BDO Stoy Hayward.
Committee membership:
Victor Chavez CBE
Non-Executive Director
First appointed:
December 2020
Skills and experience:
Victor has over 30 years of
experience in the defence and
security sectors. His early career
focused on telecommunications
and software before joining Thales
U.K. in 1999. He was appointed
Chief Executive in 2011, retiring
in 2020 having successfully
integrated and grown the business
during this period. In recognition
of his services to defence and
security for the U.K. and France,
Victor was appointed a CBE
in 2015 and a Chevalier of the
Légiond’Honneur in 2020.
Committee membership:
Miles Ingrey-Counter
General Counsel and
Company Secretary
First appointed:
October 2007
Skills and experience: Miles is
a qualified solicitor; he joined the
Group in January 2004 and has
been a member of the Executive
Committee since 2008. Miles
also has responsibility for all
Group HR matters and is Chair
of the Retirement and Death
Benefits Plan. Prior to joining Avon
Protection, Miles was a solicitor
with Osborne Clarke LLP.
Board membership key
Audit Committee
Nomination Committee
Remuneration Committee
Chair
Independent Director
Board gender diversity (%) Independence (%)
Female
Male
Executive (including CFO)
Non-Executive (excluding Chair)
4
2
3
2
Annual Report and Accounts 2023 Avon Protection plc
75
OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORT GOVERNANCE ADJUSTED PERFORMANCE MEASURES FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Introduction
This Corporate Governance Report, along with information in the Strategic
and Remuneration Reports, explains how the principles and provisions of
the U.K. Corporate Governance Code 2018 (‘the Code’) have been applied.
A copy of the Code can be found on www.frc.org.uk.
Statement of compliance with the Code
We are pleased to confirm that the Board has complied with all provisions
of the Code throughout 2023, with the exception of the following:
Provision 9, which states that the roles of Chair and CEO should not be
exercised by the same individual. Paul McDonald stepped down from
the Board as CEO on 30September 2022. Foran interim period from 1
October 2022 until Jos Sclater joined the Board as CEO on 16 January
2023, the Chair was appointed as Executive Chair.
Board leadership
The Board comprises two Executive Directors and four Non-Executive
Directors (including the Chair, Bruce Thompson). Chloe Ponsonby has
announced her intention to step down from the Board next year following
an increase in her executive responsibilities. Details about the recruitment
process for her replacement are disclosed on page 81. The Board regularly
reviews its composition to ensure it has the necessary breadth and depth
of skills to support the development of the Group. We believe the Board
continues to have a strong mix of experienced individuals who provide
a unique perspective on Company matters and bring specific skills to
the Board.
Biographical details for each member of the Board can be found on pages
74 and 75 of this Annual Report. All Directors will stand for re-appointment
by shareholders at the 2024 AGM.
Company purpose
The Company purpose is stated on page 2. The Board recognises its role in
establishing the purpose, values and strategy of the Group and ensuring
these are embedded throughout the business.
Our culture
The Board clearly recognises the importance of culture and its link to
delivering our purpose and strategy. Assessing and monitoring our culture
is important to ensure we retain a successful culture as we grow. Through
our employee engagement initiatives, explained in more detail on page
46, the Board has sought to maintain a good level of engagement with
the workforce. The Board considers the most effective way of achieving
this engagement is via a Global Employee Advisory Forum, which was
established in 2021.
Division of responsibilities
For an interim period from 1 October 2022 until Jos Sclater joined the
Board as CEO on 16 January 2023, the Chair took on the role of Executive
Chair. For the remainder of the financial year there was a clear division
of responsibility between the running of the Board by the Chair and the
running of the Group’s business by the CEO.
The Chair is responsible for the leadership of the Board and ensuring its
effectiveness in all aspects of its role. The CEO manages the Group and
has the primary role, with the assistance of the Board, of developing and
implementing business strategy. The Chair ensures that meetings of Non-
Executive Directors take place without the Executive Directors present.
Whilst the Chair is performing the role of Executive Chair, the Senior
Independent Director assists with these responsibilities.
Rules concerning the appointment and replacement of Directors of the
Company are contained in the Articles of Association. Amendments to the
Articles must be approved by a special resolution of shareholders. One of
the roles of the Non-Executive Directors, under the leadership of the Chair,
is to undertake detailed examination and discussion of strategies proposed
by the Executive Directors, so as to ensure that decisions are made in the
best long-term interests of shareholders and take proper account of the
interests of the Groups other stakeholders.
The Non-Executive Directors are appointed by the Board on terms
which allow for termination on three months’ notice. Copies of Executive
Directors’ service contracts and terms and conditions of appointment
for Non-Executive Directors are available for inspection at the
registered office.
How the Board operates
The Chair ensures, through the Company Secretary, that the Board agenda
and all relevant information are provided sufficiently in advance of
meetings and that adequate time is available for discussion of all agenda
items, in particular strategic issues. The CEO and the Company Secretary
discuss the agenda ahead of every meeting. At meetings, the Chair
ensures that all Directors are able to make an effective contribution and
every Director is encouraged to participate and provide opinions on each
agenda item. The Chair always seeks to achieve unanimous decisions of
the Board following due discussion of agenda items.
The Non-Executive Directors fully review the Group’s operational
performance and the Board as a whole has, with a view to reinforcing its
oversight and control, reserved a list of powers solely to itself which are
not to be delegated to management.
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
REPORT
Avon Protection plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
76
This list includes appropriate strategic, financial, organisational and
compliance issues, including the approval of high level announcements,
circulars, the Annual Report and Accounts and certain strategic and
management issues, which include:
approval of the annual operating budget and the three-year
strategic plan;
the extension of the Group’s activities into new areas of business and/or
geographical areas (or their cessation);
changes to the corporate or capital structure;
financial issues, including changes in accounting policy, the approval
ofdividends, bank facilities and guarantees;
changes to the constitution of the Board;
the approval of budgeted project spend of over $5 million or any capex
or R&D expenditure which exceeds budget by more than 10%;
The approval of bid/sales proposals where the estimated total contract
value exceeds $10 million or a duration of five years for high risk
proposals (or $20 million for low risk proposals);
The approval of any agency commission which exceeds 10% on a
customer contract; and
consideration and approval of all proposed acquisitions and mergers.
Each Director has full and timely access to all relevant information and
the Board meets regularly with appropriate contact between meetings.
All Directors receive a tailored induction to the Group from the Company
Secretary on joining the Board. When appointed, Non-Executive
Directors are made aware of and acknowledge their ability to meet
the time commitments necessary to fulfil their Board and Committee
duties. Procedures are in place, which have been agreed by the Board,
for Directors, where necessary in the furtherance of their duties, to take
independent professional advice at the Company’s expense and all
Directors have access to the Company Secretary.
The Company Secretary is responsible to the Board for ensuring that all
Board procedures and governance requirements are complied with. The
removal of the Company Secretary is a decision for the Board as a whole.
Committees of the Board
Of particular importance in a governance context are the three
Committees of the Board, namely the Remuneration Committee, the
Nomination Committee and the Audit Committee. Each Committee
operates under clear terms of reference, copies of which are available on
our website. Details of the operation of each Committee are provided
within the relevant Committee report.
Bindi Foyle is Chair of the Audit Committee. The Board is satisfied that
Bindi has recent relevant financial experience and her profile appears
on page 75.
Bruce Thompson is Chair of the Nomination Committee but, in accordance
with the Committee’s terms of reference, is not permitted to chair
meetings when the Committee is dealing with matters relating to the
Board Chair’s position.
Chloe Ponsonby is Chair of the Remuneration Committee. The
Remuneration Committee’s principal responsibilities are to decide
on remuneration policy on behalf of the Board and to determine
remuneration packages and other terms and conditions of employment,
including appropriate performance-related benefits for the Executive
Directors and other senior executives. The Remuneration Committee also
has regard to the remuneration of the wider workforce. More details of the
activities of the Remuneration Committee are set out in the Remuneration
Report on pages 86 to 107.
Composition, succession and evaluation
The Nomination Committee is responsible for leading the process
for Board appointments and making recommendations to the Board,
putting in place plans for succession and regularly reviewing the Board’s
structure, size and composition. The Committee takes into account the
challenges and opportunities facing the Group and the skills, knowledge
and experience needed by the Board and makes recommendations to the
Board with regard to any changes. Further information and the activities
of the Nomination Committee during the period are detailed on page
80 and 81.
Attendance at meetings
All Committee and Board meetings held in the year were quorate. Directors’ attendance during the period ended 30 September 2023 was as follows:
Board
(6 scheduled, 1 ad hoc)
Audit Committee
(3scheduled)
Remuneration Committee
(4 scheduled, 1 ad hoc)
Nomination Committee
(2 scheduled)
Bruce Thompson
1
7(7) 4(4) 2(2)
Bindi Foyle 7(7) 3(3) 5(5) 2(2)
Chloe Ponsonby 7(7) 3(3) 5(5) 2(2)
Victor Chavez 7(7) 3(3) 5(5) 2(2)
Jos Sclater
2
6(6)
Rich Cashin 7(7)
The maximum number of meetings which each Director could have attended is shown in brackets.
1 Bruce Thompson temporarily stepped down from the Remuneration Committee while appointed as Executive Chair from 1 October 2022 to 16 January 2023
2 Jos Sclater was appointed to the Board on 16 January 2023.
Annual Report and Accounts 2023 Avon Protection plc
77
OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORT GOVERNANCE ADJUSTED PERFORMANCE MEASURES FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CONTINUED
Performance evaluation
The Board continually strives to improve its effectiveness and conducts
an annual review of its performance and that of its Committees and the
individual Directors to enhance overall Board effectiveness. Given the
recent changes to the Board, including the appointment of JosSclater
as CEO on 16 January 2023 and prior to this the appointment of
RichCashin as CFO on 31 March 2022, it was agreed that the 2023 Board
evaluation process would be conducted internally using questionnaires
andinterviews led by the Company Secretary. Consideration will be
givento the 2024 evaluation being externally facilitated.
The Board evaluation questionnaire, completed by all Board members
and the Company Secretary, was structured to provide Directors with
the opportunity to express views on a variety of topics including Board
remit and responsibilities, skills and dynamics of the Board, meetings and
content, Group strategy, internal control and risk management, decision
making and communication.
A detailed discussion of the findings from the performance evaluation
took place at the October 2023 Board meeting. Overall, the evaluation
concluded that the Board, its Committees, the individual Directors and
the Chair performed effectively during 2023, both individually and as a
collective unit. The significant improvement in this year’s strategy process
was commented on by several Board members and although it was
noted that the risk management process had improved, it was felt there
was further work to do. It was felt that the Board had improved following
the appointment of the new CEO and there was a strong sense of
collective responsibility within the Board, with the individual roles working
effectively together. In addition, the introduction of the new simplified
organisation structure was a clear improvement which had provided
increased clarity on performance drivers.
The following areas were identified by the Board as areas of focus for 2024
and beyond:
Ensuring continued visibility of and engagement with the US sites and
workforce through a US Board trip, to be arranged to include Chloe
Ponsonby’s successor when identified
A deeper understanding of the relationship with the US DOD,
particularly on the Respiratory protection side of the business
A deeper dive into important elements of the strategy including the
transformation programmes and key opportunities and technology
developments
Audit, risk and internal control
The Board has an established framework of internal controls covering
both financial and non-financial controls. In addition, there is a process for
identifying, evaluating and managing significant business risks, including
emerging risks, faced by the Group. This process was in place throughout
the 2023 financial year.
The Code requires that Directors establish procedures to manage risk,
oversee the internal control framework and determine the nature and
extent of the principal risks the Company is willing to take in order to
achieve its long-term strategic objectives.
The Board, through the Audit Committee, reviews the effectiveness of
the Group’s system of internal controls on a continuing basis. The scope
of this review covers all controls including financial, operational and
compliance controls, as well as risk management. The Audit Committee
has responsibility to review, monitor and make policy recommendations to
the Board upon all such matters.
The Audit Committee keeps this system under continuous review and
formally considers its content and its effectiveness on an annual basis.
Such a system can provide only reasonable, and not absolute, assurance
against material misstatements or losses. The section on internal
control in the Audit Committee Report on page 84 and the following
paragraphs describe relevant key procedures within the Group’s systems
of internal control and the process by which the Directors have reviewed
theireffectiveness.
Systems exist throughout the Group which provide for the creation of
three-year plans and annual budgets; monthly reports enable the Board
to compare performance against budget and to take action where
appropriate. Procedures are in place to identify all major and emerging
business risks and to evaluate their potential impact on the Group. These
risks are described within the Strategic Report on pages 62 to 69.
Risk management
Risk is managed by the business unit and functional leadership teams,
supported and overseen by the Risk Committee, which is led by the
Company Secretary and includes other members of the finance team.
The risk management process has remained the same during the
period but the number and structure of the risk registers was changed
to reflect the new organisational structure. The outputs from the risk
management process are set out in more detail in the Principal Risks and
Risk Management section on pages 62 to 69.
The Audit Committee carried out quarterly reviews of the key risks facing
the Group and risk management activities undertaken during the period,
following the risk reviews conducted by the Risk Committee with the
business leadership. The Audit Committee also carried out a robust annual
assessment of the major business risks and emerging risks affecting the
Group, including macro risks.
Internal control
There is a clearly defined delegation of authority from the Board to the
business units, with appropriate reporting lines to individual Executive
Directors. There are procedures for the authorisation of capital expenditure
and investment, together with procedures for post-completion appraisal.
Internal controls are in existence which provide reasonable assurance
of the maintenance of proper accounting records and the reliability of
financial information used within the business or for publication. The
Group finance department manages the financial reporting process to
ensure there is appropriate control and review of the financial information
including the production of the consolidated annual accounts. Group
finance is supported by the operational financial managers throughout the
Group, who have responsibility for providing information in keeping with
the policies, procedures and internal best practices as documented in the
internal control manual and are accountable under these.
The Board has issued a Code of Conduct, reviewed annually, which
reinforces the importance of a robust internal control framework
throughout the Group. The Board recognises that an open and honest
culture is key to understanding concerns within the business and to
uncovering and investigating any potential wrongdoing. The Code of
Conduct sets out the procedure whereby individuals may raise concerns
in matters of financial reporting or any other matter of concern with
management or directly with the Chair of the Audit Committee, or
anonymously through our ‘Speak Up’ process, to ensure independent
investigation and appropriate follow-up action. All employees complete
training on the Code of Conduct to ensure they have read and
understood it.
Although the Board itself retains the ultimate power and authority in
relation to decision making, the Audit Committee meets at least four
times a year with management and the external auditor to review specific
accounting, reporting and financial control matters.
This Committee also reviews the interim, preliminary and annual
statements and has primary responsibility for making a recommendation
on the appointment, re-appointment and removal of the external auditor.
Avon Protection plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
78
Relations with shareholders
The Directors regard regular communications with shareholders as
extremely important. All members of the Board receive copies of
analysts’ reports, of which the Company is made aware, and receive
an investor relations report from the CFO at every Board meeting. The
Board reports formally to its shareholders in a number of ways, including
via regulatory news announcements, press releases, routine reporting
obligations, a detailed Annual Report and Accounts and, at the half year,
aninterim report.
Regular dialogue takes place with institutional shareholders, including
presentations after the Company’s preliminary announcements of the half
and full year results. The Board receives comments from analyst meetings
and shareholder meetings after both interim and final results and at other
times during the period. The AGM includes a presentation by the CEO on
aspects of the Group’s business and shareholders have the opportunity
to both ask questions and to leave written questions with the Company
Secretary for the response of the Directors. Directors also make themselves
available after the AGM to talk informally to shareholders, should they
wish to do so, and respond throughout the year to any correspondence
from individual shareholders. This year we have consulted with our major
shareholders on a revised Remuneration Policy.
Special Security Agreement
On 8 December 2020, our U.S. subsidiary Avon Protection Ceradyne, LLC
(APC) and the Company entered into a Special Security Agreement with
the U.S. Department of Defense. The SSA was entered into in support
of the U.S. DOD contracting and product development elements of the
then ballistic protection business and permits APC to perform classified
U.S. defence contracts. There are a number of specific protocols that the
Company and APC are required to comply with under the SSA, including
the appointment to the APC Board of two independent outside U.S.
Directors approved by the U.S. Government. The SSA imposes certain
restrictions on the degree of influence the Company can exert over
APC and it is therefore important that the Company maintains a strong
relationship with the APC Board, in order to ensure that we are fulfilling our
own governance obligations. A member of our Executive Committee is an
inside Director on the APC Board. We anticipate continued engagement
with APC and the outside Directors in the coming year under the
governance of the SSA to support synergy opportunities across APC’s
product portfolio for the benefit of our Head Protection business.
Disclosure and Transparency Rules (DTR)
Disclosures in respect of the DTR requirements under DTR 7.2.6 are given
in the Directors’ Report on pages 108 to 110 and have been included
byreference.
Going concern
The financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis,
which the Directors believe to be appropriate for the following reasons:
The Directors have prepared a going concern assessment covering the
12-month period from the date of approval of these financial statements.
The assessment indicates that the Group will have sufficient funds to meet
its liabilities as they fall due for that period.
As part of their assessment, the Directors considered a base case and a
severe downside scenario involving a 21% decline in bank-determined
adjusted EBITDA against the base case. The base case is the Group’s 2024
budget. The severe downside scenario incorporates the cumulative risk-
adjusted impact of individual risks identified to the Group’s 2024 budget,
whilst excluding all individual opportunities. The severe downside scenario
also excludes mitigating actions the Directors could take to reduce future
cash outflows or expenses. The risks align with the Group’s principal risks
and uncertainties and relate primarily to possible loss of bids and contracts
or lower anticipated volumes of secured work.
Even in the severe downside scenario, the assessment indicates that the
Group will have sufficient funds to meet its liabilities as they fall due, and
will continue to comply with loan covenants, throughout the forecast
period. The Group has committed RCF facilities of $142 million covering
the 12-month going concern period, maturing on 8 September 2025.
Additional committed RCF facilities of $58 million are also available until
8September 2024. At 30 September 2023 $77.7 million of the RCF facility
was drawn (2022: $53.7 million).
RCF loan covenants measured on a bi-annual basis include a maximum
limit of 3.0 times for the ratio of net debt, excluding lease liabilities, to
bank-determined adjusted EBITDA (leverage), and a minimum limit of 4.0
times for the ratio of bank-determined adjusted EBITDA to interest payable
on bank loans and overdrafts. At 30 September 2023 leverage was 1.94
times (2022: 1.99 times). Bank-determined adjusted EBITDA is calculated
ona pre-IFRS 16 leases basis, and excludes certain non-cash items.
On this basis, the Directors are confident that the Group and Company
will have sufficient funds to continue to meet their liabilities as they fall
due for at least 12 months from the approval of these financial statements.
Accordingly the Group and Company continue to adopt the going
concern basis in preparing their financial statements.
Viability statement
The Directors have assessed the viability of the Group over a five-year
period to September 2028, taking account of the Group’s current position,
and potential impact of the principal risks documented in the Strategic
Report. Based on this assessment, the Directors have a reasonable
expectation that the Group will be able to continue in operation and meet
its liabilities as they fall due over the period to September 2028.
In making this statement, the Directors have considered the resilience
of the Group, taking account of its current position, the principal risks
facing the business in severe but plausible downside scenarios, and the
effectiveness of any mitigating actions. This assessment has considered
the potential impacts of these risks on the business model, future
performance, solvency and liquidity over the period. As set out in the
TCFD section the potential financial impact of climate change for the
next five years has been assessed as low, with no material impact on
viability expected.
In making their assessment, the Directors have taken account of the
Group’s RCF facility which provides financing until September 2025.
TheDirectors have a reasonable expectation that broadly similar financing
could be obtained at the end of the current RCF facility, supporting
continuing operations. During the period the Group has complied with
allcovenant requirements attached to its financing facilities.
The Directors consider the five-year lookout period to be the most
appropriate as this aligns with the Group’s own strategic planning period.
The Group has an annual business planning process, which comprises
a strategic plan, a financial forecast for the current year and a financial
projection for the forthcoming five years. This plan is reviewed at least
annually by the Board as part of its strategy setting process. Once
approved by the Board, the plan provides a basis for setting all detailed
financial budgets and strategic actions that are subsequently used by the
Board to monitor performance. The forecast performance outlook is also
used by the Remuneration Committee to establish the targets for both the
annual and long-term incentive schemes.
Annual Report and Accounts 2023 Avon Protection plc
79
OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORT GOVERNANCE ADJUSTED PERFORMANCE MEASURES FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOMINATION COMMITTEE REPORT
LETTER FROM
THE CHAIR
Attendance at Nomination Committee meetings
During the period, the Nomination Committee held two scheduled
meetings. Attendance of the members of the Committee is recorded in
the table below:
Scheduled meetings Attended
Eligible
to attend
Bruce Thompson 2 2
Chloe Ponsonby 2 2
Bindi Foyle 2 2
Victor Chavez 2 2
The Nomination Committee comprises all the Non-Executive Directors.
Main responsibilities
The main responsibilities of the Committee are as follows:
to regularly review the Board’s structure, size and composition, taking
into account the challenges and opportunities facing the Group and
the skills, knowledge and experience needed by the Board and to make
recommendations to the Board with regard to any change;
to put in place and periodically review succession plans for Directors
and, more generally, senior executives; and
to lead the process for Board appointments and make
recommendations to the Board.
The Committee’s terms of reference are available within the Corporate
Governance section of the Company’s website and are reviewed annually.
All Directors are appointed by the Board following a rigorous selection
process and subsequent recommendation by the Committee.
Bruce Thompson
Chair of the Nomination
Committee
Diversity
The Board recognises the benefits of diversity and believes the Board’s
perspective and approach are greatly enhanced by gender, age and
cultural diversity. The Nomination Committee is responsible for the Board’s
policy in this area. Diversity of skills, background, knowledge, international
and industry experience, and gender, amongst many other factors, will
be taken into consideration when seeking to appoint new Directors to
the Board. Notwithstanding the foregoing, all Board appointments will
always be made on merit. The Board’s Diversity Policy can be found in the
Corporate Governance section of the Company’s website.
The Balance@Avon initiative, supported by the Committee, aims to help
develop and promote our female leadership, create a forum where we can
identify, nurture and develop the female leaders of the future and ensure
that all women at Avon Protection thrive in their careers. The initiative
is driven by a steering group which collaborates on long-term ideas to
help shape the future face of Avon Protection and create an agenda and
platform to help build our future female talent pipeline.
During 2023 we have supported a number of Balance@Avon initiatives,
including International Women’s Day and a Group-wide mentoring
programme. We have achieved our minimum target of 33% female
representation on the Board and continue to work to achieve the same
minimum target representation for the Executive Committee and its
direct reports.
Further information, including the number of women in senior
management and within the organisation, is shown in the Sustainability
Report on page 47.
Activities during 2023
During the period, the Committee:
considered and confirmed the appointment of Jos Sclater as CEO,
following the departure of Paul McDonald on 30 September 2022;
commenced the search for a new Non-Executive Director to replace
Chloe Ponsonby who announced her intention to step down from the
Board next year following an increase in her executive responsibilities;
reviewed the composition of the Board and its succession plan;
carried out an annual review of the Committee’s terms of reference;
recommended re-election of the Board at the forthcoming Annual
General Meeting; and
discussed the Board performance evaluation results with the Board
as a whole.
Avon Protection plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
80
Board changes
As announced to shareholders on 24 May 2022, after five years as CEO
and19 years with the Company, Paul McDonald stepped down from the
Board as Chief Executive Officer on 30 September 2022.
JosSclater joined the Group as CEO on 16 January 2023. The process
followed for Jos’ appointment was disclosed in last year’s report. Jos’
biography, together with those of all Board Directors, isincluded on pages
74 and 75.
Chloe Ponsonby has confirmed her intention to step down from the
Board next year following an increase in her executive responsibilities.
The recruitment process to find Chloe’s replacement is being led by me as
Chair of the Committee. Independent executive search consultants Korn
Ferry have been retained and provided with a detailed description of the
role and associated skills and experience required. Korn Ferry will compile
a longlist of potential candidates based on initial interviews, from which a
shortlist of candidates will be selected by the Committee for interview.
The Committee has previously decided that all Directors should be put
forward for re-appointment by shareholders each year at the AGM. Taking
into account the performance and value that each Director has brought
to the Board, the Committee confirms the appointment of each Non-
Executive and Executive Director should be renewed for a further year.
Accordingly, resolutions to re-appoint each Director for another year are
being put to shareholders at the forthcoming AGM.
Succession planning
The Committee reviews succession planning for the Board formally at
least once a year in order to ensure the Board is adequately prepared for
potential changes to key Board positions. In addition, the Committee
reviewed the executive leadership needs of the Group during the period.
Renewing the longer-term succession planning of the Executive
Committee and business unit leadership teams will be a priority for
the coming year now the organisational structure changes have
beencompleted.
Alongside this, the Committee also retains oversight of the programmes
in place to assess and facilitate talent development amongst the
management teams to ensure there is a structured approach to
growing, developing and retaining the Company’s future leaders.
Thisyear the Committee received updates on the Group’s Professional
DevelopmentProgramme.
Committee evaluation
The evaluation of the effectiveness of the Committee was conducted
as part of this year’s Board performance evaluation. The outcome of the
2023 Committee review was positive and highlighted the need for the
Committee to ensure it reviews broaded succession plans for the Executive
Committee and senior leadership roles in 2024. Further detail on the result
of the Board evaluation exercise is included on page 78 of the Corporate
Governance Report.
Bruce Thompson
Chair of the Nomination Committee
21 November 2023
THE COMMITTEE RETAINS OVERSIGHT OF THE PROGRAMMES
IN PLACE TO ASSESS AND FACILITATE TALENT DEVELOPMENT
AMONGST THE MANAGEMENT TEAMS TO ENSURE THERE IS
A STRUCTURED APPROACH TO GROWING, DEVELOPING AND
RETAINING THE COMPANY’S FUTURE LEADERS.
Annual Report and Accounts 2023 Avon Protection plc
81
OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORT GOVERNANCE ADJUSTED PERFORMANCE MEASURES FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
AUDIT COMMITTEE REPORT
LETTER FROM
THE CHAIR
During 2023 the Audit Committee undertook a full evaluation exercise
of KPMG’s audit approach, to ensure the effectiveness of the external
audit function. Reviewing the results of the evaluation of the external
audit process, we are satisfied with both the auditor’s independence and
audit approach.
The Audit Committee acts on behalf of the full Board, and the matters
reviewed and managed by the Committee remain the responsibility of the
Directors as a whole.
Main responsibilities of the Audit Committee
The Audit Committee has delegated authority from the Board set out in its
written terms of reference. The terms of reference for the Audit Committee are
available for inspection at the Company’s registered office and on our website.
The key objectives of the Audit Committee are:
to provide effective governance and control over the integrity of the Group’s
financial reporting and review the significant financial reportingjudgements;
to support the Board with its ongoing monitoring of the effectiveness
of the Group’s system of internal controls and risk management systems;
to monitor the effectiveness of the Group’s internal audit function and
review its material findings;
to oversee the relationship with the external auditor and make
recommendations to the Board in relation to the re-appointment of
the external auditor and monitor the external auditor’s objectivity
andindependence;
to review the adequacy of the Company’s whistleblowing arrangements
and the provision of appropriate investigation of any matters raised; and
to advise the Board on whether the Committee believes the
Annual Report and Accounts, taken as a whole, is fair, balanced,
and understandable and provides the information necessary for
shareholders to assess the Company’s position and performance,
business model and strategy.
Composition of the Audit Committee
The members of the Committee are set out on page 77 of the Corporate
Governance Report. The Committee members are all independent
Non-Executive Directors and have the appropriate range of financial
and commercial expertise necessary to fulfil the Committee’s terms of
reference. The Board considers that as a serving Group Finance Director
of a U.K. listed company, I have both the current and relevant financial
experience required to chair this Committee.
The Committee typically invites the Board Chair to attend all Committee
meetings together with the Executive Directors and the Group
FinancialController.
Bindi Foyle
Chair of the Audit
Committee
Attendance at Audit Committeemeetings
During the period, the Audit Committee held three scheduled meetings.
Attendance of the members of the Committee is recorded in the
tablebelow:
Scheduled meetings Attended
Eligible
to attend
Bindi Foyle 3 3
Chloe Ponsonby 3 3
Victor Chavez 3 3
The Committee monitors the integrity of the Group’s financial statements
and supports the Board with its ongoing monitoring of the effectiveness
of the Group’s risk management and internal control systems.
During 2023, the Audit Committee continued its key oversight role for
the Board of the Group’s financial management and reporting to reassure
shareholders that their interests are properly protected.
The Audit Committee has established a set programme of activities, with
agenda items scheduled to coincide with the annual financial reporting
calendar. The Committee reports regularly to the Board on its work.
During the 2023 financial year, the Committee has continued to monitor
the integrity of the Group’s financial statements and supported the
Board with its ongoing monitoring of the Group’s risk management
and internal control systems. The Committee also determined the
focus of the Group’s internal audit activity, reviewed its findings, and
continues to verify that recommendations and agreed actions are being
appropriatelyimplemented.
In accordance with the Code, the Committee continued to have oversight
of the Group’s whistleblowing function, known as ‘Speak Up’, together
with the associated policies and procedures. The Committee received
regular updates on the number and types of Speak Up reports and agreed
follow-up actions throughout the year from the General Counsel.
Avon Protection plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
82
2023 Annual Report
The main areas of focus considered by the Committee during 2023 were
as follows:
The presentation of the financial statements and the quality and
acceptability of accounting policies and practices including the
presentation of adjusted performance measures and the adjusting
items. The Committee reviewed papers prepared by management,
challenged management’s judgements and estimates, and reviewed
the disclosure of adjusted items within the Group’s half year and full
year results, agreeing that the position taken in the financial statements
isappropriate.
The clarity of the disclosures and compliance with financial
reporting standards and relevant financial and governance reporting
requirements. Material areas in which significant judgements have been
applied are discussed separately in more detail below.
At the request of the Board, the Committee considered whether the
2023 Annual Report was fair, balanced and understandable and whether
it provided the necessary information for shareholders to assess the
Company’s position and performance, business model and strategy.
Having taken account of the other information provided to the Board
throughout the year, the Committee was satisfied that, taken as a whole,
the Annual Report and Accounts was fair, balanced and understandable.
The Committee was content, after due challenge and debate, with the
assumptions made and the judgements applied in the accounts and
agreed with management’s recommendations. In addition, the Committee
reviewed and recommended the approval of the statements on corporate
governance, internal control and risk management in the Annual Report
and Accounts and the half year results announcement.
Significant judgements and estimates considered
bytheAudit Committee
After discussions with management and the external auditor, the
Committee determined that the key risks of material misstatement of the
Group’s 2023 financial statements arose in the following areas:
valuation of goodwill allocated to Head Protection;
development costs capitalisation and valuation;
estimation of the defined benefit pension obligation; and
the cessation of the Armour business satisfying the requirements
forreporting as a discontinued operation.
Goodwill impairment
The Group has a significant goodwill balance as a result of legacy
acquisitions, predominantly in relation to Ceradyne and Team Wendy.
Following the change in operating segments, the Committee confirmed
management’s assessment that specific impairment reviews for Head
Protection and Respiratory Protection CGUs were required, covering
goodwill and other attributable net assets. In the prior year, goodwill
was allocated to the single operating segment, Respiratory and
HeadProtection.
Impairment review of the Head Protection CGU indicated the carrying
value of goodwill and other attributable net assets exceeded future value
in use. The value in use calculation was based on the Board approved
five-year plan and utilised discounted cash flow projections, adjusted to
exclude expansionary capital expenditure and linked cash flows.
The Committee considered and challenged the assumptions applied
by management, including consideration of scenario analysis and
sensitivities, concluding that the proposed impairment was reasonable
and appropriate.
Further analysis and detail on goodwill is set out in note 3.1 of the
financialstatements.
Development costs capitalisation and impairment
The Group capitalises development costs and other capital spend relating
to new products.
Expenditure in respect of product development is capitalised where
management judge a positive outcome is reasonably certain, taking
account of commercial viability and technical feasibility, including
regulatory approvals required and forecast customer demand.
Capitalised development costs are tested for impairment annually or
whenever there is an indication that the asset may be impaired. Any
impairment is recognised immediately in the Consolidated Statement
ofComprehensive Income
The key issues reviewed in the financial year included the valuation
of assets in relation to the categories of escape hoods and boots and
gloves. The Committee concurred with management that a proposed
impairment relating to escape hoods and remaining carrying values on
other product groupings as included in the 30 September 2023 balance
sheet wereappropriate.
Further analysis and detail on the Group’s development costs are set out
innote 3.1 of the financial statements.
THE COMMITTEE MONITORS THE INTEGRITY OF THE GROUP’S
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPORTS THE BOARD WITH ITS
ONGOING MONITORING OF THE EFFECTIVENESS OF THE GROUP’S
RISK MANAGEMENT AND INTERNAL CONTROL SYSTEMS.
Annual Report and Accounts 2023 Avon Protection plc
83
OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORT GOVERNANCE ADJUSTED PERFORMANCE MEASURES FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
AUDIT COMMITTEE REPORT CONTINUED
Estimation of the defined benefit pension assets
andobligations
The Group operated a contributory defined benefit plan to provide
pension and death benefits for the employees of its U.K. Group companies
employed before 31 January 2003. The plan was closed to future accrual of
benefits on 1 October 2009.
The investments held by the pension scheme include both quoted
and unquoted securities, the latter of which by their nature involve
assumptions and estimates to determine their fair value. Where there
is no active market for the unquoted securities, the fair value of these
assets is estimated by the pension trustees based on advice received
from the investment manager whilst also using any available market
evidence of any recent transactions for an identical asset. The assumptions
used in valuing unquoted investments are affected by current market
conditions and trends which could result in changes in fair value after
themeasurement date.
Estimation of the defined benefit pension obligation involves significant
judgements concerning future changes in inflation, mortality rates and the
selection of a suitable discount rate, as well as the future performance and
valuation of the scheme’s assets. Changes to these actuarial judgements
could have a significant impact on the estimated pension obligation.
An independent actuary is engaged to estimate the defined benefit
pension obligation, undertaking a valuation of the scheme’s assets and
assessment of current and future pension liabilities. The Committee
reviewed a report from the independent actuary on the appropriateness
of the assumptions used in assessing the assets and liabilities of the
scheme and agreed that the defined benefit pension obligation was being
estimated appropriately with reasonable judgements being applied.
Further analysis and detail on the Group’s defined benefit pension scheme
are set out in note 6.2 of the financial statements.
External auditor
The Audit Committee considers the appointment of the external auditor
each year. KPMG LLP (KPMG) was appointed as the Group’s external auditor
for the 2019 audit following a tender process in 2018. 2023 is KPMG’s fifth
year as the Group’s external auditor and Andrew Campbell-Orde has acted
as audit partner since KPMG’s appointment. In line with practice, 2023 is
the final year that Andrew Campbell-Orde will act as audit partner. The
Committee interviewed a number of prospective partners to assume
responsibilities for 2024.
The Committee oversees the relationship with the external auditor, and
monitors all services provided by and fees payable to it, to ensure that
potential conflicts of interest are considered and that an objective and
professional relationship is maintained.
In particular, the Committee reviews and monitors the independence
and objectivity of the external auditor and the effectiveness of the audit
process. At the outset of the annual audit process, the Committee receives
a detailed audit plan from the auditor, identifying its assessment of the key
risks and its intended areas of focus. This is agreed with the Committee to
ensure coverage is appropriately focused.
The Committee also holds separate discussions with the external auditor
without Executive management being present. In addition, I held separate
meetings with the external auditor during the course of the year.
Review of the effectiveness of the external auditor
The Committee evaluates the effectiveness of the external auditor
annually. This evaluation includes a review of the effectiveness of the
external audit process, consideration of whether management had been
adequately challenged, interaction with the Committee and quality of the
audit work. The 2022 review included reports from the external auditor
and management incorporating feedback against a formal assessment
framework from key members of the Groups finance team and those
employees who had interacted with KPMG during the audit. The Group
reviewed and discussed the overall structure of the audit team to ensure
consistency and appropriate resourcing in future audits. This report was
reviewed at the Committee’s meeting in March 2023. Overall feedback
was positive and where opportunities for improvement were identified in
respect of earlier discussion with management regarding developments
and changes during the period, KPMG was asked to take account of that
feedback in the planning for future audit activity. KPMG and management
also worked together to more clearly define the information required
from management during the audit to aid increased audit efficiency.
Thisreview concluded that the audit was conducted to a good standard
with appropriate focus and challenge on the key audit risks.
KPMG has discussed more generally the firm’s process for enhancing audit
quality which includes internal quality reviews.
Audit fees and auditor re-appointment
During 2023, the Committee reviewed and approved the proposed audit
fees and terms of engagement for the 2023 audit and recommended to
the Board that it proposes to shareholders that KPMG be re-appointed
as the Group’s external auditor for 2024 at the AGM to be held on
26January 2024.
Auditor independence
To ensure the independence and objectivity of the external auditor and
avoid a situation where the auditor’s familiarity with the Group’s affairs
results in excessive trust, the Committee maintains a formal Auditor
Independence Policy. The policy follows the ethical guidance on auditor
independence issued by the FRC in December 2019 and was reviewed
during the period to ensure it remained appropriate. Under the policy all
non-audit services permitted by the FRC require the specific approval of
the Audit Committee.
The policy also establishes guidelines for the recruitment of employees or
former employees of the external auditor. To ensure compliance with this
policy, the Audit Committee carried out a review during the period; this
included consideration of the remuneration received by KPMG for audit
services, audit-related services and non-audit work.
The breakdown of the fees paid to the external auditor is included in note
2.5 of the financial statements. KPMG also conducted a half year review on
the interim financial results of the Group. No other non-audit services were
provided by KPMG during the period.
Avon Protection plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
84
Internal control
The Committee regularly reviews the effectiveness of the Group’s
systemof internal controls and risk management. The Committee regularly
reviews the effectiveness of the Group’s system of internal controls and risk
management. This involves monitoring and reviewing the effectiveness
of internal audit activities, which includes a review of the audits carried
out and the recommendations arising. It also reviews management’s
responses, actions to address recommendations, approving the internal
audit programme and resourcing for 2024.
The internal audit programme for 2023 comprised of risk-based
audits undertaken by Deloitte. Deloitte reports directly to the Audit
Committee, which considered and approved the scope of the 2023
internal audit programme to be undertaken. During the period, Deloitte
focused its internal audit work on a review of the planning for new ERP
implementation (following prior year ERP reviews), an advisory audit on
Group HR policies around personnel management and a review of the
investment process for intangible and tangible spend.
The 2024 internal audit programme will incorporate changes to resourcing,
with the appointment of an Internal Audit Manager, which is expected to
improve accountability and effectiveness.
Several improvements were identified in respect of developing
and enhancing the Group’s risk management processes, further
documentation around internal controls, increased consistency to support
investment decisions and the design of globally consistent HR processes.
As part of the internal control framework, site controllers and plant
managers are obliged to positively confirm, on a biannual basis, that
controls documented in the internal control manual are in place and
are being adhered to, with specific reference to key controls such as
bank and control account reconciliations. This process has been in place
for the year under review and up to the date of approval of the Annual
Report and Accounts. It has been reviewed by the Board and continues
to be monitored by the Committee, which remains satisfied with
thearrangements.
As part of its work, and in line with its terms of reference, the Committee
also considers the discharge of the Board’s responsibilities in the areas of
corporate governance, financial reporting and internal control, including
the internal management of risk, as identified in the Code and the FRC
Guidance on Risk Management, Internal Control and Related Financial
Business Reporting. In 2023, the Group continued to strengthen its
risk management procedures and these have been reviewed by the
Committee. Risk management activities are dealt with in more detail
inthePrincipal Risks and Risk Management section on pages 62 to 69
andthe Corporate Governance Report on page 78.
Audit Committee effectiveness review
The evaluation of the effectiveness of the Audit Committee was
conducted alongside the Board effectiveness review, information on
which is provided in the Corporate Governance Report on page 78.
The review concluded that the Audit Committee continued to operate
effectively during the period.
Bindi Foyle
Chair of the Audit Committee
21 November 2023
Annual Report and Accounts 2023 Avon Protection plc
85
OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORT GOVERNANCE ADJUSTED PERFORMANCE MEASURES FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
8686
Avon Protection plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
REMUNERATION COMMITTEE REPORT
Policy review
Our current Policy was approved by shareholders at the 2021 AGM. The
Policy is now reaching the end of its three-year life and the Committee
is seeking approval of a revised Policy. This is timely, as it has provided
the Committee with an opportunity to look afresh and in depth at the
remuneration arrangements in light of a number of recent developments
at Avon Protection – not least the recruitment of a new management
team and the recent adoption of the new five-year STAR strategy – and
to respond to the latest remuneration-related governance changes and
investor guidance.
As part of this process, during 2023 we undertook a comprehensive review
of senior executive pay arrangements, including a consultation exercise
with our major shareholders. We were pleased to have spoken to directly
or to have received responses from shareholders covering over 45% of
shares in issue at the time of consulting, as well as from ISS, and I would
like to thank all respondents for their constructive comments which have
helped shape the proposed Policy being put forward for approval.
Business context
On 16 January 2023 Jos Sclater became CEO of Avon Protection. Jos has
brought with him a wealth of experience in leadership roles, an impressive
track record of value creation within global manufacturing businesses and
deep experience in the international defence industry. Jos’ appointment
was preceded by the appointment of Rich Cashin as CFO in March 2022.
Under Jos’ leadership, and closely supported by Rich, the management
team has undertaken a comprehensive review of the business and
developed the STAR strategy which has been designed to improve
financial performance over the next five-year period through growing
revenues, margin expansion and improved return on invested capital
whilst enhancing our ESG priorities, namely protecting more lives, and
reducing scrap waste and carbon emissions. Full details of the STAR
strategy can be found in the Strategic Report on page 22.
After a difficult period under previous management, and as we begin to
put the new strategy into effect, the signs of recovery are already clear.
However, achieving the strategic goals and translating these into the
targeted improvement in financial performance will require superior
execution. This is what we are aiming to stimulate and reward.
Proposed changes to the Policy
The Committee undertook a comprehensive review of the pay
arrangements implemented three years ago and concluded the
current structure – comprising an annual bonus scheme and awards of
performance shares under our LTIP – continues to remain appropriate
for Avon Protection. However, at this critical juncture, to incentivise our
new management team to continue to build on the foundations of
implementing the new strategic direction, it is proposed that a one-off
matching arrangement replaces the LTIP grant in the first year of our
three-year Policy only.
Attendance at Remuneration Committeemeetings
During the period, the Remuneration Committee held five scheduled
meetings. Attendance of the members of the Committee is recorded in
the table below:
Scheduled meetings Attended
Eligible
to attend
Chloe Ponsonby 5 5
Bruce Thompson 4 4
Bindi Foyle 5 5
Victor Chavez 5 5
On behalf of the Board, I am pleased to present the Directors’ Remuneration
Report for the 52 weeks ended 30 September 2023. This includes the
following three sections:
this Annual Statement which summarises the work of the Remuneration
Committee (‘the Committee’) in 2023 and sets out the context in which
pay decisions were made;
the revised Directors’ Remuneration Policy (‘the Policy) which will set
the parameters within which our Directors will be remunerated going
forward and which will take effect from the date of our 2024 AGM,
subject to shareholder approval; and
the Annual Report on Remuneration which provides: (i) details of the
remuneration earned by Directors and the link between Company
performance and pay in FY23; and (ii) how we intend to implement the
new Policy in FY24.
The Annual Statement and the Annual Report on Remuneration will,
together, be subject to the usual advisory shareholder vote at the AGM
on 26 January 2024. The revised Policy will be subject to a separate
binding shareholder vote at the same meeting. A separate resolution to
amend the Long-Term Incentive Plan to accommodate the ability to make
awards in the first year of the revised three-year Policy will also be put to
shareholders for approval.
LETTER FROM
THE CHAIR
Chloe Ponsonby
Chair of the
Remuneration
Committee
8787
OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORT GOVERNANCE ADJUSTED PERFORMANCE MEASURES FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Annual Report and Accounts 2023 Avon Protection plc
This will require our Executive Directors to purchase ordinary shares with
their own funds up to the value of 100% of their base salary (‘Investment
Shares’) and in return they will receive a matching award to the value of
up to four times the value of shares purchased (‘Matching Shares’). The
purchase of Investment Shares will ensure the interests of the Executive
Directors are immediately aligned with shareholders, with their own
capital at risk. This contrasts with traditional Long-Term Incentive Plan
(LTIP) schemes which do not require personal investment. The Matching
Shares will vest subject to continued employment, the retention of
Investment Shares over the performance period and achievement of
ambitious performance targets measured over the three-year period
ending 30 September 2026. Two-thirds of the awards will be eligible to
vest after three years and the remaining one-third after four years. Holding
periods will also apply to ensure Executives cannot realise any benefit from
their vested awards until the fifth anniversary of grant.
During consultation, some investors requested that a cap on the total
number of matching awards apply in order to prevent too significant a
number of awards being granted if the share price at the intended grant
date (February 2024) is low (noting that the number of awards is a function
of the matched investment value and the share price at the time of grant).
The Committee took this feedback on board and has agreed that the
total number of matching awards in aggregate for the CEO and CFO will
be capped at 450,000 shares. This may result in a maximum match that is
lower than 4:1 but, in any event, the maximum will not be higher than this
level. In effect, if the award price at the date of grant is below c.£8.22, the
450,000 award cap will take effect and the maximum match will reduce.
Separately, the Board is considering how best to hedge vested awards to
reduce the dilutive impact over the next three years.
Vesting of the awards will be dependent on two measures, independently
assessed – 70% on adjusted basic earnings per share (EPS) and 30% on
return on invested capital (ROIC):
FY26 EPS
(70%)
FY26 ROIC
(30%) Match
Threshold
90c 16% 0.5:1 (i.e. 12.5% vesting)
Target
125c 18% 1.75:1 (i.e. 43.75% vesting)
Maximum
150c 20% 4:1 (i.e. 100% vesting)
Achieving the EPS and ROIC targets will require a significant recovery
in earnings, optimisation of our capital base and performance well in
excess of current market expectations (2026 EPS consensus is c. 72c). The
targets are considered to be particularly stretching and are designed to
ensure that participants will only receive the full benefit if they deliver
transformational results. For information, delivering the target of 125c EPS
and 18% ROIC would result in vesting equivalent to the current 175% of
salary LTIP award. Shareholders felt that the target and upper stretch levels
were very demanding in light ofconsensus and broader expectations.
The Board believes successful implementation of our STAR strategy will
deliver significant financial benefits to the Group over the next four years
and in turn will create substantial shareholder value and the Committee
is keen to see the incentive arrangements closely linked to the strategy.
The personal and significant investment by our Executive Directors
inherent in the proposed one-off matching arrangement demonstrates
their commitment to the successful implementation of the strategy; the
ambitious earnings and ROIC targets are designed to deliver substantial
value creation and a swift turnaround; and the interaction of the phased
vesting and holding periods will ensure Executives are locked in over
the longer term. In addition, as well as covering the CEO and CFO, other
arrangements will be implemented for other senior executives at Avon
Protection to ensure they are motivated and retained at a time when their
existing LTIP awards have little or no value. Retaining the senior team both
at the Board level and below the Board is critical to the delivery of our new
strategy. For these reasons, the Committee believes that this arrangement
is appropriate and in the best interests of the Group and its shareholders.
The current LTIP rules will be amended to facilitate the proposed one-off
matching arrangement. Following the grant of the matching award in the
first year of the three-year Policy period, for the second and third years,
annual LTIP awards will be granted up to the normal Policy maximum of
175% of salary.
The Committee has also considered whether any other elements of the
Policy require changing to reflect corporate governance developments
since it was last approved but is comfortable that these have been
previously addressed. A two-year holding period applies to LTIP awards,
pension is aligned with the workforce contribution rate (7.5% of salary), a
post-cessation holding period applies and malus and clawback provisions
are aligned with market practice (and will reflect any changes required –
ifnecessary – when the new U.K. Corporate Governance Code is finalised).
Further details of how we intend to implement the new Policy in FY24 are
set out later in this letter.
Remuneration outcomes for FY23
The annual bonus for FY23 was dependent on a scorecard of measures
which included adjusted operating profit (40%), operating cash flow (20%),
revenue (20%) and the delivery of strategic objectives (20%).
Jos Sclater joined the Company shortly after the financial annual bonus
targets were set. Upon joining and as mentioned earlier, Jos embarked
upon a comprehensive review of the business and developed and
implemented a new strategy and change of direction. The original
financial targets were largely unachievable and this has resulted in no
payout against the revenue, profit and cash objectives. The Committee
could have amended the targets to align better with the new strategy
but decided against this. Therefore, in practice, the maximum bonus
opportunity was limited to the strategic objectives which accounted for
20% of the maximum bonus. Following strong individual performance
and the accomplishment of important short term non-financial drivers, the
Committee has determined that the full 20% out of the 20% on strategic
objectives should be payable. The Committee recognises the sensitivities
around paying a bonus based solely on non-financial performance but on
this occasion believes it is warranted given the new CEO and targets that
were made on an old strategy and set of assumptions.
WE HAVE UNDERTAKEN A COMPREHENSIVE REVIEW OF OUR POLICY WHICH
INCLUDED A WIDEREACHING SHAREHOLDER CONSULTATION EXERCISE.
THIS EXERCISE WAS A CRITICAL INPUT INTO OUR REVIEW PROCESS AND
HELPED SHAPE OUR FINAL PROPOSALS.
8888
Avon Protection plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
REMUNERATION COMMITTEE REPORT CONTINUED
Remuneration outcomes for FY23 continued
Vesting of the Long-Term Incentive Plan awards made on 2 February 2021
was based on two measures – relative TSR and EPS growth – over the
three-year performance period. The Group did not meet the threshold
targets and therefore the awards lapsed in full. Neither Jos Sclater nor
RichCashin held awards under this cycle of the LTIP.
No discretion was applied in determining the annual bonus and LTIP
vesting outcomes. The Committee agreed the final remuneration
outcomes reflected Group performance over the respective performance
periods and was satisfied the Policy had operated as intended.
Board changes
As set out in the prior year’s report, Jos Sclater joined the Board as CEO
with effect from 16 January 2023. Jos’ base salary on joining was set
at £526,594 p.a. along with bonus opportunity of 125% of base salary
(pro-rated for time served in FY23). He also received an LTIP grant of 175%
of salary on 18 January 2023, shortly after joining. Jos did not forfeit any
remuneration upon joining the Company and therefore there was no need
to make buyout awards.
During the period between the previous CEO, Paul McDonald, stepping
offthe Board on 30 September 2022 and Jos Sclater joining in January 2023,
Bruce Thompson took on the role of Executive Chair. Bruce agreed with
the Remuneration Committee that he would not receive any additional
fees for acting as Executive Chair and continued to receive his Non-Executive
Chair fee only over this period. Bruce reverted to his position as Non-Executive
Chair of the Board following Jos Sclater’s joining. During the period of
Bruce’s appointment as Executive Chair, he temporarily stepped down
asamember of the Remuneration Committee, but continued to be invited
to Committee meetings.
How the Policy will be applied in FY24
The Committee will seek to implement the revised Policy as follows:
Base salaries
Jos Sclater’s salary will increase by 4.5% from £526,594 to £550,291 and
Rich Cashin’s salary will increase by 4.5% from £358,750 to £374,894. These
increases are in line with the average general workforce increase of 4.5%
for FY24. As a reminder, last year the CFO’s salary was increased by 2.5%
which compared to a general workforce increase ranging from 5% o 8%.
Annual bonus
The maximum annual bonus opportunity will be 125% of salary, with
25% of any bonus earned deferred into shares for two years. The bonuses
will be based on absolute Group operating profit (50%), average working
capital turns (30%) and strategic objectives (20%). The targets are
commercially sensitive but will be disclosed in full on a retrospective basis
in next year’s report.
Long-Term Incentive Plan (LTIP)
Subject to the approval of the revised Policy, the Committee intends to
grant awards after the AGM in February 2024 under the one-off share
matching arrangement to both Executive Directors. Details of how this
arrangement will operate in practice, including the performance measures
and targets, are set out earlier in this letter.
Views of our stakeholders
As mentioned, we have sought to undertake a comprehensive review of
our Policy to include a wide-reaching shareholder consultation exercise.
This exercise was a critical input into our review process and helped
shape our final proposals. We understand the reticence of some investors,
in principle, to the use of one-off incentive arrangements but we are
convinced that the proposed share matching arrangement, under which
awards will be made in 2024 only, is the right approach for Avon Protection
for the reasons set out earlier in this letter. However, we were pleased
that the majority of those shareholders we consulted with were broadly
supportive of the new Policy and the one-off share matching arrangement
(subject to the addition of safeguards, such as the overall cap on the
number of shares which may be awarded, which we built in) and we were
comforted by this support. I would like to take this opportunity to reiterate
my thanks to all shareholders and proxy voting agencies that participated
in this process and for the constructive feedback that has contributed to
the design of the new Policy.
The Committee also takes employees’ views on pay into account and
this is achieved through a Global Employee Advisory Forum. This year
discussions have included the organisational restructure and increased
empowerment, together with the outcome from the remuneration review,
which was aimed at ensuring our pay practices are fair and competitive.
The annual bonus scheme was also included in this review.
I would once again like to thank shareholders for their input in shaping
over proposed policy and I hope we will receive your support for the
resolutions relating to remuneration at the forthcoming AGM. I am always
happy to hear from the Company’s shareholders and you can contact me
via the Company Secretary if you have any questions on this report or
more generally in relation to the Company’s remuneration.
Chloe Ponsonby
Chair of the Remuneration Committee
21 November 2023
8989
OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORT GOVERNANCE ADJUSTED PERFORMANCE MEASURES FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Annual Report and Accounts 2023 Avon Protection plc
Remuneration 2023 Remuneration 2024
FIXED PAY
Salary
(annual base)
CEO: £526,594 (upon joining in January 2023)
CFO: £358,750
CEO: £550,291 (4.5% increase effective
1October 2023)
CFO: £374,894 (4.5% increase effective
1October 2023)
Pension A 7.5% of salary employer contribution rate
applies. This is aligned with the U.K. workforce
contribution rate
No change
Benefits Includes car allowance, private health insurance
and life insurance
No change
ANNUAL BONUS
Maximum
opportunity
125% of salary
CEO’s bonus pro-rated for period as a Director
No change
Award level
and operation
Performance measures: revenue (20%),
operating profit (40%), operating cash flow
(20%) and strategic objectives (20%)
25% of the overall amount deferred into
shares which vest after two years
Malus and clawback provisions apply
Performance measures: absolute Group
operating profit (50%), average working
capital turns (30%) and strategic
objectives (20%)
25% of the overall amount deferred into
shares which vest after two years
Malus and clawback provisions apply
LONGTERM
INCENTIVES
Award level
Normal LTIP
CEO: 175% of salary grant on appointment
CFO:150% of salary
One-off share matching
arrangement (FY24 only)
Up to 100% of salary investment
matched at up to 4 times, i.e. up to
400% of salary
Number of matching awards
determined by matching the investment
value and using the share price at grant
Total awards to the CEO and CFO
subject to an overall cap of 450,000
shares in aggregate (CEO: 267,656 shares,
and CFO: 182,344 shares)
Operation Performance measures: relative TSR (50%
ofaward) and EPS with a ROCE underpin
(50%of award)
Performance measured over three years
Two-year additional holding period applies
tovested awards
Malus and clawback provisions apply
Performance measures: EPS (70% of
award) and ROIC (30% of award)
Performance measured over three years
Vests in two tranches after three years
(two-thirds of the award) and four years
(one-third of the award)
Vesting dependent upon retention of
investment shares over the performance
period
Additional holding periods apply to
vested awards such that no value can be
realised until after five years from grant
Malus and clawback provisions apply
SHAREHOLDING
GUIDELINES
In employment 200% of salary No change
Post-employment 200% of salary to be held for two years
post-employment
No change
REMUNERATION AT A GLANCE
The key elements of Executive Directors’ remuneration packages and our approach to implementation in 2024 are summarised below:
9090
Avon Protection plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION POLICY
This section of the report sets out our Directors’ Remuneration Policy
which will be put forward for shareholder approval at the 2024 AGM on
26January 2024. The Policy will take formal effect from the date of the
AGM, subject to shareholder approval, replacing the one most recently
approved by shareholders at the AGM on 29 January 2021.
Guiding policy
The Company’s guiding policy on executive remuneration is that:
executive remuneration packages should be clear and simple, taking
into account the linkage between pay and performance by both
rewarding effective management and making the enhancement of
shareholder value a critical success factor in the setting of incentives,
both in the short and the long term;
the overall level of salary, incentives, pension and other benefits
should be competitive (but not excessive) when compared with other
companies of a similar size and global spread and should be sufficient
to attract, retain and motivate Executive Directors of superior calibre
inorder to deliver long-term success; and
performance-related components should form a significant proportion
of the overall remuneration package, with maximum total potential
rewards being earned through the achievement of challenging
performance targets based on measures that are linked to the
Company’s KPIs and to the best interests of shareholders.
Considerations when determining Remuneration Policy
As described in the letter from the Remuneration Committee Chair, the
Committee undertook a comprehensive review of the current Directors’
Remuneration Policy during the course of 2023 to ensure, primarily,
that it continues to: (i) support the strategy and promote the long-term
sustainable success of the Group; (ii) align executive remuneration with
Company culture, purpose and values and clearly provide linkage to the
successful delivery of the Company’s long-term strategy; (iii) attract, retain
and motivate executive management of the quality required to run the
Company successfully (without paying more than is necessary); and (iv)
have regard to the views of our shareholders and other stakeholders and
appropriately reflect the best practice expectations of institutional investors.
In reviewing the Policy during the course of 2023, and in planning for its
implementation, the U.K. Corporate Governance Code has continued to
be a key touchstone and we have been careful to take full account of the
remuneration-related provisions in our design considerations. With regard
to how we have sought to comply with the six factors outlined in Provision
40 of the Code, for example, we believe the following are worth noting
inparticular:
Clarity – Our remuneration framework is structured to support financial
delivery and the achievement of strategic objectives, aligning the
interests of Executive Directors with those of our shareholders. Our
Policy is transparent and well understood by our senior executive team.
It has been clearly articulated to our shareholders and representative
bodies (both on an ongoing basis and during consultation when
changes have been proposed).
Simplicity – Our remuneration framework is straightforward to
communicate and operate. We have operated the same simple and
transparent overarching structure for many years and applied it on a
consistent basis across all employees. For the first year of the new Policy
only, one-off awards will be made under a single matching arrangement
to the Executive Directors in lieu of the usual LTIP awards. This is
intended to be a simple long-term incentive arrangement with clear
alignment to the new STAR strategy and to shareholder interests at its
heart. The measures and targets are indelibly linked to our longer-term
strategic goals and to incentivising superior financial performance.
Inthe second and third years of the Policy we will return to our
long-standing approach of making our usual LTIP awards only.
Risk – Our incentives have been structured to ensure that they
are aligned with the Board’s system of risk management and risk
appetite. Inappropriate risk taking is discouraged and mitigated
through, for example: (i) the operation of arrangements that provide
an appropriate balance of fixed pay to short and long-term incentive
pay and through multiple performance measures based on a blend of
financial and non-financial targets; (ii) the deferral of a proportion of
annual bonus into shares and the operation of a post-vesting holding
period for the LTIP; (iii) the operation of significant in-employment
andpost-employment shareholding guidelines; and (iv) the operation
of robust recovery and withholding provisions.
Predictability – Our incentive plans are subject to individual caps,
with our share plans also subject to market standard dilution limits.
The Committee has full discretion to alter the pay-out level or vesting
outcome to ensure payments are appropriately aligned with the
underlying performance of the Company.
Proportionality – Ensuring Executive Directors are not rewarded for
failure underscores our approach to remuneration (e.g. a significant
proportion of our packages is based on long-term performance targets
linked to the KPIs of the Company, our ability to use discretion to
ensure appropriate outcomes and our openness to doing so through
the structure of our Executive Directors’ contracts). There is a clear link
between individual awards, delivery of strategy and our long-term
performance. As mentioned above, formulaic incentive outcomes are
reviewed by the Committee and may be adjusted having consideration
to overall Group performance and wider workforce remuneration
policies and practices.
Alignment to culture – Our Policy is aligned to Avon Protection’s
culture and values. The Committee strives to instil a sustainable
performance and continuous improvement culture at the management
level that can cascade down throughout the Company. The Board sets
the framework of KPIs against which we monitor the performance of
the Company and the Committee links the performance metrics of
our incentive arrangements to those KPIs. We are also keen to foster
aculture of share ownership throughout the Company and operate
all-employee share arrangements in pursuit of this objective.
REMUNERATION COMMITTEE REPORT CONTINUED
9191
OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORT GOVERNANCE ADJUSTED PERFORMANCE MEASURES FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Annual Report and Accounts 2023 Avon Protection plc
Consideration of shareholder views
The Committee is committed to an ongoing dialogue with shareholders
and welcomes feedback on Directors’ remuneration. The Committee seeks
to engage directly with major shareholders and their representative bodies
on any material changes to the Policy. The Committee also considers
shareholder feedback received in relation to the remuneration-related
resolutions each year following the AGM. This, plus any additional
feedback received from time to time (including any updates to
shareholders’ remuneration guidelines), is then considered as part of
theCommittee’s annual review of the Policy and its implementation.
In its review of current remuneration and the proposed Policy being
put forward, the Committee conducted a comprehensive consultation
exercise which sought feedback from shareholders holding over 45%
of shares in issue, as well as from the main shareholder representative
bodies. The Committee was very grateful for the comments received.
Thefeedback, which was largely positive, was used constructively to shape
our final proposals. Further details regarding the consultation exercise can
be found in the Remuneration Committee Chair’s letter on page 86.
Consideration of employment conditions elsewhere
in the Group
The Committee closely monitors the pay and conditions of the wider
workforce and the design of the Directors’ Remuneration Policy is
informed by the policy for employees across the Group.
While employees are not formally consulted on the design of the Directors
Remuneration Policy, the Board receives views through a Global Employee
Advisory Forum comprising representatives from our Culture Champion
network. Another way in which the Board engages with employees across
the Group on remuneration is through the Employee Opinion Survey,
which includes a section dedicated to pay and benefits. The results of this
are shared with the Board.
Differences in pay policy for Executive Directors
compared to employees more generally
As for the Executive Directors, general practice across the Group is
to recruit employees at competitive market levels of remuneration,
incentives and benefits to attract and retain employees, accounting for
national and regional talent pools. When considering salary increases
for Directors, the Committee will take into account salary increases
and pay and employment conditions across the wider workforce. The
pension contribution for Executive Directors is consistent with that for the
general workforce. 27% of employees are able to earn annual bonuses
for delivering exceptional performance, with corporate performance
measures aligned to those set for the Executive Directors. All employees,
including the Executive Directors, have the opportunity to participate in
the tax-approved share incentive plans.
There are some differences in the structure of the Policy for the Executive
Directors compared to that for other employees within the organisation,
which the Committee believes are necessary to reflect the differing levels
of seniority and responsibility. At senior levels, remuneration is increasingly
long term and ‘at risk’, with an increased emphasis on performance-related
pay and share-based remuneration. This ensures the remuneration of
the Executives is aligned with both the long-term performance of the
Company and the interests of shareholders.
Further details of the role of the Committee and its decision-making
processes can be found in the Annual Report on Remuneration
on page 99.
Changes to the Directors’ Remuneration Policy
In summary, the only material change to the Policy relates to the
introduction of a one-off long-term share matching arrangement
for operation only in the first year of the three-year Policy. Under this
arrangement the Executive Directors will be required to purchase
shares with a value of up to 100% of salary and to hold them over the
set performance period. Subject to maintaining this holding over the
performance period these Investment Shares may be matched at up to
a ratio of 4:1 (albeit subject to an overall cap under the arrangement of
450,000 shares in aggregate) dependent on the achievement of stretching
performance targets and continued employment. The awards under this
share matching arrangement will be made in the first year of the new
Policy only (in lieu of the usual LTIP awards) after which it is intended
that normal awards under the LTIP at up to 175% of salary per annum
are made in years two and three. No further awards will be made under
the share matching arrangement after the 2024 grant. Further details
of this proposed change, along with the rationale, are set out in the
Remuneration Committee Chairs letter on page 86.
9292
Avon Protection plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION POLICY CONTINUED
Policy table
The table below sets out the main components of the proposed Directors’ Remuneration Policy, together with further information on how these aspects
of remuneration will operate, subject to approval by shareholders at the 2024 AGM. The existing Policy – approved by shareholders at the 2021 AGM on
29January 2021 and set out in the 2020 Annual Report – will remain in effect until shareholders approve the new Policy. The Remuneration Committee
has discretion to amend remuneration and benefits to the extent described in the table and the written sections that follow it.
Element of
remuneration
Purpose and link
to strategy Operation Maximum potential value Performance targets
Basic salary
To provide competitive
fixedremuneration.
To attract and retain
Executive Directors of
superior calibre in order
to deliver long-term
business success.
Reflects individual
experience and role.
The Committee’s aim is to
position salaries around
the mid-market level of
companies of a similar
size, scale and complexity.
Normally reviewed annually by
the Remuneration Committee
with increases typically effective
1 October.
Individual salary adjustments
take into account each Executive
Director’s role, competence
and performance. Significant
adjustments are infrequent and
normally reserved for material
changes in role, a significant
increase in the size/complexity of
the Group, or where an individual
has been appointed on a low
salary with an intention to bring
them to market levels over time
and subject to performance.
Other factors which will be taken
into account will include pay
and conditions elsewhere in the
Group, progression within the
role, and competitive salary levels
in companies of a broadly similar
size and complexity.
No prescribed maximum or
maximum increase.
The normal approach will be to
limit increases to the average
level across the wider workforce,
though increases above this
level may be awarded subject
to Committee discretion to take
account of certain circumstances,
such as those stated under the
‘Operation’ column ofthis table.
On recruitment or promotion,
the Committee will consider
previous remuneration and pay
levels for comparable companies
(for example, companies of a
similar size and complexity,
industry sector or location),
when setting salary levels. This
may lead to salary being set at a
lower or higher level than for the
previousincumbent.
Although there are no
formal performance
conditions, any increase
in base salary is only
implemented after
careful consideration of
individual contribution
and performance and
having due regard to
the factors set out in the
‘Operation’ column of
this table.
Benefits
To provide competitive
fixedremuneration.
To attract and retain
Executive Directors of
superior calibre in order
to deliver long-term
business success.
Executive Directors are entitled
to benefits such as travel-related
benefits including a car or car
allowance, medical assessments,
private health insurance and life
assurance. Executive Directors
will be eligible for any other
benefits which are introduced for
the wider workforce on broadly
similar terms.
Any reasonable business-related
expenses (and any tax thereon)
can be reimbursed if determined
to be a taxable benefit.
Executive Directors will be eligible
to participate in any all-employee
share plan operated by the
Company, on the same terms
asother eligible employees.
For external and internal
appointments or relocations,
the Company may pay
certain relocation and/or
related incidental expenses
asappropriate.
As it is not possible to calculate in
advance the cost of all benefits, a
maximum is not pre-determined.
The maximum level of
participation in all-employee
share plans is subject to the limits
imposed by the relevant tax
authority from time to time.
Not applicable.
REMUNERATION COMMITTEE REPORT CONTINUED
9393
OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORT GOVERNANCE ADJUSTED PERFORMANCE MEASURES FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Annual Report and Accounts 2023 Avon Protection plc
Element of
remuneration
Purpose and link
to strategy Operation Maximum potential value Performance targets
Pension
To reward sustained
contributions by providing
retirement benefits.
The Company funds
contributions to a Director’s
pension as appropriate through
contribution to the Company’s
money purchase scheme
or through theprovision
of salary supplements or a
combination of these.
Company contribution up to
the prevailing rate offered to
the workforce in the country
where they are based at the
time (currently 7.5% of salary
inthe U.K.).
Not applicable.
Annual bonus
Rewards the achievement
of annual financial and
business targets aligned
with the Group’s KPIs.
Maximum bonus only
payable for achieving
demanding targets.
Deferred element
encourages long-term
shareholdings and
discourages excessive
risk taking.
Bonus is based on performance in
the relevant financial period. Any
payment is discretionary and will
be subject to the achievement of
stretching performance targets.
Bonus is normally paid in cash,
except 25% of any bonus which is
deferred into shares for two years.
Bonuses are not contractual
and are not eligible for inclusion
in the calculation of pension
arrangements.
Recovery and withholding
provisions apply in cases of
misconduct, corporate failure,
reputational damage, error
in calculation of a bonus and
material misstatement of
financial results.
Dividends or dividend equivalents
may accrue on deferred shares.
Capped at 125% of salary. The Committee sets
performance measures
and targets that are
appropriately stretching
each year, taking into
account key strategic
and financial priorities
and ensuring there is
an appropriate balance
between incentivising
Executive Directors
to meet targets, while
ensuring they do not
drive unacceptable
levelsof risk or
inappropriate behaviours.
The majority of the
bonus will normally
be based on financial
measures and the
balance could be
based on non-financial,
strategic, personal and/or
ESG related objectives.
A graduated scale of
targets is normally set for
each measure, with no
pay-out for performance
below a threshold level
of performance.
The Committee has
discretion to amend
the pay-out should any
formulaic outcome not
reflect the Committee’s
assessment of overall
business performance.
9494
Avon Protection plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
REMUNERATION COMMITTEE REPORT CONTINUED
Element of
remuneration
Purpose and link
to strategy Operation Maximum potential value Performance targets
Long-Term
Incentive
Plan
Designed to align
Executive Directors’
interests with those of
shareholders and to
incentivise the delivery
of sustainable earnings
growth and superior
shareholder returns.
Awards of conditional shares or
nil cost option awards which
normally vest after three years
subject to the achievement
of performance targets and
continued service.
An additional two-year holding
period applies after the end of
thethree-year vesting period.
Recovery and withholding
provisions apply in cases of
misconduct, corporate failure,
reputational damage, error in
calculation of award and material
misstatement of financial results.
Dividend equivalents may be paid
for awards to the extent they vest.
The Committee retains discretion
to adjust vesting levels in
exceptional circumstances,
including but not limited to
regard of the overall performance
of the Company or the grantee’s
personal performance.
Executive Directors may receive
an award of up to 175% of basic
salary per annum.
The Committee will consider
the prevailing share price when
deciding on the number of shares
to be awarded as part of any
LTIP grant.
A 10% in ten years dilution limit
governing the issue of new
shares to satisfy all share schemes
operated by the Company
will apply.
Performance measures
may include, and
are not limited to,
relative TSR, ROIC, EPS,
strategic measures and
ESG-related objectives.
The Committee retains
discretion to set
alternative weightings or
performance measures
for awards over the life
ofthe Policy.
100% of awards vest
forstretch performance,
up to 20% of an award
would normally vest for
threshold performance
and no awards vest
below this. Underpins
may apply.
One-off share
matching
arrangement
under the
Long-Term
Incentive
Plan in FY24
Designed to be retentive
over the longer term,
to incentivise the new
management team to
deliver a turnaround and
a significant improvement
in financial performance,
and to closely align
Executive Directors’
interests with those of
shareholders.
To participate in the arrangement,
the Executive Directors will be
required to purchase ordinary
shares with their own funds
(‘Investment Shares’) and in return
they will receive a matching award
(‘Matching Shares’).
Awards of Matching Shares will be
made as conditional shares or nil
cost options which will normally
vest in two tranches after three
years (2/3 of the award) and four
years (1/3 of the award) subject to
retention of the Investment Shares
over the performance period,
achievement of performance
targets and continued service.
Additional two-year and one-year
holding periods apply after the
end of the three-year and four-
year vesting periods respectively.
Failure to retain the Investment
Shares over the full performance
period will normally result in a
pro-rata reduction in Matching
Shares under award.
Recovery and withholding
provisions apply in cases of
misconduct, corporate failure,
reputational damage, error in
calculation of award and material
misstatement of financial results.
Investment Shares
Executive Directors may invest up
to an overall maximum of 100% of
annual salary.
Matching Shares
Executive Directors may receive
an award equal to up to four times
the value of Investment Shares
purchased i.e. up to 400% of
salary. The number of awards will
be based on the share price at the
time of grant.
Awards to Executive Directors
are subject to an overall cap
of 450,000 shares in aggregate
(CEO: 267,656 shares, and CFO:
182,344 shares).
No further awards under the
Long-Term Incentive Plan may be
made in addition to the Matching
Shares in the same financial year.
A 10% in ten years dilution limit
governing the issue of new
shares to satisfy all share schemes
operated by the Company
will apply.
Not applicable.
DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION POLICY CONTINUED
Policy table continued
9595
OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORT GOVERNANCE ADJUSTED PERFORMANCE MEASURES FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Annual Report and Accounts 2023 Avon Protection plc
Element of
remuneration
Purpose and link
to strategy Operation Maximum potential value Performance targets
One-off share
matching
arrangement
under the
Long-Term
Incentive
Plan in FY24
continued
Dividend equivalents may be paid
for awards to the extent they vest.
The Committee retains discretion
to adjust vesting levels in
exceptional circumstances,
including but not limited to
regard of the overall performance
of the Company or the grantee’s
personal performance.
Share
ownership
guidelines
To increase alignment
between Executives
andshareholders.
Executive Directors are required
to retain at least 50% of their net
of tax vested awards until the
in-employment shareholding
guideline is met.
Nil cost options which have
vested but are yet to be exercised
and deferred bonus awards
subject to a time condition only
may be considered to count
towards the in-employment
shareholding on a notional
post-tax basis.
Executive Directors are required
to build up and maintain an
in-employment shareholding
worth 200% of salary (100% for
other senior management).
Executive Directors are normally
required to hold shares at a
level equal to the lower of their
shareholding at cessation and
200% of salary for two years
post-employment (excluding
shares purchased with own funds
and any shares from share plan
awards made before the adoption
of the previous Policy (approved
on 29January 2021)).
Not applicable.
Chair and
Non-Executive
Directors’ fees
and benefits
To provide compensation
in line with the demands
of the roles at a level
that attracts high-
calibre individuals and
reflects their experience
andknowledge.
Fees are normally reviewed
annually taking into account
factors such as the time
commitment and contribution
of the role and market levels in
companies of comparable size
and complexity.
The Chair is paid an all-inclusive
fee for all Board responsibilities.
Fees for the other Non-Executive
Directors may include a base fee
and additional fees for further
responsibilities (for example, for
chairing Board Committees or
for holding the office of Senior
Independent Director).
The Company repays any
reasonable expenses that a
Non-Executive Director incurs
in carrying out their duties as
a Director, including travel,
hospitality-related and other
modest benefits and any tax
liabilities thereon, if appropriate.
If there is a temporary yet material
increase in the time commitments
for Non-Executive Directors, the
Board may pay extra fees on a
pro rata basis to recognise the
additional workload.
No prescribed maximum fee
ormaximum fee increase.
Increases will be informed by
taking into account internal
benchmarks such as the salary
increase for the general workforce
and will have due regard to the
factors set out in the ‘Operation’
column of this table.
Not applicable.
9696
Avon Protection plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
REMUNERATION COMMITTEE REPORT CONTINUED
Assumptions for the chart above
Minimum: comprises fixed pay for the year made up of base salary
(applying from 1 October 2023), the value of pension at 7.5% of annual
bass salary and the estimated value of benefits using FY23 values
(annualised for the CEO).
On-target: bonus achieved at 50% of the maximum opportunity, i.e.
62.5% of salary and with the on-target level of vesting under the share
matching arrangement taken to be 43.75% of the face value of the
award at grant, i.e. 175% of salary.
Maximum: full bonus achieved and the share matching arrangement
vesting in full, i.e. 125% of salary bonus pay-out and a share match to the
value of 400% of salary.
Share price appreciation of 50% has been assumed for the LTIP awards
under the final ‘Max with growth’ scenario.
Amounts relating to all-employee share schemes have, for simplicity,
been excluded from the charts.
Selection of performance measures and targets
Annual bonus
The Executive Directors’ annual bonus arrangements are focused on
the achievement of the Company’s short and medium-term financial
objectives, with financial measures selected to closely align the
performance of the Executive Directors with the strategy of the business
and with shareholder value creation. Where non-financial objectives are
set, these are chosen to support the delivery of the longer-term strategic
milestones and which link to those KPIs of most relevance to each
Director’s individual responsibilities.
Details of the measures used for the annual bonus are provided in the
Annual Report on Remuneration.
Long-Term Incentive Plan
One of the primary aims of the share matching arrangement is to motivate
participants to achieve very stretching adjusted EPS and ROIC growth
targets aligned to the delivery of the STAR strategy. This is reflected in the
ambitious target ranges set for the FY24 EPS and ROIC measures, details
ofwhich are provided in the Annual Report on Remuneration.
The share matching arrangement will operate for the first year of the
new Policy period only after which, in future years, we will return to
making annual awards under our normal LTIP. The Committee will
review the choice of performance measures and the appropriateness
of the performance targets prior to each LTIP grant. The target ranges
for LTIP awards will be set as sliding scales which will be calibrated at
the time of award taking account of internal and external forecasts, to
encourage continuous improvement and incentivise the delivery of
stretchperformance.
DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION POLICY CONTINUED
Illustration of the application of the Policy
The balance between fixed and variable ‘at risk’ elements of remuneration changes with performance. Our policy results in a significant proportion of
remuneration received by Executive Directors being dependent on performance. The charts below illustrate how the Policy would function for minimum,
on target and maximum performance in the first year of the new Policy (FY24). Note that the long-term incentive element of remuneration will be lower in
years two and three of the policy as the one-off matching award will be granted in the first year only and then will return to the normal 175% of salary limit.
Min
£609
100%
On-target
£1,915
32%
18%
50%
£’000
Max
£3,498
17%
63%
20%
Max with
growth
£4,598
13%
48%
24%
15%
CEO
Min
£417
100%
On-target
£1,307
32%
18%
50%
Max
£2,385
20%
63%
Max with
growth
£3,135
15%
48%
24%
CFO
Total fixed remuneration Annual bonus LTIP Share price growth
£5,000
£4,000
£3,000
£2,000
£1,000
£0
17% 13%
9797
OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORT GOVERNANCE ADJUSTED PERFORMANCE MEASURES FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Annual Report and Accounts 2023 Avon Protection plc
Flexibility, discretion and judgement
The Remuneration Committee operates the annual bonus and LTIP
according to the rules of each respective plan which, consistent with
market practice, include discretion in a number of respects in relation
tothe operation of each plan. Discretions include:
who participates in the plan, the quantum of an award and/or payment
and the timing of awards and/or payments;
determining the extent of vesting;
treatment of awards and/or payments on a change of control or
restructuring of the Group;
whether an Executive Director or a senior manager is a good/bad leaver
for incentive plan purposes and whether the proportion of awards that
vest do so at the time of leaving or at the normal vesting date(s);
how and whether an award may be adjusted in certain circumstances
(e.g. for a rights issue, a corporate restructuring or special dividends);
what the weighting, measures and targets should be for the annual
bonus plan and LTIP awards from year to year;
the Committee also retains the ability, within the policy, if events occur
that cause it to determine that the conditions set in relation to an
annual bonus plan or a granted LTIP award are no longer appropriate
or unable to fulfil their original intended purpose, to adjust targets and/
or set different measures or weightings for the applicable annual bonus
plan and LTIP awards. Any such changes would be explained in the
subsequent Directors’ Remuneration Report and, if appropriate, be the
subject of consultation with the Company’s major shareholders; and
the ability to override formulaic outcomes in line with policy.
All assessments of performance are ultimately subject to the Committee’s
judgement and discretion is retained to adjust payments in appropriate
circumstances as outlined in this Policy. Any discretion exercised (and the
rationale) will be disclosed.
Legacy arrangements
For the avoidance of doubt, in approving this Directors’ Remuneration
Policy, authority is given to the Company to honour any previous
commitments entered into with current or former Directors (such as
the payment of a pension or the unwinding of legacy share schemes or
historical share awards granted before the approval of this policy) that
remain outstanding.
Approach to recruitment remuneration
New Executive Directors will be offered a base salary in line with the Policy.
This will take into consideration a number of factors including external
market forces, the expertise, experience and calibre of the individual and
current level of pay. Where the Committee has set the salary of a new
appointment at a discount to the market level initially until proven, an
uplift or a series of planned increases may be applied in order to bring
the salary to the appropriate market position over time. For external and
internal appointments, the Committee may agree that the Company
will meet appropriate relocation and/or related incidental expenses
asappropriate.
Annual bonus awards, LTIP awards and pension contributions would
not be in excess of the levels stated in the Policy and, if appropriate, may
include participation in the matching arrangement in FY24.
Depending on the timing of the appointment, the Committee may deem
it appropriate to set different annual bonus performance conditions
for the first performance year of appointment. An LTIP award can be
made shortly following an appointment (assuming the Company is not
in a close period). In the case of an internal appointment, any variable
pay element awarded in respect of the prior role would be allowed to
pay out according to its terms, adjusted as relevant to take into account
theappointment.
In addition, the Committee may offer additional cash and/or share-based
buyout awards when it considers these to be in the best interests of the
Company (and therefore shareholders) to take account of remuneration
given up at the individual’s former employer. This includes the use
of awards made under 9.4.2 of the Listing Rules. Such awards would
be capped at a reasonable estimate of the value forgone and would
reflect, as far as possible, the delivery mechanism, time horizons and
whether performance requirements are attached to that remuneration.
Shareholders will be informed of any such payments at the time of
appointment and/or in the next published Annual Report.
For the appointment of a new Chair or Non-Executive Director, the
fee arrangement would be set in accordance with the approved
Remuneration Policy.
Service contracts, letters of appointment and policy on
payments for loss of office
Executive Directors
The Company’s policy is that Executive Directors should normally be
employed under a contract which may be terminated by either the
Company or the Executive Director giving no more than 12 months’ notice.
The Company may terminate the contract with immediate effect with or
without cause by making a payment in lieu of notice by monthly instalments
of salary and benefits, with reductions for any amounts received from
providing services to others during this period. There are no obligations
tomake payments beyond those disclosed elsewhere in this report.
The Remuneration Committee strongly endorses the obligation on an
Executive Director to mitigate any loss on early termination and will seek
to reduce the amount payable on termination where it is appropriate to
do so. The Committee will also take care to ensure that, while meeting its
contractual obligations, poor performance is not rewarded. The Executive
Directors’ contracts contain early termination provisions consistent with
the Policy outlined above.
The Group may pay outplacement and professional legal fees incurred by
Executives in finalising their termination arrangements, where considered
appropriate, and may pay any statutory entitlements or settle compromise
claims in connection with a termination of employment, where considered
in the best interests of the Company. Outstanding savings/shares under
all-employee share plans would be transferred in accordance with the
terms of the plans.
A pro-rated bonus may be paid subject to performance, for the period of
active service only. Outstanding share awards may vest in accordance with
the provisions of the various scheme rules.
Under the Deferred Bonus Plan, the default treatment is that any
outstanding awards will continue on the normal timetable, save for
forfeiture for serious misconduct. Clawback and malus provisions will also
apply. On a change of control, awards will generally vest on the date of a
change of control, unless the Committee permits (or requires) awards to
roll over into equivalent shares in the acquirer.
Under the LTIP, any outstanding awards will ordinarily lapse; however, in
‘good leaver’ cases the default treatment is that awards will vest subject to
the original performance condition and time pro-ration and the holding
period will normally continue to apply.
For added flexibility, the rules allow for the Committee to decide not to
pro-rate (or pro-rate to a lesser extent) if it decides it is appropriate to do
so, and to allow vesting to be triggered at the point of leaving by reference
to performance to that date, rather than waiting until the end of the
performance period. On a change of control, any vesting of awards will be
subject to assessment of performance against the performance conditions
and normally be pro-rated. The Committee has the flexibility to decide not
to pro-rate (or to pro-rate to a lesser extent) if it decides it is appropriate
to do so.
Where a buy-out award is made under the Listing Rules then the leaver
provisions would be determined as part of the terms of the award.
9898
Avon Protection plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
REMUNERATION COMMITTEE REPORT CONTINUED
DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION POLICY
CONTINUED
Service contracts, letters of appointment and policy
onpayments for loss of office continued
Chair and Non-Executive Directors
All Non-Executive Directors have letters of appointment rather than
service contracts and are appointed on a rolling annual basis, which
may be terminated on giving up to three months’ notice at any time by
either party.
Chair and Non-Executive Director appointments are subject to Board
approval and election by shareholders at each Annual General Meeting.
Key details of the service contracts and letters of appointment of the
current Directors can be found in the Annual Report on Remuneration and
all service contracts and letters of appointment are available for inspection
at the Company’s registered office.
External appointments
The Company recognises that its Executive Directors may be invited to
become Non-Executive Directors of other companies. Such Non-Executive
duties can broaden a Director’s experience and knowledge which can
benefit Avon Protection. Subject to approval by the Board, Executive
Directors are allowed to accept Non-Executive appointments, provided
that these appointments are not likely to lead to conflicts of interest,
and the Committee will consider its approach to the treatment of any
fees received by Executive Directors in respect of Non-Executive roles
asthey arise.
9999
OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORT GOVERNANCE ADJUSTED PERFORMANCE MEASURES FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Annual Report and Accounts 2023 Avon Protection plc
ANNUAL REPORT ON REMUNERATION
Role and composition of the Remuneration Committee
The Board is ultimately accountable for executive remuneration and
delegates this responsibility to the Remuneration Committee. The
Remuneration Committee is responsible for developing and implementing
a remuneration policy that supports the Group’s strategy and for
determining the Executive Directors’ individual packages and terms
of service together with those of the other members of the Executive
Committee. When setting the remuneration terms for Executive Directors,
the Committee reviews and has regard to workforce remuneration and
related policies and takes close account of the U.K. Corporate Governance
Code requirements for clarity, simplicity, risk mitigation, predictability,
proportionality and alignment to culture.
The Remuneration Committee’s terms of reference are available on the
Company’s website and include:
determining and agreeing with the Board the policy for the
remuneration of the Company’s CEO, CFO, Chair and Company
Secretary and such other members of the senior management team
as it chooses to consider or is designated to consider (currently the
Executive Committee), having regard to remuneration trends across
the Group;
putting in place a remuneration structure that supports strategy and
promotes long-term sustainable success – with executive remuneration
aligned to Company purpose and values and clearly linked to the
successful delivery of the Company’s long-term strategy – and
which attracts, retains and motivates executive management of the
quality required to run the Company successfully without paying
more than is necessary, having regard to views of shareholders and
otherstakeholders;
reviewing the pay arrangements put in place for the broader workforce;
within the terms of the agreed policy, determining the total individual
remuneration package of each Executive Director including, where
appropriate, bonuses, incentive payments, share options and
pensionarrangements;
determining the targets for the performance-related bonus schemes for
the Executive Directors and the Group Executive management team;
reviewing the design of all share incentive plans for approval by the
Board and shareholders;
for any such discretionary plans, determining each year whether awards
will be made, the overall amount of such awards, the individual awards
to Executive Directors and the Group Executive management team (and
others) and the performance targets to be used; and
agreeing termination arrangements for senior executives.
The Committee currently comprises Chloe Ponsonby (Chair), Bruce
Thompson, Bindi Foyle and Victor Chavez.
By invitation of the Committee, meetings are also attended by the CEO,
CFO and Company Secretary (who acts as secretary to the Committee),
who are consulted on matters discussed by the Committee, unless those
matters relate to their own remuneration. Advice or information is also
sought directly from other employees where the Committee feels that
such additional contributions will assist the decision-making process.
The Committee is authorised to take such internal and external advice as it
considers appropriate in connection with carrying out its duties, including
the appointment of its own external remuneration advisors. During the
period, the Committee was assisted in its work by FIT Remuneration
Consultants LLP (‘FIT’). FIT was appointed in December 2019 and has
provided advice in relation to general remuneration matters and the
review of the remuneration policy. Fees paid to FIT in relation to advice
provided to the Committee during the current period were £43,277
(excluding VAT), charged on a time/cost basis. FIT also provided advice to
the Company in relation to Non-Executive Director fees and on technical
share plan implementation matters but other than this did not provide any
other services to the Company.
FIT is a member of the Remuneration Consultants Group and, as such,
voluntarily operates under the Code of Conduct in relation to executive
remuneration consulting in the U.K. The Committee is satisfied that the
advice it received from FIT was objective and independent.
The Committee addressed the following main topics during the
financial period:
undertook a comprehensive review of the Executive Directors’
remuneration arrangements which culminated in the preparation
of a revised Directors’ Remuneration Policy which will be put to
shareholders for approval at the 2024 AGM;
seeking the views of our major shareholders and the main voting
agencies as part of a comprehensive consultation exercise to inform the
design process for the revised Policy. Feedback was received from ISS
and shareholders holding c.45% of our issued share capital and this has
helped shape the new Policy;
assessed whether our remuneration framework is appropriately aligned
with our culture and values and motivates our leaders to achieve the
Group’s strategic objectives;
reviewed guidance from investor bodies and institutional shareholders;
reviewed and approved the remuneration packages for our current
Executive Directors;
determined the terms of the incoming CEO’s package;
approved the annual bonus outcome for the 2022/23 financial period;
reviewed and confirmed the vesting of the LTIP awards granted in
March 2020; and
reviewed and approved the terms of the 2023 LTIP awards and
monitored the performance of the outstanding awards against their
performance targets.
Since the end of the 2022/23 financial period, the Committee has:
concluded the consultation exercise on the new Directors’
Remuneration Policy and written to our largest shareholders with details
of the Committee’s conclusions;
made preparations for the one-off share matching awards to be made
shortly after the AGM in February 2024;
approved annual bonus outcomes to the Executive Directors and
the Executive Board, following completion of the external audit in
November 2023 and undertaken a final assessment of the performance
conditions attached to the February 2021 LTIP awards (based on
performance to 30 September 2023);
approved restricted stock awards to LTIP participants (excluding
Executive Directors) as a swap for the EPS element of the 2021 and 2022
LTIP awards (which will not vest);
approved restricted stock awards for a select group of key employees
asa retention tool; and
agreed the annual bonus structure for the year ending
28September 2024.
The information that follows has been audited (where indicated) by the
Company’s auditor KPMG LLP.
100100
Avon Protection plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
REMUNERATION COMMITTEE REPORT CONTINUED
ANNUAL REPORT ON REMUNERATION CONTINUED
Single total figure of remuneration for Directors for the 52 weeks ended 30 September 2023 (audited)
Directors’ single total figures of remuneration for the 52 weeks ended 30 September 2023 were as follows:
Basic
salary
and fees
£’000
Pension
2
£’000
Other
benefits
3
£’000
Fixed
remuneration
sub-total
£’000
Annual
bonus
£’000
LTIP
£’000
Variable
remuneration
sub-total
£’000
Total
remuneration
£’000
Current Executive Directors
Jos Sclater
1
2023 376 29 12 417 93 93 510
2022
Rich Cashin
1
2023 359 27 14 400 90 90 490
2022 199 15 5 219 106 106 325
Former Executive Directors
Paul McDonald
4
2023 342 26 15 383
2022 513 58 17 588 285 285 873
Nick Keveth
4
2023
2022 180 27 10 217 99 99 316
Non-Executive Directors
Bruce Thompson
5
2023 175 175 175
2022 175 175 175
Chloe Ponsonby 2023 65 65 65
2022 65 65 65
Bindi Foyle 2023 60 60 60
2022 60 60 60
Victor Chavez 2023 50 50 50
2022 50 50 50
Notes to total figure of remuneration table
1 Jos Sclater joined the Board on 16 January 2023 and Rich Cashin joined the Board on 31 March 2022.
2 Rich Cashin was a member of the Group’s money purchase scheme in FY23. Contributions to the scheme were £5k. Remaining pension contributions for Rich and Jos were paid as a salary supplement.
3 Benefits for FY23 included a car allowance, the cost of private health insurance, critical illness cover and executive medical.
4 Paul McDonald and Nick Keveth stepped off the Board on 30 September 2022 and 31 March 2022 respectively.
5 Bruce Thompson temporarily took on the role of Executive Chair from 1 October 2022 to 15 January 2023 after which he resumed his Non-Executive Chair role. No additional fees or any other
payments were made to Bruce over the period he temporarily took on the Executive Chair role.
Annual bonus for the 52 weeks ended 30 September 2023 (audited)
The annual bonus opportunity for Executive Directors for FY23 was 125% of salary and this was based on financial targets, inclusive of Armour, relating to
revenue (20%), adjusted operating profit (40%), operating cash flow (20%) and the achievement of strategic objectives (20%).
The targets applying to each measure and performance against them are set out in the table below:
Including Armour
Threshold
(0% payable)
Stretch
(100% payable)
Actual/
reported
%
achievement
Bonus payable
(% of maximum)
Revenue (20%) $290.0m $330.0m $274.3m 0.0% 0.0%
Adjusted operating profit (40%) $21.0m $26.8m Below threshold 0.0% 0.0%
Operating cash flow (20%) $29.6m $35.4m Below threshold 0.0% 0.0%
Strategic objectives (20%) Set out in more detail below
Operating cash flow is defined as cash flows from operations before exceptional items, less net repayments of leases and capital expenditure.
101101
OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORT GOVERNANCE ADJUSTED PERFORMANCE MEASURES FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Annual Report and Accounts 2023 Avon Protection plc
The strategic element of the bonus for FY23 was based on the following broad categories with objectives assigned to each. The categories and
achievements are set out in the table below:
Head Protection: Establish leading position
in Head Protection by securing and delivering
contracts and approvals to support short and long
term growth of business.
Well on track to become largest supplier of helmets to the U.S. DOD. Successful production
ramp-up of NG IHPS helmet, well ahead of competition. FAT approval for ACH GEN II in final stages.
Strong demand for newly launched EPIC helmet, targeted at commercial market worldwide.
Medium term operational strategy developed to structurally improve margins.
Respiratory Protection: Maintain leading global
position in Respiratory Protection.
Leading supplier of CBRN respirators to U.S. and U.K. military with high levels of collaboration
onfuture product development. NSPA FM50 programme extended to new NATO countries.
NSPAcontract won for boots and gloves. Strong pipeline for technology leading rebreathers.
Body and flat armour: Manage the orderly wind
down and closure of the Armour business.
Armour business fully exited by end of financial year as planned. Outstanding body and flat armour
contractual obligations fulfilled. Assets sold and the Lexington facility sub-leased. Armour is now a
discontinued business.
Operations: Upgrade operational capability
to increase efficiency and to significantly
improve conversion of orders into revenue on a
consistent basis.
Continuous improvement culture and methodology introduced, with progress now visible through
new operational metrics. Respiratory Business right-sized to reflect lower revenue base. Reduced
levels of scrap and rework in Head Protection as production ramps-up.
Strategy & Organisation: Review Group strategy
in core Respiratory and Head Protection businesses
and implement new organisation structure to
support strategy.
Organisation re-structured into two Strategic Business Units (Respiratory and Head Protection) with
focused leadership teams and designed to improve delivery, focus and accountability. New STAR
strategy developed by the teams and translated into objectives and key results (OKRs).
ESG: Finalise the ESG policy, strategy and
implementation plan, agree with Board and
communicate with shareholders
Newly formed Sustainability Committee determined level of ambition, agreed on priority
objectives aligned with STAR strategy and set stretching targets to be delivered over next five years
with focus on reducing scrap in operations, energy usage and carbon emissions.
Jos Sclater joined the Company shortly after the financial annual bonus targets were set. Upon joining and as mentioned earlier, Jos, with Rich Cashin the
CFO, embarked upon a comprehensive review of the business and developed and implemented a new strategy and change of direction. The original
financial targets were largely unachievable and this has resulted in no payout against the revenue, profit and cash objectives. The Committee could
have amended the targets to align better with the new strategy but decided against this. Therefore, in practice, the maximum bonus opportunity was
limited to the strategic objectives which accounted for 20% of the maximum bonus. Following strong individual performance and the accomplishment
of important short term non-financial drivers, the Committee has determined that 20% out of the 20% on strategic objectives should be payable. The
Committee recognises the sensitivities around paying a bonus based solely on non-financial performance but on this occasion believes it is warranted
given the new CEO and targets that were made on an old strategy and set of assumptions.
Incentive awards vesting (audited)
Awards were granted on 2 February 2021 under the LTIP to the former CEO and former CFO and these were based on three-year performance targets.
Halfof the award was subject to a relative TSR condition (measuring performance against the constituents of the FTSE 250 excluding investment trusts)
and the other half was subject to EPS growth targets.
The TSR measurement period ended on 30 September 2023. The Company’s TSR over this period was confirmed as (78.7)% which ranked the Company
below the median of the peer group and therefore this part of the award will lapse full. The Company delivered an adjusted basic EPS of 40.3c, which was
below the threshold growth target. Therefore, this element of the award will also lapse.
Weighting Threshold Maximum
Actual
performance % Vesting
TSR 50% Median Upper quintile Below median
% TSR
0%
Adjusted basic EPS 50% 155.5c 199c 40.3c 0%
LTIP awards granted in the 52 weeks ended 30 September 2023 (audited)
The table below provides details of share awards made to Jos Sclater on 18 January 2023 and Rich Cashin on 21 December 2022:
Type of award Basis of award
Number of shares
under award
1
Face value of
award (£’000)
% vesting
at threshold
End of
performance period
Jos Sclater
1
Nil cost option 175% of salary 84,607 922 20% (TSR)
0% (EPS)
18 January 2026 (TSR)
30 September 2025 (EPS)
Rich Cashin
1
Nil cost option 150% of salary 49,406 538 20% (TSR)
0% (EPS)
20 December 2025 (TSR)
30 September 2025 (EPS)
1 The number of awards was based on a share price of £10.89 which was the Company’s five-day average share price over 14 December 2022 to 20 December 2022.
102102
Avon Protection plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
REMUNERATION COMMITTEE REPORT CONTINUED
ANNUAL REPORT ON REMUNERATION CONTINUED
LTIP awards granted in the 52 weeks ended 30 September 2023 (audited) continued
The performance conditions for this award will be measured over a three-year performance period and are as follows:
The first performance condition for 50% of the award compares the Company’s total shareholder return (TSR) performance over the performance period
relative to a comparator group. The comparator group for the TSR element is the constituents of the FTSE 250 Index (excluding investment trusts) as at the
start of the performance period. No portion of the TSR element may vest unless the Company’s TSR performance over the performance period at least
equals the median TSR performance within the comparator group, for which 20% of the TSR element may vest, rising on a straight-line basis to full vesting
of the TSR element for upper quintile or better relative TSR performance.
The second performance condition for the other 50% of the award is based on the Company’s adjusted basic earnings per share (EPS) over the three-year
performance period commencing on 1 October 2022. No portion of the EPS element may vest unless the adjusted EPS for the 2025 financial period is
at least 100 U.S. cents, for which 0% of the EPS element may vest, rising on a straight-line basis to full vesting of the EPS element for EPS of 150 U.S. cents
or better. The EPS element of the awards is subject to a return on capital employed underpin in respect of which the Remuneration Committee retains
discretion to reduce the extent of vesting of the EPS element by regard to the Company’s ROCE performance over the performance period.
The Remuneration Committee also retains a general discretion to reduce the extent of vesting of the awards generally if it considers that the underlying
business performance of the Company does not justify vesting.
Directors’ shareholdings and share interests and position under shareholding guidelines (audited)
Beneficial interests of Directors, their families and trusts in ordinary shares of the Company at 30 September 2023 were:
Number of
shares owned
outright (including
connected persons)
Unvested shares
subject to
performance
conditions
1
Shareholding as a
% of salary as at
30 September 2023
Shareholding
guidelines
(200% of salary) met?
Jos Sclater 24,130 84,607 14% No
Rich Cashin 11,185
2
82,092 10% No
Bruce Thompson 31,000 N/A N/A
Chloe Ponsonby 4,550 N/A N/A
Bindi Foyle 2,000 N/A N/A
Victor Chavez 1,015 N/A N/A
1 Unvested LTIP shares.
2 Includes 1,185 2022 deferred bonus shares
3 Between the year end and the start of the close period on 22 October 2023 Jos Sclater and Rich Cashin purchased 30,356 and 20,000 shares respectively.
Outstanding LTIP awards (audited)
Award date
Award held at
1 October 2022
Granted
in the period
Vested
in the period
Lapsed
in the period
Outstanding
awards at
30 September 2023
Jos Sclater 18.01.23 84,607 84,607
Rich Cashin 21.12.22 49,406 49,406
08.03.22 32,686 32,686
The outstanding awards are subject to two performance criteria. Half the awards are subject to a relative TSR measure and the other half are subject to an
EPS growth condition.
Total Directors’ remuneration for the 52 weeks ended 30 September 2023 under Schedule 5 (audited)
2023
£’000
2022
£’000
Aggregate remuneration, excluding gains on exercise of share options 1,350 1,864
Aggregate gains on the exercise of share options
1
386
Aggregate contribution to defined contribution pension scheme
2
5 8
1 Gains on exercise of share options are shown at the actual value of vested shares using the vesting date share price.
2 During the period pension contributions were paid to defined contribution schemes for one Director (2022: two Directors).
103103
OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORT GOVERNANCE ADJUSTED PERFORMANCE MEASURES FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Annual Report and Accounts 2023 Avon Protection plc
Dilution
The Company reviews the awards of shares made under the all-employee and executive share plans in terms of their effect on dilution limits in any rolling
ten-year period. In respect of the 5% and 10% limits recommended by the Investment Association, in the period of 10 years ending on 30 September
2023, we issued 300,000 shares in 2013 to satisfy awards under all our share plans, which represents 0.96% of our issued ordinary share capital at
30September 2023.
It remains the Company’s practice to use an Employee Share Ownership Trust (ESOT) in order to meet its liability for shares awarded under the LTIP.
At 30 September 2023 there were 261,714 shares held in the ESOT which will either be used to satisfy awards granted under the LTIP to date, or in
connection with future awards. A hedging committee ensures that the ESOT holds sufficient shares to satisfy existing and future awards made under the
LTIP by buying shares in the market or recommending the Company issues new shares. Shares held in the ESOT do not receive dividends.
As at 30 September 2023, the market price of Avon Protection plc shares was £6.18 (2022: £11.24). During the 52 weeks ended 30 September 2023 the
highest and lowest daily closing market prices were £12.00 and £6.17 respectively.
Share Incentive Plan
The Company currently operates the Avon Rubber p.l.c. Share Incentive Plan (SIP), approved by shareholders at the AGM in February 2012. All U.K. tax
resident employees of the Company and its subsidiaries are entitled to participate. Under the SIP, participants purchase shares in the Company monthly
using deductions from their pre-tax pay. Jos Sclater and Rich Cashin were not members of the SIP during the period. The maximum contribution each
month under the SIP is currently £150, a sum which is set by the Government.
Payments to past Directors, including payments for loss of office (audited)
Nick Keveth stepped down from the Board and his role as CFO on 31 March 2022 and Paul McDonald stepped down from the Board and his role as CEO
on30 September 2022. Nick received no further remuneration during FY23. Paul continued to receive his salary and contractual benefits (including
pension allowance/contributions) up until the end of his contractual notice period on 31 May 2023. Paul did not receive a bonus for FY23. For the period
1October 2022 to 31 May 2023, Paul was paid £342,000 in base salary, £15,000 in benefits and £26,000 in pension benefits.
As good leavers, both Nick and Paul were allowed to keep their unvested LTIP awards subject to achievement of performance criteria and a time pro rata
reduction. The LTIP awards granted to Nick and Paul on 17 March 2020 failed to meet the threshold performance conditions and thus lapsed in full. As a
result, 18,383 and 31,734 awards lapsed for Nick and Paul respectively during FY23.
Service contracts and letters of appointment
The table below summarises key details in respect of each Executive Director’s contract.
Contract date
Company
notice period
Executive
notice period
Jos Sclater 17 October 2022 12 months 12 months
Rich Cashin 6 January 2022 12 months 12 months
The date of each Non-Executive appointment is set out below, together with the date of their last re-election by shareholders.
Date of initial
appointment
Date of last
re-election
Chloe Ponsonby 1 March 2016 27 January 2023
Bruce Thompson 1 March 2020 27 January 2023
Bindi Foyle 1 May 2020 27 January 2023
Victor Chavez 1 December 2020 27 January 2023
All service contracts and letters of appointment are available for inspection at the Company’s registered office.
Other appointments
Rich Cashin is not currently appointed as a Non-Executive Director of any company outside the Group. Jos Sclater remains a Director of two secure
companies within the Ultra Group which were established to safeguard technology critical to U.K. national security as part of the acquisition by Cobham
in2021. Jos Sclater does not receive any remuneration for these services.
104104
Avon Protection plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
REMUNERATION COMMITTEE REPORT CONTINUED
ANNUAL REPORT ON REMUNERATION CONTINUED
Total shareholder return performance graph
The following graph illustrates the total return, in terms of share price growth and dividends on a notional investment of £100 in the Company over the
last ten years relative to the FTSE Small Cap Index (excluding investment trusts), the FTSE 250 Index (excluding investment trusts) and the FTSE All-Share
Index (excluding investment trusts). These indices were chosen by the Remuneration Committee as a competitive indicator of general U.K. market
performance for companies of a broadly similar current and past size.
Chief Executive Officer’s remuneration
The total remuneration figures, including annual bonus and vested LTIP awards (shown as a percentage of the maximum that could have been achieved),
for the CEO for each of the last ten financial periods are shown in the table below.
Peter Slabbert retired on 30 September 2015. Rob Rennie stood down from the Board and was replaced by Paul McDonald on 15 February 2017. Paul
McDonald stepped down as CEO on 30 September 2022 and was replaced by Jos Sclater on 16 January 2023.
Financial period CEO
CEO single figure
of total
remuneration
£’000
Annual bonus
pay-out against
maximum
opportunity
Long-term
incentive
vesting
2023 Jos Sclater 510 20%
2022 Paul McDonald 873 44% 0%
2021 Paul McDonald 819 0% 50%
2020 Paul McDonald 1,686 66% 100%
2019 Paul McDonald 928 55% 80%
2018 Paul McDonald 734 80% 84%
2017 Paul McDonald
1
663 81% 99%
2017 Rob Rennie 213 57%
2016 Rob Rennie 484 52%
2015 Peter Slabbert 1,676 91% 100%
2014 Peter Slabbert 1,529 91% 96%
1 Includes remuneration received in the period prior to his appointment as Director in 2017.
September
2023
September
2013
September
2014
September
2015
September
2016
September
2017
September
2018
September
2019
September
2020
September
2021
September
2022
900
800
700
600
500
400
300
200
100
0
Avon Protection plc FTSE Small Cap excl investment trusts FTSE All-Share excl investment trusts FTSE 250 Index excl investment trusts
105105
OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORT GOVERNANCE ADJUSTED PERFORMANCE MEASURES FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Annual Report and Accounts 2023 Avon Protection plc
Percentage change in remuneration of Directors compared with other employees
The following table shows the percentage change in each Executive and Non-Executive Director’s remuneration compared with the average change for
all employees of the Company for the 52 weeks ended 30 September 2023. Changes for prior periods are also shown which are building up over time to
cover a rolling five-year period.
Salary/fee Pension and other benefits Annual bonus
2023 2022 2021 2020 2023 2022 2021 2020 2023 2022
10
2021 2020
Current Directors
Jos Sclater
1
Rich Cashin
2
80.4% 105.0% (15.1)%
Bruce Thompson
3
0.0% 13.6% 541.7%
Chloe Ponsonby 0.0% (3.0)% 19.6% 8.8%
Bindi Foyle
4
0.0% 5.3% 235.3%
Victor Chavez
5
0.0% 19.0%
Past Directors
Paul McDonald
6
(33.3)% 2.8% 22.0% 5.1% (45.3)% (17.6)% 15.2% 54.9% (100.0)% (100.0)% 25.7%
Nick Keveth
7
(48.6)% 22.8% 5.6% (44.8)% 13.6% 37. 2% (100.0)% 26.4%
Pim Vervaat
8
(58.9)% 0.0%
David Evans
8
(82.9)% 0.0% (100.0)%
All employees
9
5.3% 3.2% 4.7% 6.0% 11. 2% 3.9% 6.8% 6.9% (36.8)% N/A (100.0)% 38.2%
1 Jos Sclater joined the Board on 16 January 2023.
2 Rich Cashin joined the Board on 31 March 2022.
3 Bruce Thompson was appointed as Chair on 2 December 2020.
4 Bindi Foyle was appointed to the Board as Non-Executive Director with effect from 1 May 2020 and took over as Chair of the Audit Committee on 29 January 2021.
5 Victor Chavez was appointed to the Board with effect from 1 December 2020.
6 Paul McDonald stepped off the Board on 30 September 2022.
7 Nick Keveth stepped off the Board on 31 March 2022.
8 Pim Vervaat and David Evans stepped off the Board on 29 January 2021 and 2 December 2020 respectively.
9 As the only Avon Protection plc employees are the CEO and the CFO, comparative figures for all U.K. employees of the Group have been set out on a voluntary basis. To aid comparison, the group of
employees selected are those full time U.K. employees who were employed over the complete period.
10 In 2021 no bonuses were payable to Directors or employees, meaning percentage changes are not applicable for 2022.
Chief Executive Officer to employee pay ratio
The table below sets out the ratio between the total pay of the CEO and the total pay of the employees at the 25th, 50th (median) and 75th percentiles of
the U.K. workforce.
Financial period Method 25th percentile Median 75th percentile
2023 A 26:1 21:1 13:1
2022 A 36:1 28:1 19:1
2021 A 36:1 29:1 20:1
The 25th, 50th and 75th percentile ranked individuals have been identified using Option A in accordance with the reporting regulations, selected on
the basis that this provides the most robust and statistically accurate means of identifying the relevant employees. The day by reference to which the
25th, 50th and 75th percentile employees were determined was 30 September 2023. The CEO pay figure is the total remuneration figure as set out in the
single figure table and then annualised and equivalent figures (on a full-time equivalent basis) have been calculated for the relevant 25th, 50th and 75th
percentile employees.
The total pay and benefits figures used to calculate the ratios for each of the 25th percentile, median and 75th percentile employees are set out below:
Financial period 25th percentile Median 75th percentile
2023 £26,060 £32,535 £50,435
The salary element for each of these figures is set out below:
Financial period 25th percentile Median 75th percentile
2023 £24,819 £30,300 £45,866
The Committee is satisfied that CEO remuneration is reasonable and consistent with the Company’s wider policies on employee pay, reward and
progression; see page 91 for further details.
106106
Avon Protection plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
REMUNERATION COMMITTEE REPORT CONTINUED
ANNUAL REPORT ON REMUNERATION CONTINUED
Relative importance of spend on pay
The following table shows the change in Group expenditure between the current and previous financial periods on remuneration and associated costs
for all employees globally, set against distributions to shareholders and other uses of profit or cash flow, being profits retained within the business,
investments in research and development and other capital expenditure.
2023
$m
2022
(restated)
1
$m % change
Overall expenditure on pay (note 6.1) 83.2 87. 2 (4.6%)
Dividends paid 13.4 13.4 0.0%
Loss retained (loss for the period less dividends and share buyback) (27.8) (33.4) (16.8%)
R&D expenditure (including capitalised development costs) 10.2 10.9 (6.4%)
Other capital expenditure (excluding capitalised development costs) 7.9 3.1 154.8%
1 Comparative overall expenditure on pay has been increased by $4.5 million, with the restatement reflecting a correction to expense allocations. This is a disclosure restatement and does not have an
impact on the Group’s primary statements.
Implementation of policy for the 52 weeks ended 28 September 2024
Basic salary
Salaries have been increased by 4.5% to £550,291 and £374,894 for Jos Sclater and Rich Cashin respectively. This is in line with the average increase across
the wider U.K. workforce of 4.5%.
2024
£
2023
£
Jos Sclater 550,291 526,594
Rich Cashin 374,894 358,750
Non-Executive Director fees
Fees have been increased by 4.5% for the Non-Executive Directors, in line with the average increase across the wider U.K. workforce of 4.5%.
2024
£
2023
£
Chair 182,875 175,000
Non-Executive Director 52,250 50,000
Committee Chair 10,450 10,000
Senior Independent Director 10,450
*
10,000
*
* There is a maximum additional fee of £15,675 if the Senior Independent Director also chairs a Committee.
Benefits
Benefits remain unchanged and include a car allowance, the cost of private health insurance, life insurance, critical illness insurance and executive medical.
Pension
The Executive Directors receive a contribution towards pension of 7.5% of basic salary, paid either as a non-pensionable salary supplement or delivered
through the Group’s money purchase scheme. This contribution rate is in line with the U.K. workforce rate.
Annual bonus
For the 2024 financial period, the maximum opportunity under the annual bonus plan will be 125% of base salary for both Executive Directors. 25% of the
total bonus payment will be deferred into shares for two years.
Bonuses will be based on absolute Group operating profit (50%), average working capital turns (30%) and strategic objectives (20%). The actual targets are
commercially sensitive and will be disclosed on a retrospective basis.
2024 LTIP awards
The Committee expects to make awards under the one-off share matching arrangement to Jos Sclater and Rich Cashin in February 2024. Full details of the
performance conditions and targets are set out in the Remuneration Committee Chair’s letter on page 89.
107107
OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORT GOVERNANCE ADJUSTED PERFORMANCE MEASURES FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Annual Report and Accounts 2023 Avon Protection plc
Statement of shareholder voting on the RemunerationReport
The shareholder vote on the Remuneration Report for the 52 weeks ended 1 October 2022 at the AGM which took place on 27 January 2023 was
as follows:
Resolution
Votes for
(including
discretionary) % for
Votes against
(excluding withheld) % against
Total (excluding
withheld and third
party discretionary Withheld
Approval of the Directors’
Remuneration Report 17,756,159 83.71% 3,456,535 16.29% 21,212,694 6,134
This Remuneration Report has been approved by the Board of Directors and signed on its behalf by:
Chloe Ponsonby
Chair of the Remuneration Committee
21 November 2023
108108
Avon Protection plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
DIRECTORS REPORT
The Directors submit the Annual Report and audited financial statements
of Avon Protection plc (‘the Company’) and the Avon Protection group
of companies (‘the Group’) for the year ended 30 September 2023.
TheCompany is a public limited company incorporated and domiciled
in England and Wales with company registration number 32965. The
Company’s subsidiary undertakings, including those located outside
theU.K., are listed in note 7.3 of the financial statements.
Strategic Report
The Strategic Report, which contains a review of the Group’s business
(including by reference to key performance indicators), a description of
the principal risks and uncertainties facing the Group, and commentary
onlikely future developments, is set out on pages 62 to 69 and is
incorporated into this Directors’ Report by reference.
Financial results and dividend
The Group statutory loss for the period after taxation amounts to
$14.4million (2022: loss $7.6 million). Full details are set out in the
Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income on page 129.
An interim dividend of 14.3 U.S. cents per share (converted to 11.25p) was
paid inrespect of the period ended 30 September 2023 (2022: 14.3c).
The Directors recommend a final dividend of 15.3 U.S. cents per share,
which will be converted into GBP prior to payment to shareholders
(2022:30.6c), resulting in a total dividend distribution per share for the 52
weeks ended 30September 2023 of 29.6 U.S. cents per share (2022: 44.9c).
Share capital
The Company only has one class of share capital, which comprises
ordinary shares of £1 each. On 28 January 2022, the Company announced
a Share Buyback Programme, which concluded on 13 April 2022 following
the purchase of 765,098 shares. The buyback programme was formally
cancelled on 23 May 2023. As at 21 November 2023 the Company has
30,258,194 shares in issue, with 765,098 held in treasury, and no shares
were issued during the period. All shares forming part of the ordinary share
capital have the same rights and carry one vote each. There are no unusual
restrictions on the transfer of a share. Further details of the shares in issue
during the financial year are set out in note 5.5 of the financial statements.
The full rights and obligations attaching to the Company’s shares as
well as the powers of Directors are set out in the Company’s Articles
of Association (‘the Articles’), copies of which can be obtained from
Companies House or by writing to the Company Secretary. Shareholders
are entitled to receive the Company’s reports and accounts, to attend
and speak at general meetings, to exercise voting rights in person or by
appointing a proxy and to receive a dividend where declared or paid
out of profits available for that purpose. There are no restrictions on the
transfer of issued shares or on the exercise of voting rights attached to
them, except where the Company has suspended their voting rights
or prohibited their transfer following a failure to respond to a notice to
shareholders under section 793 of the Companies Act 2006, or where the
holder is precluded from transferring or voting by the Financial Services
Authority’s Listing Rules or the City Code on Takeovers and Mergers.
The 261,714 shares held in the name of the Employee Share Ownership
Trust are held as a hedge against awards previously made or to be made
pursuant to the Long-Term Incentive Plan and are held on terms which
provide voting rights to the trustee.
The Company is not aware of any agreements between its shareholders
which may restrict the transfer of their shares or the exercise of their voting
rights, the only exception to this being that the trustee of the Employee
Share Ownership Trust have waived their rights to dividends.
At the Company’s last AGM held on 27 January 2023, shareholders
authorised the Company to make market purchases of up to 3,025,819 of
the Company’s issued ordinary shares. No shares were purchased under
this authority during the period. A resolution will be put to shareholders
atthe forthcoming AGM to renew this authority.
The Directors require authority to allot unissued share capital of the
Company and to disapply shareholders’ statutory pre-emption rights.
Such authorities were granted at the 2023 AGM and resolutions to renew
these authorities will be proposed at the 2024 AGM; see explanatory notes
on pages 176 to 178. No shares were allotted under this authority during
the period.
Substantial shareholdings
As at 30 September 2023 the following shareholders held 3% or more of
the Company’s issued share capital:
Alantra EQMC Asset Management SGIIC SA 14.93%
Kempen Capital Management Nv 11.0 0 %
Aberforth Partners LLP 8.30%
Ancora Advisors LLC 5.06%
Schroder Investment Management Limited 4.98%
Royal London Asset Management Limited 3.83%
NFU Mutual 3.57%
Hargreaves Lansdown Stockbrokers 3.35%
Invesco Asset Management Limited 3.13%
Significant agreements – change of control
The only significant agreements to which the Company is a party which
take effect, alter or terminate upon a change of control of the Company
following a takeover bid are the Company’s:
revolving credit facility agreement; and
Long-Term Incentive Plan (‘the Plan’).
The unsecured revolving credit facility of $200 million provided by Barclays
Bank PLC, Comerica Bank Inc., Fifth Third Bank NA, National Westminster
Bank plc, CIC and Bank of Ireland contains a provision which, in the event
of a change of control of the Company, gives each lending bank the
right to cancel its commitments to the Company and to declare all the
outstanding amounts and accrued interest owed to such lending bank
immediately due and payable. If a lending bank does not exercise this right
within 15 business days of being notified of the change of control, it shall
not be able to cancel its commitments or require repayment of its share
of the amounts outstanding under the facility in respect of such change
of control.
A change of control will be deemed to have occurred if any person
or group of persons acting in concert (as defined in the City Code on
Takeovers and Mergers) gains direct or indirect control of the Company.
Under the rules of the Plan, on a takeover a proportion of each
outstanding grant will vest. The number of shares that vest is to be
determined by the Remuneration Committee, including by reference to
the extent to which the performance conditions have been satisfied and
the amount of time that has passed since the award was made.
It is also possible that the trustee of the pension plan would seek to review
the current funding arrangements and deficit recovery plan as part of or
following a change of control, particularly if that resulted in a weakening
ofthe employer covenant.
The Company does not have agreements with any Director or employee
that would provide compensation for loss of office or employment
resulting from a change of control, except in relation to the Long-Term
Incentive Plan as described above.
109109
OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORT GOVERNANCE ADJUSTED PERFORMANCE MEASURES FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Annual Report and Accounts 2023 Avon Protection plc
Directors
The current Directors as at 21 November 2023 and their biographies are
shown on pages 74 and 75. Jos Sclater was appointed to the Board on
16January 2023.
According to the Articles of Association, all Directors are subject to
election by shareholders at the first AGM following their appointment, and
to re-election thereafter at intervals of no more than three years. In line
with best practice reflected in the U.K. Corporate Governance Code, all
current Directors will be standing for re-appointment at the forthcoming
AGM to be held on 26 January 2024.
The remuneration of the Directors including their respective shareholdings
in the Company is set out in the Remuneration Report on pages 99 to 107.
The Company’s rules about the appointment and replacement of
Directors, together with the powers of Directors, are contained in the
Articles. Changes to the Articles must be approved by special resolution
ofthe shareholders.
Directors’ and Officers’ indemnity insurance
In accordance with the Company’s Articles and subject to the provisions of
the Companies Act 2006 (‘the Act), the Company maintains, at its expense,
Directors’ and Officers’ Liability insurance to provide cover in respect of
legal action against its Directors. This was in force throughout the financial
year and remains in force as at the date of this report.
The Company’s Articles allow the Company to provide the Directors with
funds to cover the costs incurred in defending legal proceedings. The
Company is therefore treated as providing an indemnity for its Directors
and Company Secretary which is a qualifying third-party indemnity
provision for the purposes of the Act.
Conflicts of interest
During the period no Director held any beneficial interest in any
contract significant to the Company’s business, other than a contract of
employment. The Company has procedures set out in the Articles for
managing conflicts of interest. Should a Director become aware that they,
or their connected parties, have an interest in an existing or proposed
transaction with the Group, they are required to notify the Board as soon
as reasonably practicable.
Research and development
The Group continues to utilise its technical and materials expertise to
remain at the forefront of innovative technology and produce specialist
products and services to maximise the performance and capabilities of its
customers. The Group maintains its links to key universities in the U.S. and
U.K. and continues to work with new and existing customers and suppliers
to develop its knowledge and product range. Total Group expenditure
on research and development in the year was $10.2 million (2022: $10.9
million), further details of which are contained in the Strategic Report
on page 59.
Corporate governance
The Company’s statement on corporate governance can be found in
the Corporate Governance Report on pages 76 to 79. The Corporate
Governance Report forms part of this Directors’ Report and is incorporated
into it by cross-reference.
Stakeholder engagement
The Board factors stakeholder opinions and feedback into its decisions to
ensure the impact on key stakeholders’ needs and concerns is considered.
More information on how the Board engages with stakeholders can be
found in the Section 172 Statement on pages 36 to 39.
Employee share schemes and plans
The Group encourages its employees to share in the future success of the
Group and operates three share-based incentive plans. The Avon Rubber
Share Incentive Plan (SIP) is open to all eligible U.K. employees. Under
the SIP participants are able to purchase shares in the Company monthly
using deductions from their pre-tax pay. The Avon Rubber Employee
Stock Purchase Plan (ESPP) is open to all eligible U.S. employees. Under
the ESPP, participants are able to purchase shares in the Company at a
discounted rate from payroll deductions. The Avon Rubber Long-Term
Incentive Plan (LTIP) is designed to align Executive Directors’ and senior
employees’ interests with those of shareholders and to incentivise the
delivery of sustainable earnings growth and superior shareholder returns.
Discretionary awards are granted under the LTIP over a fixed number of
shares by reference to salary, with awards ordinarily vesting, subject to
meeting performance criteria, on the third anniversary of the grant date.
Environmental and corporate social responsibility
Matters relating to environmental and corporate social responsibility
including reference to our policy on diversity are set out in the
Sustainability Report on pages 41 to 49.
Greenhouse gas emissions
The disclosures concerning greenhouse gas emissions required by law are
included in the Sustainability Report on page 45.
Political and charitable contributions
No political contributions were made during the period or the prior
period. Contributions for charitable purposes amounted to $124,706
(2022: $108,403) consisting of numerous small donations to various
community charities in Wiltshire, Maryland, Michigan, New Hampshire,
California and Ohio.
Policy on employee disability
Avon Protection provides support, training and development
opportunities to all our employees irrespective of any disabilities they
mayhave. We give full and fair consideration to disabled applicants, and
where an existing employee becomes disabled during their employment,
we will make every effort to enable them to continue their employment
with Avon Protection in their original or an alternative role.
Financial instruments
An explanation of the Group policies on the use of financial instruments
and financial risk management objectives is contained in note 5.4 of the
financial statements.
Independent auditor
The Directors who held office at the date of approval of this Directors’
Report confirm that, so far as they are each aware, there is no relevant
audit information of which the Company’s auditor is unaware, and each
Director has taken all the steps that they ought to have taken as a Director
to make themselves aware of any relevant audit information and to
establish that the Company’s auditor is aware of that information.
Auditor
KPMG LLP has expressed its willingness to continue in office as
independent auditor and a resolution to re-appoint it and authorising
theBoard to agree its remuneration will be proposed at the AGM.
Annual General Meeting
The Company’s AGM will be held at our Hampton Park West facility,
Semington Road, Melksham, Wiltshire SN12 6NB, on 26 January 2024 at
10.30 am. Registration will be from 10.00 am. The Notice of the AGM and
an explanation of the resolutions to be put to the meeting are set out
inthe Notice of Meeting and can be found on pages 174 to 178.
110110
Avon Protection plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
DIRECTORS REPORT CONTINUED
Statement of Directors’ responsibilities in respect of the
Annual Report and the financial statements
The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report and the
Group and Parent Company financial statements in accordance with
applicable law and regulations.
Company law requires the Directors to prepare Group and Parent
Company financial statements for each financial year. Under that law they
are required to prepare the Group financial statements in accordance with
U.K. adopted International Accounting Standards.
Under company law the Directors must not approve the financial
statements unless they are satisfied that they give a true and fair view of
the state of affairs and profit or loss of the Group and Parent Company.
Inpreparing each of the Group and Parent Company financial statements,
the Directors are required to:
select suitable accounting policies and then apply them consistently;
make judgements and estimates that are reasonable, relevant
and reliable;
state whether they have been prepared in accordance with U.K.
adopted International Accounting Standards;
assess the Group and Parent Company’s ability to continue as a going
concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern; and
use the going concern basis of accounting unless they either intend
toliquidate the Group or the Parent Company or to cease operations,
orhave no realistic alternative but to do so.
The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting records
that are sufficient to show and explain the Parent Company’s transactions
and disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position
of the Parent Company and enable them to ensure that its financial
statements comply with the Companies Act 2006.
They are responsible for such internal control as they determine is
necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that are free
from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and have
general responsibility for taking such steps as are reasonably open to them
to safeguard the assets of the Group and to prevent and detect fraud and
other irregularities.
Under applicable law and regulations, the Directors are also responsible for
preparing a Strategic Report, Directors’ Report, Directors’ Remuneration
Report and Corporate Governance Statement that complies with that law
and those regulations. The Directors are responsible for the maintenance
and integrity of the corporate and financial information included on the
Company’s website. Legislation in the U.K. governing the preparation
and dissemination of financial statements may differ from legislation in
otherjurisdictions.
In accordance with Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rule (‘DTR’)
4.1.16R, the financial statements will form part of the annual financial report
prepared under Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rule (‘DTR’) 4.1.17R
and 4.1.18R. The Auditor’s Report on these financial statements provides no
assurance over whether the annual financial report has been prepared in
accordance with those requirements.
Directors’ confirmations
Each of the Directors, whose names and functions are listed on pages 74
and 75, confirms that to the best of their knowledge:
the financial statements, prepared in accordance with the applicable
set of accounting standards, give a true and fair view of the assets,
liabilities, financial position and profit or loss of the Company and the
undertakings included in the consolidation taken as a whole; and
the Strategic Report and Directors’ Report include a fair review of the
development and performance of the business and the position of
the issuer and the undertakings included in the consolidation taken
as a whole, together with a description of the principal risks and
uncertainties that they face.
We consider the Annual Report and Accounts, taken as a whole, is fair,
balanced and understandable and provides the information necessary for
shareholders to assess the Group’s position and performance, business
model and strategy.
The Directors’ Report and Responsibilities Statement were approved
by the Board of Directors on 21 November 2023 and are signed on its
behalf by:
Jos Sclater
Chief Executive Officer
21 November 2023
111
Annual Report and Accounts 2023 Avon Protection plc
111
OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORT GOVERNANCE ADJUSTED PERFORMANCE MEASURES FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
ADJUSTED
PERFORMANCE
MEASURES
Avon Protection plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
112
THE GROUP HAS DILIGENTLY WORKED TO
IMPLEMENT THE NEW OPERATING MODEL,
WITH THE CREATION OF TWO STRATEGIC
BUSINESS UNITS FOR RESPIRATORY
PROTECTION AND HEAD PROTECTION, EACH
WITH FOCUSED LEADERSHIP TEAMS WHO
ARE EMPOWERED AND ACCOUNTABLE FOR
DELIVERING OUR STAR STRATEGY.
114 Adjusted Performance Measures
ADJUSTED
PERFORMANCE
MEASURES
CONTENTS
OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORT GOVERNANCE ADJUSTED PERFORMANCE MEASURES FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Annual Report and Accounts 2023 Avon Protection plc
113
PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENT
The Directors assess the operating performance of the Group based on adjusted measures of EBITDA, operating profit, net finance costs, taxation and
earnings per share, as well as other measures not defined under IFRS including orders received, closing order book, EBITDA margin, operating profit
margin, returnon invested capital, cash conversion, net debt excluding lease liabilities, average working capital turns, and constant currency equivalents
for relevant metrics. These measures are collectively described as Adjusted Performance Measures (APMs) in this Annual Report.
The Directors believe that the APMs provide a useful comparison of business trends and performance. The APMs exclude exceptional items considered
unrelated to the underlying trading performance of the Group. The term adjusted is not defined under IFRS and may not be comparable with similarly
titled measures used by other companies.
The Group uses these measures for planning, budgeting and reporting purposes and for its internal assessment of the operational performance.
ADJUSTED PERFORMANCE MEASURES
The following table summarises the statutory and adjusted profit and loss account measures for the period together with the adjustments made to each
line item.
52 weeks ended 30 September 2023 52 weeks ended 1 October 2022 (restated)
1
Adjusted
$m
Adjustments
$m
Total
$m
Adjusted
$m
Adjustments
$m
Total
$m
Continuing operations
Revenue 243.8 243.8 263.5 263.5
Cost of sales (157.9) (157.9) (174.6) (174.6)
Gross profit 85.9 85.9 88.9 88.9
Sales and marketing expenses (14.9) (14.9) (15.0) (15.0)
Research and development costs (10.0) (0.2) (10.2) (8.8) (1.4) (10.2)
General and administrative expenses (39.8) (33.6) (73.4) (41.7) (11.0) (52.7)
Operating profit/(loss) 21.2 (33.8) (12.6) 23.4 (12.4) 11. 0
EBITDA 35.7 (2.9) 32.8 38.8 (1.6) 37. 2
Depreciation, amortisation andimpairment (14.5) (30.9) (45.4) (15.4) (10.8) (26.2)
Operating profit/(loss) (note 1) 21.2 (33.8) (12.6) 23.4 (12.4) 11.0
Net finance costs (note 5) (7.2) (0.4) (7.6) (3.7) (1.3) (5.0)
Profit/(loss) before taxation 14.0 (34.2) (20.2) 19.7 (13.7) 6.0
Taxation (note 3) (1.9) 5.7 3.8 (3.1) 2.8 (0.3)
Profit/(loss) for the period from
continuingoperations 12.1 (28.5) (16.4) 16.6 (10.9) 5.7
Discontinued operations – profit/(loss)
fromdiscontinued operations (note 4) 2.0 2.0 (13.3) (13.3)
Profit/(loss) for the period (note 5) 12.1 (26.5) (14.4) 16.6 (24.2) (7.6)
Basic earnings/(loss) per share 40.3c (88.3)c (48.0)c 54.7c (79.8)c (25.1)c
Diluted earnings/(loss) per share 40.3c (88.3)c (48.0)c 54.4c (79.3)c (24.9)c
1 Comparatives for the 52 weeks ended 1 October 2022 have been restated to reflect reclassification of research and development costs, reclassification of selling and distribution costs, andthe
discontinuation of the Armour business. These are disclosed in APMs note 13.
Avon Protection plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
114
ADJUSTED PERFORMANCE MEASURES
1 Adjustments to operating loss
Adjusted operating profit excludes discontinued operations and exceptional items considered unrelated to the underlying trading performance of the
Group. Transactions are classified as exceptional where they relate to an event that falls outside of the underlying trading activities of the business and
where individually, or in aggregate, they have a material impact on the financial statements.
2023
$m
2022
(restated)
1
$m
Operating (loss)/profit (12.6) 11.0
Amortisation of acquired intangibles 6.3 6.8
Restructuring costs 1.4 1.6
Restructuring-related impairment of non-current assets 0.7 0.4
Impairment of other non-current assets (excluding restructuring related impairments) 0.5 3.6
Impairment of goodwill 23.4
Transition costs 1.5
Adjusted operating profit 21.2 23.4
Depreciation 9.2 9.1
Other impairment charges 0.4
Other amortisation charges 5.3 5.9
Adjusted EBITDA 35.7 38.8
1 Comparatives for the 52 weeks ended 1 October 2022 have been restated to reflect the discontinuation of the Armour business.
Amortisation of acquired intangibles
Amortisation charges for acquired intangible assets of $6.3 million (2022: $6.8 million) are considered exceptional as they do not change each period
based on underlying business trading and performance.
Restructuring costs
Restructuring costs related to the right-sizing of operations were $1.4 million (2022: $1.6 million). These costs are considered exceptional as they relate
tospecific programmes which do not form part of the underlying business trading andperformance.
Restructuring-related impairment of non-current assets
Restructuring-related impairment of non-current assets was $0.7 million. This related to the closure of one of our U.S. offices, with a $0.5 million
impairment to right of use assets (2022: $0.4 million impairment), and $0.2 million impairment to plant and machinery (2022: $nil). These costs are
considered exceptional as they relate to a specific office closure which does not form part of the underlying business trading andperformance.
Impairment of other non-current assets
Reviews of the Group’s non-current assets resulted in $0.5 million exceptional impairment losses (2022: $3.6 million) as the carrying value of certain
product group level CGUs exceeded estimated recoverable amounts. Further details are provided in note 3.1. The impairment losses are significant
items resulting from changes in assumptions for future recoverable amounts. As such they are considered unrelated to current or prior year
tradingperformance.
In the prior period the Group also recognised $0.4 million other non-current asset impairments that were not considered exceptional (note 3.1).
Impairment of goodwill
Review of the Head Protection CGU resulted in impairment to goodwill of $23.4 million (2022: $nil) as the carrying value of the CGU exceeded its estimated
recoverable amount. Further details are provided in note 3.1. The impairment is a significant item based on forecast assumptions for future cash flows.
Assuch it is considered unrelated to current year trading performance.
Transition costs
Transition costs of $1.5 million (2022: $nil) related to the transfer of legacy Team Wendy operations in Head Protection onto a Group controlled ERP system.
These costs are considered transition-related and exceptional as they relate to a specific programme for Team Wendy operations that was only required as
a result of acquisition in November 2020.
OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORT GOVERNANCE ADJUSTED PERFORMANCE MEASURES FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Annual Report and Accounts 2023 Avon Protection plc
115
2 Adjustments to net finance costs
Adjusted net finance costs exclude exceptional items considered unrelated to the underlying trading performance of the Group.
2023
$m
2022
(restated)
1
$m
Net finance costs 7.6 5.0
Defined benefit pension unwind discount (0.4) (1.3)
Adjusted net finance costs 7.2 3.7
1 Comparatives for the 52 weeks ended 1 October 2022 have been restated to reflect the discontinuation of the Armour business.
$0.4 million (2022: $1.3 million) unwind of discounting on the U.K. defined benefit pension scheme liability is treated as exceptional given the scheme
relates to employees employed prior to 31 January 2003 and was closed to future accrual of benefits on 1 October 2009 (note 6.2).
3 Adjustments to taxation
Adjustments to taxation represent the tax effects of the adjustments to operating profit and net finance costs. Except for the impairment to goodwill,
adjusting items do not have significantly different effective tax rates compared to statutory rates, with an overall effective rate of 17% (2022: 20%).
The $23.4 million impairment of goodwill resulted in a tax credit of $3.4 million (effective tax rate 14.5%), which explains the lower overall rate compared
tostatutory rates on the total level of adjustments.
4 Profit from discontinued operations
The adjusted profit measures exclude the result from discontinued operations relating to the divestment of milkrite | InterPuls and closure of the Armour
business (note 2.2).
During the period, total profit after tax from discontinued operations was $2.0 million (2022: loss after tax of $13.3 million).
5 Adjustments to loss for the period
2023
$m
2022
(restated)
1
$m
Loss for the period (14.4) (7.6)
Amortisation of acquired intangibles 6.3 6.8
Restructuring costs 1.4 1.6
Restructuring-related impairment of non-current assets 0.7 0.4
Impairment of other non-current assets (excluding restructuring-related impairments) 0.5 3.6
Impairment of goodwill 23.4
Transition costs 1.5
Defined benefit pension unwind discount 0.4 1.3
Tax on exceptional items (5.7) (2.8)
(Profit)/loss from discontinued operations (2.0) 13.3
Adjusted profit for the period 12.1 16.6
1 Comparatives for the 52 weeks ended 1 October 2022 have been restated to reflect the discontinuation of the Armour business.
6 Adjusted earnings per share
Weighted average number of shares 2023 2022
Weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue used in basic calculation (thousands) 29,996 30,308
Potentially dilutive shares (weighted average) (thousands) 263 221
Diluted number of ordinary shares (weighted average) (thousands) 30,259 30,529
Adjusted continuing earnings per share
2023
$ cents
2022
(restated)
1
$ cents
Basic 40.3c 54.7c
Diluted 40.3c 54.4c
1 Comparatives for the 52 weeks ended 1 October 2022 have been restated to reflect the discontinuation of the Armour business.
Avon Protection plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
116
ADJUSTED PERFORMANCE MEASURES CONTINUED
7 Net debt
2023
$m
2022
$m
Cash and cash equivalents 13.2 9.5
Bank loans (77.7) (53.7)
Net debt excluding lease liabilities (64.5) (44.2)
Lease liabilities (20.9) (23.8)
Net debt including lease liabilities (85.4) (68.0)
8 Adjusted dividend cover ratio
2023
$ cents
2022
(restated)
1
$ cents
Interim dividend 14.3c 14.3c
Final dividend 15.3c 30.6c
Total dividend 29.6c 44.9c
Adjusted basic earnings per share 40.3c 54.7c
Adjusted dividend cover ratio 1.4 times 1.2 times
1 Comparatives for the 52 weeks ended 1 October 2022 have been restated to reflect the discontinuation of the Armour business.
9 Return on invested capital
Return on invested capital (ROIC) is calculated as adjusted operating profit over average invested capital relating to continuing operations.
2023
$m
2022
$m
Net assets 159.4 210.5
Net assets associated with discontinued operations (5.6) (8.4)
Net assets associated with continuing operations 153.8 202.1
Net debt excluding lease liabilities 64.5 44.2
Lease liabilities (excluding liabilities associated with discontinued operations) 20.9 14.5
Pension 40.2 6.3
Derivatives (0.9) (0.5)
Net tax (33.2) (25.1)
Total invested capital 245.3 241.5
Average invested capital 243.4 261.3
Adjusted operating profit 21.2 23.4
ROIC 8.7% 9.0%
Average invested capital
2023
$m
2022
$m
Current period invested capital 245.3 241.5
Prior period invested capital 241.5 281.0
Average invested capital 243.4 261.3
OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORT GOVERNANCE ADJUSTED PERFORMANCE MEASURES FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Annual Report and Accounts 2023 Avon Protection plc
117
10 Average working capital turn (AWCT)
AWCT is the ratio of the 12 month average month end working capital (defined as the total of inventory, receivables and payables excluding lease
liabilities) to revenue, based on continuing operations.
Continuing operations
2023
$m
2022
$m
12 month average month end working capital 65.7 48.2
Revenue 243.8 263.5
AWCT 3.7 5.5
11 Cash conversion
Cash conversion excludes the impact of exceptional items from operating cash flows and EBITDA.
2023
$m
2022
(restated)
1
$m
Cash flows from continuing operations before exceptional items 2.5 58.7
Adjusted EBITDA 35.7 38.8
Cash conversion 7.0% 151.3%
1 Comparatives for the 52 weeks ended 1 October 2022 have been restated to reflect the discontinuation of the Armour business.
2023
$m
2022
(restated)
1
$m
Cash flows from continuing operations 0.2 57.7
Restructuring and transition costs paid 2.3 1.0
Cash flows from continuing operations before exceptional items 2.5 58.7
1 Comparatives for the 52 weeks ended 1 October 2022 have been restated to reflect the discontinuation of the Armour business.
12 Constant currency reporting
Constant currency measures are calculated by translating the prior period at current period exchange rates.
Continuing operations
2023
$m
2022
(restated)
1
$m
Orders received 258.7 266.3
Closing order book 135.8 122.5
Revenue 243.8 263.5
Adjusted EBITDA 35.7 41.3
Adjusted operating profit 21.2 26.0
Adjusted profit before tax 14.0 22.4
Adjusted basic earnings per share 40.3c 62.2c
1 Comparatives for the 52 weeks ended 1 October 2022 have been restated to reflect the discontinuation of the Armour business.
Avon Protection plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
118
ADJUSTED PERFORMANCE MEASURES CONTINUED
13 Restatement of adjusted performance measures
As per statutory equivalents reconciled in note 7.5, prior period comparatives for adjusted performance measures have been restated to present the
Armour business as a discontinued operation, and to reclassify certain expenses in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income.
Expense reclassifications include disclosure of research and development costs as a separate line item below gross profit, and recategorisation of selling
and distribution costs. The change in accounting policy provides visibility of research and development costs on the face of the Consolidated Statement
ofComprehensive Income when it was previously only reported in the Financial Review. Selling and distribution costs have been disaggregated into sales
and marketing expenses, presented in a separate line below gross profit, and freight and distribution costs which have been reclassified into cost of sales.
This presentation reflects the way the business performance will be monitored in future, with separate disclosure of research and development
appropriate as an integral part of operations. It is also consistent and comparable with common market practice and therefore provides reliable and more
relevant information to the reader. Overall operating loss figures for the previous period remain unchanged as this is only a presentational restatement.
Areconciliation of reported prior period to restated figures is presented below:
Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income for the 52 weeks ended 1 October 2022
Adjusted
Continuing operations
Previously
reported
$m
Remove
Armour
$m
Research and
development
$m
Selling and
distribution
$m
Restated
$m
Revenue 271.9 (8.4) 263.5
Cost of sales (192.1) 18.5 8.8 (9.8) (174.6)
Gross profit 79.8 10.1 8.8 (9.8) 88.9
Selling and distribution costs / Sales and marketing expenses (26.0) 1.2 9.8 (15.0)
Research and development costs (8.8) (8.8)
General and administrative expenses (43.7) 2.0 (41.7)
Operating profit 10.1 13.3 23.4
Net finance costs (4.0) 0.3 (3.7)
Profit before tax 6.1 13.6 19.7
Adjustments
Continuing operations
Previously
reported
$m
Remove
Armour
adjustments
$m
Research and
development
$m
Restated
$m
Revenue
Cost of sales (1.6) 1.6
Gross profit (1.6) 1.6
Selling and distribution costs / Sales and marketing expenses
Research and development costs (1.4) (1.4)
General and administrative expenses (10.6) (1.8) 1.4 (11.0)
Operating (loss)/profit (12.2) (0.2) (12.4)
Net finance costs (2.4) 1.1 (1.3)
Profit before tax (14.6) 0.9 (13.7)
OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORT GOVERNANCE ADJUSTED PERFORMANCE MEASURES FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Annual Report and Accounts 2023 Avon Protection plc
119
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
Avon Protection plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
120
OUR GROUP WILL BE MORE ALIGNED
THAN EVER BEFORE, UNITED IN
OUR GOAL TO PROTECT LIVES AND
PROVIDE UNPARALLELED SUPPORT
TO THOSE WHO PROTECT US, ALL
OF WHICH IS UNDERPINNED BY OUR
STAR STRATEGY.
122 Independent Auditor’s Report
129 Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive
Income
130 Consolidated Balance Sheet
131 Consolidated Cash Flow Statement
132 Consolidated Statement
of Changes in Equity
133 Accounting Policies and Critical Accounting
Judgements
138 Notes to the Group Financial Statements
166 Parent Company Balance Sheet
167 Parent Company Statement
of Changes in Equity
168 Parent Company Accounting Policies
170 Notes to the Parent Company Financial
Statements
174 Notice of Annual General Meeting
180 Glossary of Abbreviations
181 Shareholder Information
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
CONTENTS
OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORT GOVERNANCE ADJUSTED PERFORMANCE MEASURES FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Annual Report and Accounts 2023 Avon Protection plc
121
Avon Protection plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
122
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT
TO THE MEMBERS OF AVON PROTECTION PLC
1 Our opinion is unmodified
We have audited the financial statements of Avon Protection plc (‘the
Company’) for the 52 weeks ended 30 September 2023 which comprise
the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income, the Consolidated
and Parent Company Balance Sheets, the Consolidated Cash Flow
Statement, and the Consolidated and Parent Company Statements of
Changes in Equity, and the related notes, including the accounting policies
sections in both the Group and Parent Company financial statements.
In our opinion:
the financial statements give a true and fair view of the state of the
Group’s and of the Parent Company’s affairs as at 30 September 2023
and of the Group’s loss for the period then ended;
the Group financial statements have been properly prepared in
accordance with international accounting standards in conformity with
U.K.-adopted international accounting standards;
the Parent Company financial statements have been properly prepared
in accordance with U.K. accounting standards including FRS 101
Reduced Disclosure Framework; and
the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the
requirements of the Companies Act 2006.
Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on
Auditing (U.K.) (‘ISAs (U.K.)’) and applicable law. Our responsibilities are
described below. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained
is a sufficient and appropriate basis for our opinion. Our audit opinion is
consistent with our report to the Audit Committee.
We were first appointed as auditor by the shareholders on 1 February 2019.
The period of total uninterrupted engagement is for the 5 financial periods
ended 30 September 2023. We have fulfilled our ethical responsibilities
under, and we remain independent of the Group in accordance with, U.K.
ethical requirements including the FRC Ethical Standard as applied to listed
public interest entities. No non-audit services prohibited by that standard
were provided.
Overview
Materiality: Group financial
statements as a whole
$2.05m (2022: $1.8m)
0.84% (2022: 0.66%) of revenue from continuing operations
Coverage 100% (2022: 100%) of revenue from continuing operations
Key audit matters 2023 vs 2022
New risks Goodwill impairment – Head Protection NEW
Recurring risks Recoverability of capitalised development expenditure
Parent Company Recoverability of Parent Company’s investment in subsidiaries
2. Key audit matters: our assessment of risks of
materialmisstatement
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement,
were of most significance in the audit of the financial statements and
include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement
(whether or not due to fraud) identified by us, including those which
had the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy; the allocation of
resources in the audit; and directing the efforts of the engagementteam.
We summarise below the key audit matters, in decreasing order of
audit significance, in arriving at our audit opinion above, together with
our key audit procedures to address those matters and, as required for
public interest entities, our results from those procedures. These matters
were addressed, and our results are based on procedures undertaken,
in the context of, and solely for the purpose of, our audit of the financial
statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and
consequently are incidental to that opinion, and we do not provide a
separate opinion on these matters.
Avon Protection plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
122
Annual Report and Accounts 2023 Avon Protection plc
123
2 Key audit matters: our assessment of risks of material misstatement continued
The risk Our response
Goodwill Impairment –
Head Protection
Head Protection Goodwill
of$62.9 million.
Impairment charges
of$23.4 million.
Refer to page 83 (Audit
Committee Report), pages
135 and 137 (accounting
policy) and pages 145, and 146
(financial disclosures).
Forecast-based assessment:
Goodwill is significant and at risk of
irrecoverability due to the level of revenue
and margin growth required to support
the carrying amount allocated to Head
Protection segment, which has been tested
at this level for the first time this period
following the Group’s restructure of its
operating segments.
The estimated recoverable amount is
subjective due to the inherent uncertainty
involved in forecasting and discounting
future cash flows.
The effect of these matters is that, as part
of our risk assessment, we determined that
the value in use of goodwill in respect of
the Head Protection CGU has a high degree
of estimation uncertainty, with a potential
range of reasonable outcomes greater than
our materiality for the financial statements
as a whole, and possibly many times that
amount. The financial statements (page
146) disclose the sensitivity estimated by
the Group.
Our procedures included:
Historical comparison: We assessed the accuracy of the Group’s
forecasting by comparing actual cash flows in the period to the prior
period forecasts.
Our sector experience: We evaluated the assumptions used, in
particular those relating to forecast revenue growth, gross profit margins
and long-term growth rate based on our knowledge of the Group.
Benchmarking assumptions: We compared the Group’s assumptions
to externally derived data in relation to key inputs such as revenue
growth rates, long-term growth rate and discount rates, using our own
valuationspecialist.
Comparing valuations: We compared the sum of the discounted
cash flows (including the respiratory and head protection segments)
to the Group’s market capitalisation to assess the reasonableness of the
assumptions used.
Assessing transparency: We assessed whether the Group’s disclosures
about the sensitivity of the outcome of the impairment assessment to
changes in key assumptions reflect the risks inherent in the estimation
ofthe recoverable amount of goodwill, including an assessment of
whether the degree of aggregation in the disclosure of key assumptions
was materially acceptable.
We performed the tests above rather than seeking to rely on any of
the Group’s controls because the nature of the balance is such that we
would expect to obtain audit evidence primarily through the detailed
proceduresdescribed.
Our results
We found the Head Protection Goodwill balance and the related
impairment charge to be acceptable.
The risk Our response
Recoverability of
capitalised development
expenditure
Included within capitalised
development expenditure
of $20.2 million (2022:
$21.1 million).
Impairment charges of
$0.2million (2022: $2.0 million).
Risk vs 2022:
Refer to page 83 (Audit
Committee Report), pages 135
and 137 (accounting policy)
and pages 145, 147, and 148
(financial disclosures).
Subjective Estimate:
Within the capitalised development
expenditure we identified a number of
products with a higher degree of risk around
recoverability, including those which have
no prior track record of revenue and margin
generation, have low headroom, and those
awaiting regulatory approval.
The estimated recoverable amount of these
intangible assets is supported by forecasting
and discounting future cash flows (based
on assumptions such as discount rates and
revenue growth rates), which are inherently
highly judgemental. These uncertainties,
combined with the quantum of the
development costs balance for the higher
risk products, means that the recoverable
amount of these development costs is
subject to significant estimation uncertainty.
The critical issue is to establish whether
there is sufficient demand for the products
which generate these cash flows and
whether the product will meet the
requirements of the customer or required
regulatory approval and the timing of this
approval, which is inherently subjective
as this involves an assessment of the
probability of future outcomes.
Our procedures included:
Historical comparison: We assessed the accuracy of the group’s
forecasting by comparing actual cash flows for products in the period to
the prior period forecasts.
For a risk-based selection of products our procedures included:
Our sector experience: We challenged the detailed forecasts
which support the estimated recoverable amount by reference to
discussions with project managers on the likelihood and timing of
when new products are expected to receive customer or regulatory
clearance as compared to what was assumed in the forecasts and
the size of the potential market.
Benchmarking assumptions: We compared the Group’s
assumptions to externally derived data in relation to key inputs such
as revenue growth rates and discount rates.
Sensitivity analysis: We performed sensitivity analysis to
determine if reasonably possible changes in discount rates, product
margins, and growth rates would result in additional impairments
being recognised.
Assessing transparency: We assessed whether the Group’s disclosures
about the sensitivity of the outcome of the impairment assessment to
changes in key assumptions reflect the risks inherent in the estimation of
the recoverable amount of the development costs.
We performed the tests above rather than seeking to rely on any of
the Group’s controls because the nature of the balance is such that we
would expect to obtain audit evidence primarily through the detailed
proceduresdescribed.
Our results
We found the development costs balance, and the related impairment
charge to be acceptable (2022: We found the development costs balance,
and the related impairment charge to be acceptable).
Annual Report and Accounts 2023 Avon Protection plc
123
OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORT GOVERNANCE ADJUSTED PERFORMANCE MEASURES FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Avon Protection plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
124
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT
TO THE MEMBERS OF AVON PROTECTION PLC CONTINUED
2 Key audit matters: our assessment of risks of material misstatement continued
The risk Our response
Recoverability of Parent
Companys investments
in subsidiaries
(£212.7 million; 2022:
£191.0 million)
Risk vs 2022:
Refer to page 169 (accounting
policy) and page 171 (financial
disclosures).
Low risk, high value
The carrying amount of the Parent company’s
investments in subsidiaries represents 96.7%
(2022: 95%) of the company’s total assets. Their
recoverability is not at a high risk of significant
misstatement or subject to significant
judgement. However, due to their materiality
in the context of the Parent company financial
statements, this is considered to be the area
that had the greatest effect on our overall
Parent company audit.
Our procedures included:
Tests of detail: We compared the carrying amount of 100% of
investments with the relevant subsidiaries’ draft balance sheet to identify
whether their net assets, being an approximation of their minimum
recoverable amount, were in excess of their carrying amount and assessing
whether those subsidiaries have historically been profit-making.
Assessing subsidiary audits: We assessed the work performed by the
subsidiary audit team and the group team on all of those subsidiaries and
considering the results of that work, on those subsidiaries’ profits and
net assets.
Where the net assets of a subsidiary were below the investment’s carrying
amount, our procedures also included:
Our sector experience: Evaluating the current level of the subsidiary’s
trading, including identifying any indications of a downturn in activity,
byexamining the post year end management accounts and considering
our knowledge of the Group and the market.
We performed the tests above rather than seeking to rely on any of the
company’s controls because the nature of the balance is such that we
would expect to obtain audit evidence primarily through the detailed
proceduresdescribed.
Our results
We found the company’s conclusion that there is no impairment of its
investments in subsidiaries to be acceptable (2022: acceptable).
3 Our application of materiality and an overview of the
scope of our audit
Materiality for the Group financial statements as a whole was set
at $2.05million (2022: $1.8 million), determined with reference to a
benchmark of revenue from continuing operations, of which it represents
0.84% (2022: 0.68% of revenue). We consider revenue from continuing
operations to be the most appropriate benchmark as it better reflects
thesize of the business compared to the loss before tax.
Materiality for the Parent Company financial statements as a whole was set
at £1.1 million (2022: £1.0 million), which is the component materiality for
the Parent Company determined by the Group audit engagement team.
This is lower than the materiality we would otherwise have determined
with reference to a benchmark of Parent Company total assets, of which
itrepresents 0.5% (2022: 0.5%).
In line with our audit methodology, our procedures on individual
account balances and disclosures were performed to a lower threshold,
performance materiality, so as to reduce to an acceptable level the risk that
individually immaterial misstatements in individual account balances add
up to a material amount across the financial statements as a whole.
Performance materiality was set at 75% (2022: 65%) of materiality for the
Group financial statements as a whole, which equates to $1.8 million
(2022: $1.17 million). We applied this percentage in our determination of
performance materiality because we did not identify any factors indicating
an elevated level of risk.
Performance materiality was set at 75% (2022: 75%) of materiality for
the Parent Company financial statements as a whole which equates to
£0.825 million (2022: £0.75 million). We applied this percentage in our
determination of performance materiality because we did not identify
anyfactors indicating an elevated level of risk.
We agreed to report to the Audit Committee any corrected or uncorrected
identified misstatements exceeding $100,000 (2021: $90,000), inaddition
to other identified misstatements that warranted reporting on
qualitativegrounds.
Of the Group’s eight (2022: eight) reporting components, we subjected
five (2022: five) to full scope audits for Group purposes and one (2022: one)
to specified risk-focused audit procedures over cash & cash equivalents
(2022: cash & cash equivalents). The latter was not individually financially
significant enough to require a full scope audit for group purposes, but
did present specific individual risks that needed to be addressed. The
components within the scope of our work accounted for the percentages
illustrated opposite. For the residual two components, we performed
analysis at an aggregated Group level to re-examine our assessment that
there were no significant risks of material misstatement. The remaining 2%
(2022: nil%) of total Group assets is represented by 1 (2022: nil) reporting
component, none of which individually represented more than 2% (2022:
nil%) of total Group assets.
Avon Protection plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
124
Annual Report and Accounts 2023 Avon Protection plc
125
3 Our application of materiality and an overview of the
scope of our audit continued
The Group team instructed component auditors as to the significant
areas to be covered, including the relevant risks detailed above and
the information to be reported back. The Group team approved the
component materialities, which ranged from $0.15 million to $1.55 million
(2022: $0.15 million to $1.35 million), having regard to the mix of size and
risk profile of the Group across the components. The work on one of
the components (2022: one of the components) included procedures
performed by component auditors and the rest, including the audit of the
Parent Company, was performed solely by the Group team. The Group
team visited five (2022: five) component locations in the U.K. and U.S.,
to assess the audit risk and strategy. Video and telephone conference
meetings were also held with the component auditors during which the
findings reported to the Group team were discussed in more detail, and
any further work required by the Group team was then performed by the
component auditor.
The scope of the audit work performed was predominately substantive
as we placed limited reliance upon the Group’s internal control over
financialreporting.
Revenue from continuing operations
$243.8m (2022: $263.5m Revenue)
Revenue
$243.8m
Total
revenue
Group
materiality
Group Materiality
$2.05m (2022: $1.8m)
$2.05m
Whole financial statements materiality
(2022: $1.8m)
$1.53m
Whole financial statements performance
materiality (2022: $1.17m)
$1.8m
Range of materiality at six components
($0.15m–$1.55m) (2022: $0.15m to $1.35m)
$0.01m
Misstatements reported to the Audit Committee
(2022: $0.09m)
Group revenue from
continuing operations
Group loss (2022: profit)
before tax
Group total assets
100%
(2022: 100%*)
100%
(2022: 100%*)
100%
(2022: 100%*)
100
100
92
90
98
97
10
3
2
8
Full scope for Group audit purposes 2023
Specified risk-focused audit procedures 2023
Full scope for Group audit purposes 2022
Specified risk-focused audit procedures 2022
Residual components
4 The impact of climate change on our audit
In planning our audit we have considered the potential impacts of climate
change on the Group’s business and its financial statements.
With the support of our climate professionals we performed a risk
assessment of the impact of climate change on the financial statements
and our audit approach.
Climate change impacts the Group in a variety of ways including the
impact of climate risk on manufacturing and procurement, potential
reputational risk associated with the Group’s delivery of its climate related
initiatives, and greater emphasis on climate related narrative and disclosure
in the Annual Report.
The Group’s exposure to climate change is primarily through the
acquisition of materials in its supply chain and increased costs in relation to
manufacturing end products. As part of our audit we have made enquiries
of management to understand the extent of the potential impact of
climate change risk on the Group’s financial statements and the Group’s
preparedness for this.
Annual Report and Accounts 2023 Avon Protection plc
125
OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORT GOVERNANCE ADJUSTED PERFORMANCE MEASURES FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Avon Protection plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
126
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT
TO THE MEMBERS OF AVON PROTECTION PLC CONTINUED
4 The impact of climate change on our audit continued
We have also read the Group’s and the Parent Company’s disclosure of
climate related information in the front half of the Annual Report as set
out on pages 50 to 56. On the basis of the procedures performed above,
we concluded that the risk of climate change was not significant when we
considered the nature of the assets and relevant contractual terms. As a
result, there was no material impact from this on our key audit matters.
5 Going concern
The Directors have prepared the financial statements on the going
concern basis as they do not intend to liquidate the Group or the Company
or to cease their operations, and as they have concluded that the Group’s
and the Company’s financial position means that this is realistic. They have
also concluded that there are no material uncertainties that could have
cast significant doubt over their ability to continue as a going concern for
at least a year from the date of approval of the financial statements (‘the
going concern period’).
We used our knowledge of the Group, its industry, and the general
economic environment to identify the inherent risks to its business model
and analysed how those risks might affect the Group’s and Company’s
financial resources or ability to continue operations over the going
concern period. The risks that we considered most likely to adversely
affect the Group’s and Company’s available financial resources and metrics
relevant to debt covenants over this period were:
disruption to the Group’s supply chain;
inflationary pressures on the Group’s cost base;
competition in winning new bids; and
dependence on a large customer or market.
We considered whether these risks could plausibly affect the liquidity or
covenant compliance in the going concern period by assessing the degree
of downside assumption that, individually and collectively, could result in a
liquidity issue, taking into account the Group’s current and projected cash
and facilities (a reverse stress test).
Our procedures also included:
comparing past budgets to actual results to assess the Directors’ track
record of budgeting accurately;
inspecting the confirmation from the lender of the level of committed
financing including re-financing of existing facilities, and the associated
covenant requirements; and
assessing the completeness of the going concern disclosure.
Our conclusions based on this work:
We consider that the Directors’ use of the going concern basis of
accounting in the preparation of the financial statements is appropriate.
We have not identified, and concur with the Directors’ assessment that
there is not, a material uncertainty related to events or conditions that,
individually or collectively, may cast significant doubt on the Group’s
or Company’s ability to continue as a going concern for the going
concern period.
We have nothing material to add or draw attention to in relation to the
Directors’ statement on page 133 to the financial statements on the use
of the going concern basis of accounting with no material uncertainties
that may cast significant doubt over the Group and Company’s use
of that basis for the going concern period, and we foundthe going
concern disclosure on page 133 to be acceptable.
The related statement under the Listing Rules set out on page
79 is materially consistent with the financial statements and our
auditknowledge.
However, as we cannot predict all future events or conditions and as
subsequent events may result in outcomes that are inconsistent with
judgements that were reasonable at the time they were made, the above
conclusions are not a guarantee that the Group or the Company will
continue in operation.
6 Fraud and breaches of laws and regulations –
ability to detect
Identifying and responding to risks of material misstatement
due to fraud
To identify risks of material misstatement due to fraud (‘fraud risks’) we
assessed events or conditions that could indicate an incentive or pressure
to commit fraud or provide an opportunity to commit fraud. Our risk
assessment procedures included:
enquiring of Directors, the Audit Committee, internal audit and
inspection of policy documentation as to the Group’s high-level policies
and procedures to prevent and detect fraud, including the internal
audit function, and the Group’s channel for ‘whistleblowing’, as well as
whether they have knowledge of any actual, suspected or alleged fraud;
reading Board and Audit Committee minutes;
considering remuneration incentive schemes (annual bonus scheme &
performance share plan) and performance targets for management and
Directors including the total shareholder return target and EPS target for
management remuneration; and
using analytical procedures to identify any unusual or
unexpectedrelationships.
We communicated identified fraud risks throughout the audit team and
remained alert to any indications of fraud throughout the audit. This
included communication from the Group to the component audit team of
relevant fraud risks identified at the Group level and request to component
audit teams to report to the Group audit team any instances of fraud that
could give rise to a material misstatement at the Group level.
As required by auditing standards, and taking into account possible
pressures to meet profit targets and our overall knowledge of the control
environment, we perform procedures to address the risk of management
override of controls and the risk of fraudulent revenue recognition, in
particular the risk that revenue is recorded in the wrong period and the risk
that Group and component management may be in a position to make
inappropriate accounting entries.
We also identified a fraud risk related to goodwill impairment – Head
Protection. Further detail in respect of goodwill impairment – Head
Protection is set out in the key audit matter in section 2 of this report.
We also performed procedures including:
Identifying journal entries and other adjustments to test for all full scope
components based on risk criteria and comparing the identified entries
to supporting documentation. These included those posted to unusual
or unexpected accounts.
For a sample of revenue recognised pre period end date, assessing
whether revenue had been recognised in the appropriate period by
comparing to dispatch notes or terms of specific sale agreements.
Assessing significant accounting estimates for bias.
Avon Protection plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
126
Annual Report and Accounts 2023 Avon Protection plc
127
6 Fraud and breaches of laws and regulations –
abilitytodetect continued
Identifying and responding to risks of material misstatement
due to non-compliance with laws and regulations
We identified areas of laws and regulations that could reasonably be
expected to have a material effect on the financial statements from our
general commercial and sector experience and through discussion with
the Directors (as required by auditing standards), and from inspection of
the Group’s regulatory and legal correspondence and discussed with the
Directors the policies and procedures regarding compliance with laws
andregulations.
As the Group is regulated, our assessment of risks involved gaining
an understanding of the control environment including the entity’s
procedures for complying with regulatory requirements. We communicated
identified laws and regulations throughout our team and remained alert
to any indications of non-compliance throughout the audit. The potential
effect of these laws and regulations on the financial statements varies
considerably. This included communication from the Group audit team to
component audit teams of relevant laws and regulations identified at the
Group level, and a request for component auditors to report to the Group
audit team any instances of non-compliance with laws and regulations
that could give rise to a material misstatement at the Group level.
Firstly, the Group is subject to laws and regulations that directly affect the
financial statements including financial reporting legislation (including
related companies legislation), distributable profits legislation, taxation
legislation, and pensions regulation and we assessed the extent of
compliance with these laws and regulations as part of our procedures on
the related financial statement items.
Secondly, the Group is subject to many other laws and regulations where
the consequences of non-compliance could have a material effect on
amounts or disclosures in the financial statements, for instance through
the imposition of fines or litigation. We identified the following areas
as those most likely to have such an effect: export control legislation
recognising the Governmental nature of many of the Group’s customers,
product regulation, health and safety, employment law, environmental
legislation and anti-bribery & corruption legislation recognising the
nature of the Group’s activities. Auditing standards limit the required audit
procedures to identify non-compliance with these laws and regulations
to enquiry of the Directors and inspection of regulatory and legal
correspondence, if any. Therefore if a breach of operational regulations is
not disclosed to us or evident from relevant correspondence, an audit will
not detect that breach.
Context of the ability of the audit to detect fraud or breaches
of law or regulation
Owing to the inherent limitations of an audit, there is an unavoidable
risk that we may not have detected some material misstatements in
the financial statements, even though we have properly planned and
performed our audit in accordance with auditing standards. For example,
the further removed non-compliance with laws and regulations is from the
events and transactions reflected in the financial statements, the less likely
the inherently limited procedures required by auditing standards would
identify it.
In addition, as with any audit, there remained a higher risk of non-
detection of fraud, as these may involve collusion, forgery, intentional
omissions, misrepresentations, or the override of internal controls. Our
audit procedures are designed to detect material misstatement. We are
not responsible for preventing non-compliance or fraud and cannot be
expected to detect non-compliance with all laws and regulations.
7 We have nothing to report on the other information
inthe Annual Report
The Directors are responsible for the other information presented in
the Annual Report together with the financial statements. Our opinion
on the financial statements does not cover the other information and,
accordingly, we do not express an audit opinion or, except as explicitly
stated below, any form of assurance conclusion thereon.
Our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so,
consider whether, based on our financial statements audit work, the
information therein is materially misstated or inconsistent with the
financial statements or our audit knowledge. Based solely on that work we
have not identified material misstatements in the other information.
Strategic Report and Directors’ Report
Based solely on our work on the other information:
we have not identified material misstatements in the Strategic Report
and the Directors’ Report;
in our opinion the information given in those reports for the financial
period is consistent with the financial statements; and
in our opinion those reports have been prepared in accordance with
the Companies Act 2006.
Directors’ Remuneration Report
In our opinion the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited
has been properly prepared in accordance with the Companies Act 2006.
Disclosures of emerging and principal risks and
longer-termviability
We are required to perform procedures to identify whether there is a
material inconsistency between the Directors’ disclosures in respect of
emerging and principal risks and the viability statement, and the financial
statements and our audit knowledge.
Based on those procedures, we have nothing material to add or draw
attention to in relation to:
the Directors’ confirmation within the viability statement on page 79
that they have carried out a robust assessment of the emerging and
principal risks facing the Group, including those that would threaten
itsbusiness model, future performance, solvency and liquidity;
the Principal risks disclosures describing these risks and how emerging
risks are identified, and explaining how they are being managed and
mitigated; and
the Directors’ explanation in the viability statement of how they have
assessed the prospects of the Group, over what period they have done
so and why they considered that period to be appropriate, and their
statement as to whether they have a reasonable expectation that the
Group will be able to continue in operation and meet its liabilities
as they fall due over the period of their assessment, including any
related disclosures drawing attention to any necessary qualifications
orassumptions.
We are also required to review the viability statement, set out on page
79 under the Listing Rules. Based on the above procedures, we have
concluded that the above disclosures are materially consistent with the
financial statements and our audit knowledge.
Our work is limited to assessing these matters in the context of only
the knowledge acquired during our financial statements audit. As we
cannot predict all future events or conditions and as subsequent events
may result in outcomes that are inconsistent with judgements that were
reasonable at the time they were made, the absence of anything to report
on these statements is not a guarantee as to the Group’s and Company’s
longer-term viability.
Annual Report and Accounts 2023 Avon Protection plc
127
OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORT GOVERNANCE ADJUSTED PERFORMANCE MEASURES FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Avon Protection plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
128
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT
TO THE MEMBERS OF AVON PROTECTION PLC CONTINUED
7 We have nothing to report on the other information
inthe Annual Report continued
Corporate governance disclosures
We are required to perform procedures to identify whether there is a
material inconsistency between the Directors’ corporate governance
disclosures and the financial statements and our audit knowledge.
Based on those procedures, we have concluded that each of the
following is materially consistent with the financial statements and our
auditknowledge:
the Directors’ statement that they consider that the Annual
Report and financial statements taken as a whole is fair, balanced
and understandable, and provides the information necessary for
shareholders to assess the Group’s position and performance, business
model and strategy;
the section of the Annual Report describing the work of the Audit
Committee, including the significant issues that the Audit Committee
considered in relation to the financial statements, and how these issues
were addressed; and
the section of the Annual Report that describes the review of
the effectiveness of the Group’s risk management and internal
control systems.
We are required to review the part of the Corporate Governance Statement
relating to the Group’s compliance with the provisions of the U.K.
Corporate Governance Code specified by the Listing Rules for our review.
We have nothing to report in this respect.
8 We have nothing to report on the other matters on
which we are required to report by exception
Under the Companies Act 2006, we are required to report to you if,
inour opinion:
adequate accounting records have not been kept by the Parent
Company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been received
from branches not visited by us; or
the Parent Company financial statements and the part of the Directors’
Remuneration Report to be audited are not in agreement with the
accounting records and returns; or
certain disclosures of Directors’ remuneration specified by law are
not made; or
we have not received all the information and explanations we require
for our audit.
We have nothing to report in these respects.
9 Respective responsibilities
Directors’ responsibilities
As explained more fully in their statement set out on page 110, the
Directors are responsible for: the preparation of the financial statements
including being satisfied that they give a true and fair view; such internal
control as they determine is necessary to enable the preparation of
financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether
due to fraud or error; assessing the Group and Parent Company’s ability to
continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to
going concern; and using the going concern basis of accounting unless
they either intend to liquidate the Group or the Parent Company or to
cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.
Auditor’s responsibilities
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the
financial statements as a whole are free from material misstatement,
whether due to fraud or error, and to issue our opinion in an auditor’s
report. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but does not
guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (U.K.) will
always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can
arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in
aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic
decisions of users taken on the basis of the financial statements.
A fuller description of our responsibilities is provided on the FRC’s website
at www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities.
The Company is required to include these financial statements in
an annual financial report prepared under Disclosure Guidance and
Transparency Rule (‘DTR’) 4.1.17R and 4.1.18R. This Auditor’s Report provides
no assurance over whether the annual financial report has been prepared
in accordance with those requirements.
10 The purpose of our audit work and to whom we owe
our responsibilities
This report is made solely to the Company’s members, as a body, in
accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006. Our
audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to the Company’s
members those matters we are required to state to them in an auditor’s
report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we
do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone other than the Company
and the Company’s members, as a body, for our audit work, forthis report,
or for the opinions we have formed.
Andrew Campbell-Orde (Senior Statutory Auditor)
for and on behalf of KPMG LLP, Statutory Auditor
Chartered Accountants
66 Queen Square
Bristol
BS1 4BE
21 November 2023
Avon Protection plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
128
Annual Report and Accounts 2023 Avon Protection plc
129
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
FOR THE 52 WEEKS ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2023
Note
52 weeks ended
30 September
2023
$m
52 weeks ended
1 October
2022
(restated)
1
$m
Continuing operations
Revenue 2.1 243 . 8 263. 5
Cost of sales (1 5 7. 9) (174 . 6)
Gross profit 85.9 88 .9
Sales and marketing expenses (14 . 9) (15 . 0)
Research and development costs (10 . 2) (10 . 2)
General and administrative expenses (73 .4) (52. 7)
Operating (loss)/profit 2.1 (1 2.6) 11 . 0
Net finance costs 5.2 (7. 6) (5.0)
(Loss)/profit before taxation 2.5 (2 0. 2) 6.0
Taxation 2.6 3. 8 (0. 3)
(Loss)/profit for the period from continuing operations (16 . 4) 5.7
Discontinued operations
Profit/(loss) from discontinued operations 2.2 2.0 (13 . 3)
(Loss)/profit for the period (14 . 4) (7. 6)
Other comprehensive (expense)/income
Items that are not subsequently reclassified to the income statement
Remeasurement (loss)/gain recognised on retirement benefit scheme 6.2 (31. 8) 5 0 .1
Deferred tax relating to retirement benefit scheme 2.6 6.9 (9. 6)
Deferred tax relating to change in tax rates 2.6 1 .1 (3 .4)
Deferred tax relating to other temporary differences 2.6 (0 . 2) (0 .1)
Items that may be subsequently reclassified to the income statement
Deferred tax exchange differences offset in reserves 2.6 0. 8 (2.7)
Other exchange differences offset in reserves (0. 5) 3.5
Cash flow hedges 0.4 0.5
Current tax relating to cash flow hedges (0 . 1)
Other comprehensive (expense)/income for the period (23 . 3) 38.2
Total comprehensive (expense)/income for the period (3 7. 7) 30. 6
Earnings per share 2.3
Basic (48.0c) (25.1c)
Diluted (48.0c) (24 .9c)
Earnings per share from continuing operations 2.3
Basic (5 4 .7c) 1 8.8c
Diluted (5 4 . 7c) 18 .7c
1 Comparatives for the 52 weeks ended 1 October 2022 have been restated to reflect reclassification of research and development costs, reclassification of selling and distribution costs, andthe
discontinuation of the Armour business. These are disclosed in note 7.5.
Annual Report and Accounts 2023 Avon Protection plc
129
OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORT GOVERNANCE ADJUSTED PERFORMANCE MEASURES FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Avon Protection plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
130
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
AT 30 SEPTEMBER 2023
Note
At 30 September
2023
$m
At 1 October
2022
$m
Assets
Non-current assets
Intangible assets 3.1 13 9 . 2 17 1 . 0
Property, plant and equipment 3.2 35. 8 39.9
Finance leases 3.3 6.2
Deferred tax assets 2.6 4 0 .1 26. 7
Derivative financial instruments 5.4 0.6 0.3
2 21.9 2 3 7. 9
Current assets
Inventories 4.1 54.4 65. 6
Trade and other receivables 4.2 58 . 3 30.6
Derivative financial instruments 5.4 0. 3 0.2
Current tax receivables 4. 2
Cash and cash equivalents 4.4 13 . 2 9.5
12 6 . 2 11 0 . 1
Liabilities
Current liabilities
Borrowings 5.1 4. 3 4.1
Current tax payables 0.7
Trade and other payables 4.3 34.6 42 . 3
Provisions for liabilities and charges 7.1 0.4 0.7
40.0 4 7. 1
Net current assets 86.2 63.0
Non-current liabilities
Borrowings 5.1 94.3 73.4
Deferred tax liabilities 2.6 6.2 5. 8
Retirement benefit obligations 6.2 40. 2 6.3
Provisions for liabilities and charges 7.1 8.0 4.9
14 8 . 7 90.4
Net assets 15 9 . 4 210 . 5
Shareholders’ equity
Ordinary shares 5.5 50.3 50.3
Share premium account 5.5 54. 3 54. 3
Other reserves (13 .9) (14 . 2)
Cash flow hedging reserve 0.8 0.4
Retained earnings 6 7. 9 11 9 . 7
Total equity 15 9. 4 210 . 5
These financial statements on pages 129 to 165 were approved by the Board of Directors on 21 November 2023 and signed on its behalf by:
Jos Sclater Rich Cashin
Chief Executive Officer Chief Financial Officer
The accompanying accounting policies and notes form part of these financial statements.
Company number 00032965
Avon Protection plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
130
Annual Report and Accounts 2023 Avon Protection plc
131
CONSOLIDATED CASH FLOW STATEMENT
FOR THE 52 WEEKS ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2023
Note
52 weeks ended
30 September
2023
$m
52 weeks ended
1 October
2022
(restated)
1
$m
Cash flows from operating activities
Cash flows from continuing operations 4.4 0.2 5 7. 7
Cash flows from discontinued operations 4.4 3. 2 (24 . 2)
Cash flows from operations 4.4 3.4 33. 5
Retirement benefit deficit recovery contributions 6.2 (8. 5)
Tax received 3.7 3.7
Net cash flows from operating activities 7.1 28 .7
Cash flows used in investing activities
Proceeds from disposal of discontinued operations 2.2 7. 9
Costs of disposal 2.2 (0. 4)
Purchase of property, plant and equipment 3.2 (7. 4) (2 .9)
Capitalised development costs and purchased software 3.1 (3 .6) (6 .0)
Other finance income 5.2 0.4
Finance lease capital receipts 3.3 0. 5
Investing cash flows used in discontinued operations 7.1 (3 . 2)
Net cash flows used in investing activities (2.6) (12 .1)
Cash flows used in financing activities
Proceeds from loan drawdowns 5.3 48.0 42. 9
Loan repayments 5.3 (24 . 0) (3 0 . 1)
Finance costs paid in respect of bank loans and overdrafts 5.2 (6 . 3) (2.7)
Finance costs paid in respect of leases 5.2 (0.7) (0.7)
Repayment of lease liability (3. 5) (3. 2)
Dividends paid to shareholders 5.6 (13 . 4) (13 . 4)
Purchase of own shares – Share Buyback Programme 5.5 (12 . 4)
Financing cash flows used in discontinued operations (0.9) (1. 2)
Net cash flows used in financing activities (0. 8) (20. 8)
Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents 3.7 (4. 2)
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the period 9. 5 14 .1
Effects of exchange rate changes (0. 4)
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period 4.4 13 . 2 9. 5
1 Comparatives for the 52 weeks ended 1 October 2022 have been restated to reflect the discontinuation of the Armour business.
Annual Report and Accounts 2023 Avon Protection plc
131
OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORT GOVERNANCE ADJUSTED PERFORMANCE MEASURES FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Avon Protection plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
132
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
FOR THE 52 WEEKS ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2023
Note
Share
capital
$m
Share
premium
$m
Hedging
reserve
$m
Other
reserves
$m
Retained
earnings
$m
Total
equity
$m
At 2 October 2021 50.3 54. 3 (15 . 0) 11 5 . 8 205. 4
Loss for the period (7. 6) (7. 6)
Net exchange differences offset in reserves 0.8 0. 8
Deferred tax relating to other temporary differences 2.6 (0 .1) (0 .1)
Remeasurement gain recognised on retirement benefit
scheme 6.2 5 0 .1 5 0 .1
Deferred tax relating to change in tax rates 2.6 (3 .4) (3 .4)
Deferred tax relating to retirement benefit scheme 2.6 (9. 6) (9 . 6)
Interest rate swaps – cash flow hedge 5.4 0.5 0. 5
Current tax on interest rate swaps – cash flow hedge 2.6 (0 .1) (0 .1)
Total comprehensive income for the period 0.4 0.8 2 9.4 30.6
Dividends paid 5.6 (13 . 4) (13 . 4)
Own shares acquired 5.5 (12 . 4) (12 . 4)
Fair value of share-based payments 6.3 1. 0 1. 0
Deferred tax relating to employee share schemes
charged directly to equity 2.6 (0.7) (0 .7)
At 1 October 2022 50. 3 5 4.3 0.4 (14 . 2) 119 . 7 210 . 5
Loss for the period (14 . 4) (14 . 4)
Net exchange differences offset in reserves 0. 3 0. 3
Deferred tax relating to other temporary differences 2.6 (0. 2) (0 . 2)
Remeasurement loss recognised on retirement benefit
scheme 6.2 (31 . 8) (31. 8)
Deferred tax relating to retirement benefit scheme 2.6 6.9 6.9
Deferred tax relating to change in tax rates 2.6 1.1 1.1
Interest rate swaps – cash flow hedge 5.4 0.4 0.4
Total comprehensive income for the period 0.4 0. 3 (38 . 4) (3 7. 7)
Dividends paid 5.6 (13 . 4) (13 . 4)
Fair value of share-based payments 6.3 0.7 0.7
Deferred tax relating to employee share schemes
charged directly to equity 2.6 (0.7) (0.7)
At 30 September 2023 50. 3 5 4.3 0. 8 (13 .9) 6 7. 9 15 9 . 4
Other reserves consist of the capital redemption reserve of $0.6 million (2022: $0.6 million) and the translation reserve of $( 1 4.5) million (2022: $( 1 4.8) million).
All movements in other reserves relate to the translation reserve.
Avon Protection plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
132
Annual Report and Accounts 2023 Avon Protection plc
133
ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND CRITICAL ACCOUNTING JUDGEMENTS
FOR THE 52 WEEKS ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2023
Section 1 – Accounting policies
The principal accounting policies adopted in the preparation of these
financial statements are set out below. These policies have been
consistently applied to all the periods presented, unless otherwise stated.
Basis of preparation
Avon Protection plc is a public limited company incorporated and
domiciled in England and Wales and its ordinary shares are traded on the
London Stock Exchange.
The financial period presents the 52 weeks ended 30 September 2023
(prior financial period 52 weeks ended 1 October 2022).
The financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.K.
adopted International Accounting Standards. The financial statements
have been prepared under the historical cost convention except for
derivative instruments which are held at fair value through profit or loss.
Going concern
The financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis,
which the Directors believe to be appropriate for the following reasons:
The Directors have prepared a going concern assessment covering the
12-month period from the date of approval of these financial statements.
The assessment indicates that the Group will have sufficient funds to meet
its liabilities as they fall due for that period.
As part of their assessment, the Directors considered a base case and a
severe downside scenario involving a 21% decline in bank-determined
adjusted EBITDA against the base case. The base case is the Group’s 2024
budget. The severe downside scenario incorporates the cumulative risk-
adjusted impact of individual risks identified to the Group’s 2024 budget,
whilst excluding all individual opportunities. The severe downside scenario
also excludes mitigating actions the Directors could take to reduce future
cash outflows or expenses. The risks align with the Group’s principal risks
and uncertainties and relate primarily to possible loss of bids and contracts
or lower than anticipated volumes of secured work.
Even in the severe downside scenario, the assessment indicates that the
Group will have sufficient funds to meet its liabilities as they fall due, and
will continue to comply with loan covenants, throughout the forecast
period. The Group has committed RCF facilities of $142 million covering
the 12-month going concern period, maturing on 8 September 2025.
Additional committed RCF facilities of $58 million are also available until
8Septemb8 September 2024. At 30 September 2023 $77.7 million of the RCF facility
was drawn (2022: $53.7 million).
RCF loan covenants measured on a bi-annual basis include a maximum
limit of 3.0 times for the ratio of net debt, excluding lease liabilities, to
bank-determined adjusted EBITDA (leverage), and a minimum limit of 4.0
times for the ratio of bank-determined adjusted EBITDA to interest payable
on bank loans and overdrafts. At 30 September 2023 leverage was 1.94
times (2022: 1.99 times). Bank-determined adjusted EBITDA is calculated
ona preon a pre-IFRS 16 leases basis, and excludes certain non-cash items.
On this basis, the Directors are confident that the Group and Company
will have sufficient funds to continue to meet their liabilities as they fall
due for at least 12 months from the approval of these financial statements.
Accordingly the Group and Company continue to adopt the going
concern basis in preparing their financial statements.
Basis of consolidation
The consolidated financial statements incorporate the financial results
andpoand position of the Group and its subsidiaries.
Subsidiaries are those entities over which the Group has power, exposure
or rights to variable returns from its involvement with the entity and
the ability to use its power to affect the amount of the Group’s returns.
Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date on which control is
transferred to the Group until the date that control ceases. Inter-group
transactions, balances and unrealised gains and losses on transactions
between Group companies are eliminated.
Revision to IFRS not applicable in 2023
Standards and interpretations issued by the IASB are only applicable if endorsed
by the U.K. The Group does not consider that any of the below standards,
amendments or interpretations issued by the IASB, but not yet applicable, will
have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements. Effective dates
are for annual periods beginning on or after the dates stated.
IFRS 17 Insurance Contracts (effective 1 January 2023)
Amendments to IAS 1 Presentation of Financial Statements:
Classification of liabilities as current or non-current with covenants
(effective 1 January 2024)
Making materiality judgements and disclosure of material accounting
policies (effective 1 January 2023)
Amendments to IFRS 16 Leases, lease liability in sale and leaseback
(effective 1 January 2024)
Amendments to IAS 8 Accounting Policies, Changes in Accounting
Estimates and Errors, helps distinguish between accounting estimates
and accounting policies (effective 1 January 2023)
Amendments to IAS 12 Income Taxes:
Deferred tax related to assets and liabilities arising from a single
transaction (effective 1 January 2023)
International Tax Reform – Pillar Two Model Rules (effective 23 May 2023)
Amendments to IAS 7 Statement of cash flows and IFRS 7 Financial
Instruments, supplier finance arrangements (effective 1 January 2024)
Amendments to IAS 21 Effects of changes in foreign currency, lack of
exchangeability (effective 1Jative 1 January 2025)
Foreign currencies
The results and financial position of all subsidiaries and associates that
have a functional currency different from U.S. dollars are translated into
U.S. dollars as follows:
assets and liabilities are translated at the closing rate at the balance
sheet date; and
income and expenses are translated at an average exchange rate for the
month where the relevant rate approximates to the foreign exchange
rates ruling at the dates of the transactions.
All resulting exchange differences are recognised as a separate component
of equity.
On consolidation, exchange differences arising from the translation of the
net investment in entities with a functional currency other than U.S. dollars,
and of borrowings and other currency instruments designated as hedges
of such investments, are taken to shareholders’ equity. When an entity with
a functional currency other than U.S. dollars is sold, the cumulative amount
of such exchange difference is recognised in the Consolidated Statement
ofComprehof Comprehensive Income as part of the gain or loss on sale.
Foreign currency transactions are initially recorded in an entity’s functional
currency accounts at the exchange rate ruling at the date of the transaction.
Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from settlement of such
transactions and from the translation at exchange rates ruling at the
balance sheet date of monetary assets or liabilities denominated in foreign
currencies are recognised in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive
Income, except when deferred in equity as qualifying hedges.
Business combinations
Business combinations are accounted for using the acquisition accounting
method. Identifiable assets and liabilities acquired are measured at fair value at
acquisition date. Costs related to the acquisition, other than those associated
with the issue of debt or equity securities, are expensed as incurred. Any
contingent consideration payable is recognised at fair value at the acquisition
date. If the contingent consideration is classified as equity, it is not remeasured
and settlement is accounted for within equity. Otherwise, subsequent changes
to the fair value of the contingent consideration are recognised in profit or
loss. Unwinding of discount on contingent consideration is included within
finance costs. Changes to the fair value arising from changes in the contingent
element, for example, expected cash to be paid, or timing of when payments
will be made, are included in general and administrative expenses.
Annual Report and Accounts 2023 Avon Protection plc
133
OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORT GOVERNANCE ADJUSTED PERFORMANCE MEASURES FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Avon Protection plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
134
ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND CRITICAL ACCOUNTING JUDGEMENTS
FOR THE 52 WEEKS ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2023 CONTINUED
Revenue
Revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration which is
expected to be received in exchange for goods and services provided, net
of trade discounts and sales-related taxes. The Group acts as a principal in
all sales of goods and services.
Revenue is recognised when all of the following conditions are satisfied:
a contract exists with a customer;
the performance obligations within the contract have been identified;
the transaction price has been determined;
the transaction price has been allocated to the performance obligations
within the contract; and
revenue is recognised as or when a performance obligation is satisfied.
Sale of goods – point in time
Revenue from the sale of goods is recognised at a point in time when
control of the goods has transferred to the customer, usually when
the goods have been shipped to the customer in accordance with the
contracted shipping terms.
Sale of goods – over time
The Group has determined that for certain made-to-order military
contracts performance obligations are satisfied over time, depicting the
transfer of goods to the customer.
This is because under those contracts products are made to a customers
specification with no alternative use and if a contract is terminated by the
customer, then the Group is entitled to reimbursement of costs incurred to
date plus a reasonable profit margin.
A single method of measuring progress is selected for each related
performance obligation and applied consistently, with an output based
method used to measure progress based on units certified by the end
customer as a proportion of total units.
Provision of services
Revenue from a contract to provide services, including customer funded
research and development and training, is recognised over time as those
services are provided. The Group recognises the amount of revenue from
the services provided under a contract with reference to the costs incurred
as a proportion of total expected costs.
Contract assets and liabilities
Assets and liabilities arising from contracts with customers are separately
identified. Contract assets relate to consideration recognised for work completed
but not billed at the balance sheet date. Contract liabilities relate to consideration
received but not recognised as revenue at the balance sheet date.
Segment reporting
Segments are identified based on how management monitors the
business An operating segment is a component of an entity:
that engages in business activities from which it may earn revenues
and incur expenses (including revenues and expenses relating to
transactions with other components of the same entity);
whose operating results are regularly reviewed by the entity’s chief
operating decision maker to make decisions about resources to be
allocated to the segment and assess its performance; and
for which discrete financial information is available.
Operating segments are aggregated into a single reportable segment
only when the segments have similar economic characteristics, and the
segments are similar in each of the following respects:
the nature of the products and services;
the nature of the production processes;
the type or class of customer for their products and services;
the methods used to distribute their products or provide their services; and
the nature of the regulatory environment.
The Group Executive team, being the Chief Operating Decision Maker,
assesses the performance of operating segments based on adjusted
measures of EBITDA, operating profit, net finance costs, taxation and
earnings per share, as well as other measures not defined under IFRS
including orders received, closing order book, EBITDA margin, operating
profit margin, return on invested capital, net debt excluding lease liabilities,
average working capital turns, and constant currency equivalents for
relevant metrics. Further details on these measures can be found in the
Adjusted Performance Measures section.
In the prior period the Group had two continuing operating and
reportable segments, Respiratory and Head Protection, and Armour.
The Armour business was formally closed in the second half of the 2023
financial period and has therefore been reclassified as a discontinued
operation, with comparatives restated accordingly.
The continuing business has implemented a new model splitting
operations into two operating and reportable segments, Respiratory
Protection and Head Protection. These have responsibility and
empowerment to deliver their own specific strategic objectives, with
resourcing, internal performance management and CODM reporting
structures fully in place.
Employee benefits
Pension obligations and post-retirement benefits
The Group has both defined benefit and defined contribution plans.
The defined benefit plan’s asset or liability is the present value of the
defined benefit obligation at the balance sheet date less the fair value
of plan assets. The defined benefit obligation is calculated annually
by independent actuaries using the projected unit credit method.
The present value of the defined benefit obligation is determined by
discounting the estimated cash outflows using interest rates of high-
quality corporate bonds that are denominated in the currency in which
the benefits will be paid, and that have terms to maturity approximating
to the terms of the related pension liability. Actuarial gains and losses
arising from experience adjustments and changes in actuarial assumptions
are recognised in full in the period in which they occur, as part of other
comprehensive income. Costs associated with investment management
are deducted from the return on plan assets. Other expenses are
recognised in the income statement as incurred.
For the defined contribution plans, the Group pays contributions to
publicly or privately administered pension insurance plans on a mandatory,
contractual or voluntary basis. Contributions are expensed as incurred.
Share-based compensation
The Group operates a number of equity-settled, share-based
compensation plans, under which the entity receives service from
employees as consideration for equity instruments (options) of the
Group. The fair value of the employee service received in exchange for
the grant of the options is recognised as an expense. The total amount
to be expensed is determined by reference to the fair value of the
options granted:
including any market-based performance conditions;
excluding the impact of any service and non-market performance
vesting conditions (for example, profitability, sales growth targets and
remaining an employee of the entity over a specified time period); and
including the impact of any non-vesting conditions (for example, the
requirement for employees to save).
Non-market vesting conditions are included in assumptions about
the number of options that are expected to vest. The total expense is
recognised over the vesting period, which is the period over which all
of the specified vesting conditions are to be satisfied. At the end of each
reporting period, the entity revises its estimates of the number of options
that are expected to vest based on the non-market vesting conditions. It
recognises the impact of the revision to original estimates, if any, in the
Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income, with a corresponding
adjustment to equity.
Avon Protection plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
134
Annual Report and Accounts 2023 Avon Protection plc
135
Intangible assets
Goodwill
Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquisition over the fair
value of the Group’s share of the identifiable net assets of the acquired
subsidiary at the date of acquisition. Identifiable net assets include
intangible assets other than goodwill. Any such intangible assets are
amortised over their expected future lives unless they are regarded
as having an indefinite life, in which case they are not amortised, but
subjected to annual impairment testing in a similar manner to goodwill.
Since the transition to IFRS, goodwill arising from acquisitions of
subsidiaries after 3 October 1998 is included in intangible assets. It is not
amortised but is tested annually for impairment and carried at cost less
accumulated impairment losses. Gains and losses on the disposal of an
entity include the carrying amount of goodwill relating to the entity sold.
Goodwill arising from acquisitions of subsidiaries before 3 October 1998,
which was set against reserves in the period of acquisition under U.K.
GAAP, has not been reinstated and is not included in determining any
subsequent profit or loss on disposal of the related entity.
Goodwill is tested for impairment at least annually or whenever there is an
indication that the asset may be impaired. Goodwill is allocated to cash-
generating units for the purpose of impairment testing. The allocation is
made to those cash-generating units or groups of cash-generating units
that are expected to benefit from the business combination in which
the goodwill arose. Any impairment is recognised immediately in the
Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income. Subsequent reversals
of impairment losses for goodwill are not recognised.
Development expenditure
Expenditure in respect of product development is capitalised where a
positive outcome is assessed as being reasonably certain, taking account
of commercial viability and technical feasibility. Subsequently capitalised
costs are amortised over the expected useful life of the related products
(typically between five and ten years), representing the estimated period
of sales. Amortisation begins when a development project is substantively
complete and the related product is available for sale. Expenditure that
does not meet these criteria is expensed as incurred. Development costs
capitalised are tested for impairment annually or whenever there is an
indication that the asset may be impaired. Any impairment is recognised
immediately in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income.
U.K. development costs have not been treated as a realised loss by the
Directors as they relate to specific R&D projects from which the Group is
expected to obtain significant economic benefit in the future.
External customer contributions to development projects are net with
underlying expenses.
Computer software
Computer software comprises costs that are directly associated with the
production of identifiable software products controlled by the Group,
and are probable of producing future economic benefits. Capitalised
costs include employee costs and directly attributable overheads.
Costs associated with maintaining software programs are recognised
as an expense when they are incurred. Amortisation is charged to the
Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income on a straight-line basis
over the estimated useful life from the date the software is available for
use, generally between three and ten years.
Other intangible assets
Other intangible assets that are acquired by the Group as part of business
combinations are stated at cost less accumulated amortisation and
impairment losses. The useful lives take account of the differing natures
ofeach of thof each of the assets acquired. The lives used are:
brands and trademarks – four to fifteen years;
customer relationships – three to fourteen years; and
technology and licence agreements – two to ten years.
Amortisation is charged on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful
lives of the assets through general and administrative expenses.
Property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment is stated at historical cost or deemed
cost where IFRS 1 exemptions have been applied, less accumulated
depreciation and any recognised impairment losses.
Costs include the original purchase price of the asset and the
costs attributable to bringing the asset to its working condition
for its intended use including any qualifying finance expenses.
Land is not depreciated. Depreciation is provided on other assets
estimated to write down the depreciable amount of relevant
assets by equal annual instalments over their estimated useful lives.
In general, the lives used are:
freehold – forty years;
Leasehold property – over the period of the lease; and
plant and machinery:
computer hardware – three years;
presses – fifteen years; and
other plant and machinery – five to ten years.
Residual values and useful lives of the assets are reviewed, and adjusted
ifapproif appropriate, at each balance sheet date.
An asset’s carrying amount is written down immediately to its recoverable
amount if its carrying amount is greater than its estimated net realisable
value. Gains and losses on disposal are determined by comparing
proceeds with carrying amounts. These are included in the Consolidated
Statement of Comprehensive Income.
Leases
Right of use assets and lease liabilities are recognised at the
commencement date of the contract for all leases conveying the right to
control the associated asset for a period of time.
The right of use assets are initially measured at cost, which comprises the
initial measurement of the lease liability plus an estimate of dilapidation
provisions where required. Subsequently the right of use assets are
measured at cost less accumulated depreciation and any accumulated
impairment losses and adjusted for any remeasurement of the lease liability.
Depreciation is calculated on a straight-line basis over the life of the lease.
The lease liability is initially measured at the present value of the lease
payments due over the life of the lease. Lease payments are discounted at
the rate implicit in the lease or if that is not readily determined using the
Group’s incremental borrowing rate.
The lease term is determined with reference to any non-cancellable period
of lease contracts plus any periods covered by an option to extend/
terminate the lease if it is considered reasonably certain that the option
will/will not be exercised. In concluding whether or not it is reasonably
certain an option will be exercised management has considered the
strategic outlook for the Group and other operational factors.
Subsequently the lease liability is measured by increasing the carrying
value to reflect interest on the liability and reducing the carrying value to
reflect lease payments made.
Exceptional items
Transactions are classified as exceptional where they relate to an event
that falls outside of the underlying trading activities of the business and
where individually or in aggregate they have a material impact on the
financialstatementl statements.
Annual Report and Accounts 2023 Avon Protection plc
135
OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORT GOVERNANCE ADJUSTED PERFORMANCE MEASURES FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Avon Protection plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
136
ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND CRITICAL ACCOUNTING JUDGEMENTS
FOR THE 52 WEEKS ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2023 CONTINUED
Finance leases
The Group acts as an intermediate lessor for certain legacy commercial
premises where they are no longer required for operations, and accounts
for its interests in corresponding head leases and subleases separately.
Lease classification of the sublease between finance and operating is
assessed with reference to the right of use asset arising from the head lease.
Following the sublet of additional properties in the period, finance
lease assets have been transferred from right of use assets to a specific
finance lease balance sheet classification as they are now considered
collectively material.
Finance lease assets are initially measured at the present value of the lease
receipts due over the life of the lease. Receipts are discounted at the rate
implicit in the sublease, or the corresponding head lease liability if the
implicit rate cannot be readily determined.
Inventories
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost, including all relevant overhead
expenditure, and net realisable value. Inventory cost is valued using the
most appropriate method based on the business use of inventory. In the
majority of cases this is standard cost. The cost of finished goods and work in
progress comprises raw materials, direct labour, other direct costs and related
production overheads (based on normal operating capacity). It excludes
borrowing costs. Net realisable value is the estimated selling price in the
ordinary course of business, less applicable incremental selling expenses.
Financial instruments
Recognition and initial measurement
Trade receivables are initially recognised when they are originated and
measured at the transaction price.
Trade payables are obligations to pay for goods or services that have been
acquired in the ordinary course of business from suppliers and are initially
recognised at fair value. All other financial assets and financial liabilities
are initially recognised when the Company becomes a party to the
contractual provisions of the instrument and measured at fair value.
Classification and subsequent measurement
Trade and other receivables and trade and other payables are classified
as measured at amortised cost. The Group recognises loss allowances for
expected credit losses (ECLs) on financial assets measured at amortised
cost and contract assets (as defined in IFRS 15). Loss allowances for trade
receivables and contract assets are always measured at an amount equal
to lifetime ECL.
Accounts payable are classified as current liabilities if payment is due
within one year or less (or in the normal operating cycle of the business
iflonif longer). If not, they are presented as non-current liabilities.
Cash and cash equivalents include cash at bank and in hand and highly
liquid interest-bearing securities with maturities of three months or less.
Bank overdrafts are shown within borrowings in current liabilities on the
balance sheet.
Derivative financial instruments and hedging
The Group classifies outstanding forward exchange contracts, interest rate
swaps and corresponding hedged items as cash flow hedges and states
them at fair value through the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive
Income. Any ineffective portion of the hedge is recognised immediately in
the income statement.
Impairment
At each reporting date, the Company assesses whether financial assets
carried at amortised cost are credit impaired. A financial asset is ‘credit
impaired’ when one or more events that have a detrimental impact on the
estimated future cash flows of the financial asset have occurred.
The gross carrying amount of a financial asset is written off (either partially
or in full) to the extent that there is no realistic prospect of recovery.
Provisions
Provisions are recognised when the Group has a legal or constructive
obligation as a result of a past event, it is probable that an outflow of
resources will be required to settle the obligation and the amount can be
reliably estimated.
Where there are a number of similar obligations, for example where a
warranty has been given, the likelihood that an outflow will be required
in settlement is determined by considering the class of obligations as a
whole. A provision is recognised even if the likelihood of an outflow with
respect to any one item included in the same class of obligation may be
small. Provisions are measured at the present value of the expenditures
expected to be required to settle the obligation.
Restructuring provisions are recognised when the Group has developed
a detailed formal plan for the restructuring and has raised a valid
expectation in those affected that it will carry out the restructuring by
starting to implement the plan or announcing its main features to those
affected by it. The measurement of a restructuring provision includes only
the direct expenditures arising from the restructuring, which are those
amounts that are both necessarily entailed by the restructuring and not
associated with the ongoing activities of the entity.
Borrowings
Borrowings are recognised initially at fair value, net of transaction costs
incurred, and subsequently stated at amortised cost. Borrowing costs are
expensed using the effective interest method.
Taxation
Income tax on the profit or loss for the period comprises current and
deferred tax.
Taxable profit differs from accounting profit because it excludes certain
items of income and expense that are recognised in the financial
statements but are treated differently for tax purposes. Current tax is
the amount of tax expected to be payable or receivable on the taxable
profit or loss for the current period. This amount is then amended for any
adjustments in respect of prior periods.
Current tax is calculated using tax rates that have been written into
law (‘enacted) or irrevocably announced/committed by the respective
government (‘substantively enacted’) at the period end date. Current
tax receivable (assets) and payable (liabilities) are offset only when there
is a legal right to settle them net and the entity intends to do so. This is
generally true when the taxes are levied by the same tax authority.
Because of the differences between accounting and taxable profits and
losses reported in each period, temporary differences arise on the amount
certain assets and liabilities are carried at for accounting purposes and
their respective tax values. Deferred tax is the amount of tax payable or
recoverable on these temporary differences.
Deferred tax liabilities arise where the carrying amount of an asset is
higher than the tax value (more tax deduction has been taken). This can
happen where the Group invests in capital assets, as governments often
encourage investment by allowing tax depreciation to be recognised
faster than accounting depreciation. This reduces the tax value of the
asset relative to its accounting carrying amount. Deferred tax liabilities are
generally provided on all taxable temporary differences. The periods over
which such temporary differences reverse will vary depending on the life
of the related asset or liability.
Deferred tax assets arise where the carrying amount of an asset is lower
than the tax value. This can happen where the Group has trading losses,
which cannot be offset in the current period but can be carried forward.
Deferred tax assets are recognised only where the Group considers it
probable that it will be able to use such losses by offsetting them against
future taxable profits.
However, the deferred income tax is not accounted for if it arises from
initial recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction other than a
business combination that at the time of the transaction affects neither
accounting nor taxable profit or loss.
Avon Protection plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
136
Annual Report and Accounts 2023 Avon Protection plc
137
Taxation continued
Taxable temporary differences can also arise on investments in foreign
subsidiaries and associates, and interests in joint ventures. Where the
Group is able to control the reversal of these differences and it is probable
that these will not reverse in the foreseeable future, then no deferred tax
is provided. Deferred tax is calculated using the enacted or substantively
enacted rates that are expected to apply when the asset is realised or
the liability is settled. Similarly to current taxes, deferred tax assets and
liabilities are offset only when there is a legal right to settle them net and
the entity intends to do so. This normally requires both assets and liabilities
to have arisen in the same country.
Income tax expense reported in the financial statements comprises
current tax as well as the effects of changes in deferred tax assets and
liabilities. Tax expense/credits are generally recognised in the same place
as the items to which they relate. For example, the tax associated with
a gain on disposal is recognised in the income statement, in line with
the gain on disposal. Equally, the tax associated with pension obligation
actuarial gains and losses is recognised in other comprehensive income,
inline with tin line with the actuarial gains and losses.
Dividends
Final dividends are recognised as a liability in the Group’s financial
statements in the period in which the dividends are approved by
shareholders, while interim dividends are recognised in the period in
which the dividends are paid.
Share capital
Ordinary shares are classified as equity.
Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new shares or
options are shown in equity as a deduction, net of tax, from the proceeds.
Where any Group company purchases the Company equity share
capital (treasury shares), the consideration paid, including any directly
attributable incremental costs (net of income taxes), is deducted from
equity attributable to the Company’s equity holders until the shares are
cancelled, reissued or disposed of. Where such shares are subsequently
sold or reissued, any consideration received, net of any directly attributable
incremental transaction costs and the related income tax effects, is
included in equity attributable to the Company’s equity holders.
Consideration of climate change
In preparing the financial statements, the Directors have considered
the impact of climate change, particularly in context of the risks and
opportunities identified in the TCFD disclosures. There has been no
material impact identified on the financial reporting judgements and
estimates. In particular, the Directors considered the impact of climate
change in respect of the following areas:
going concern and viability of the Group; and
cash flow forecasts used in the impairment assessments of non-current
assets including goodwill and development costs.
Significant accounting judgements and estimates
The preparation of financial statements requires the use of estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities,
income and expenses. It also requires management to exercise its
judgement in the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies.
The key areas where assumptions and estimates are significant to the
financial statements are disclosed below.
Goodwill – impairment
Goodwill is tested for impairment at least annually or whenever there is an
indication that the asset may be impaired. Goodwill is allocated to CGUs
for the purpose of impairment testing.
Discounted cash flow projections and related assumptions for impairment
testing of goodwill and related CGU asset groupings are a significant
estimate that could result in future material adjustments to asset carrying
amounts. Sensitivities are provided in note 3.1.
Development costs – capitalisation and impairment
The Group capitalises the development costs of new products and
processes as intangible assets or property, plant and equipment.
Initial capitalisation and any subsequent impairment are based on
managements judgement of technological and economic feasibility,
including regulatory approvals required and forecast customer demand.
In determining the amounts to be capitalised the Group makes estimates
regarding the expected future cash generation of the project, discount
rates to be applied and the expected period of benefits. If either
technological or economic feasibility is not demonstrated then the
capitalised costs will be charged to the income statement.
Intangible assets are tested for impairment by grouping development
assets into the smallest identifiable group of assets generating future cash
flows largely independent from other assets. Included in these CGUs are
development expenditure, tangible assets related to the product group,
inventory related to the product group and acquired intangibles where
associated with the development project.
Inventory related to the product group represents working capital
included in the carrying value of the CGU. Inventory is not tested for
impairment alongside intangible assets and is considered in line with
the inventory policy, whereby it is stated at the lower of cost and net
realisable value.
Discounted cash flow projections and related assumptions for impairment
testing of CGU asset groupings are a significant estimate that could result
in future material adjustments to asset carrying amounts. Sensitivities are
provided in note 3.1.
Estimating the defined benefit pension scheme assets
andobligaand obligations
Measurement of defined benefit pension obligations requires estimation
of future changes in inflation and mortality rates, and the selection of a
suitable discount rate.
The investments held by the pension scheme include both quoted
and unquoted securities, the latter of which by their nature involve
assumptions and estimates to determine their fair value. Where there is not
an active market for the unquoted securities the fair value of these assets
is estimated by the pension trustees based on advice received from the
investment manager whilst also using any available market evidence of any
recent transactions for an identical asset. The assumptions used in valuing
unquoted investments are affected by current market conditions and
trends which could result in changes in fair value after the measurement
date. Sensitivities are provided in note 6.2.
Annual Report and Accounts 2023 Avon Protection plc
137
OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORT GOVERNANCE ADJUSTED PERFORMANCE MEASURES FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Avon Protection plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
138
Section 2 – Results for the period
This section contains disclosures explaining the Group’s results for the period, segmental information, earnings per share and taxation, and details of
discontinued operations.
2.1 Operating segments
The Group Executive team is responsible for allocating resources and assessing performance of the operating segments. Operating segments are
therefore reported in a manner consistent with the internal reporting provided to the Group Executive team.
The Group has, following a reorganisation, two different continuing operating and reportable segments, these being Head Protection and Respiratory
Protection. In the prior period the Group had two continuing operating and reportable segments, Respiratory and Head Protection, and Armour. The
Armour business was formally closed in the second half of the 2023 financial period and has therefore been reclassified as into discontinued operations,
with comparatives restated accordingly.
52 weeks ended 30 September 2023
Respiratory
Protection
Head
Protection Total
Adjustments
and
discontinued¹ Total
$m $m $m $m $m
Revenue 156.9 86.9 243.8 243.8
Adjusted EBITDA 36.6 (0.9) 35.7 (2.9) 32.8
Depreciation and amortisation (7.3) (7.2) (14.5) (14.5)
Impairment charges (24.6) (24.6)
Amortisation of acquired intangibles (6.3) (6.3)
Operating profit/(loss) 29.3 (8.1) 21.2 (33.8) (12.6)
Finance costs (7.2) (0.4) (7.6)
Profit/(loss) before taxation 14.0 (34.2) (20.2)
Taxation (1.9) 5.7 3.8
Profit/(loss) for the period from continuing operations 12.1 (28.5) (16.4)
Discontinued operations – profit for the year 2.0 2.0
Profit/(loss) for the year 12.1 (26.5) (14.4)
Basic earnings per share (cents) 40.3c (88.3c) (48.0c)
Diluted earnings per share (cents) 40.3c (88.3c) (48.0c)
52 weeks ended 1 October 2022 (restated)
2
Respiratory
Protection
Head
Protection Total
Adjustments
and
discontinued¹ Total
$m $m $m $m $m
Revenue 193.0 70.5 263.5 263.5
Adjusted EBITDA 42.4 (3.6) 38.8 (1.6) 37.2
Depreciation and amortisation (8.5) (6.5) (15.0) (15.0)
Impairment charges (0.4) (0.4) (4.0) (4.4)
Amortisation of acquired intangibles (6.8) (6.8)
Operating profit/(loss) 33.5 (10.1) 23.4 (12.4) 11.0
Finance costs (3.7) (1.3) (5.0)
Profit/(loss) before taxation 19.7 (13.7) 6.0
Taxation (3.1) 2.8 (0.3)
Profit/(loss) for the period from continuing operations 16.6 (10.9) 5.7
Discontinued operations – loss for the year (13.3) (13.3)
(Loss)/profit for the year 16.6 (24.2) (7.6)
Basic earnings per share (cents) 54.7c (79.8c) (25.1c)
Diluted earnings per share (cents) 54.4c (79.3c) (24.9c)
1 Refer to Adjusted Performance Measures section for a full breakdown of adjusted measures, including a reconciliation between adjusted EBITDA and statutory operating profit by line item. The ($2.9)
million adjusted EBITDA is the $1.5 million transition costs and $1.4 million of restructuring costs (2022: $1.6 million of restructuring costs).
2 Comparatives for the 52 weeks ended 1 October 2022 have been restated to reflect the discontinuation of the Armour business.
NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE 52 WEEKS ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2023
Avon Protection plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
138
Annual Report and Accounts 2023 Avon Protection plc
139
Section 2 – Results for the period continued
2.1 Operating segments continued
Revenue analysed by geographic origin
2023
$m
2022
(restated)
1
$m
Europe 38.2 73.0
U.S. 205.6 190.5
Total 243.8 263.5
1 Comparatives for the 52 weeks ended 1 October 2022 have been restated to reflect the discontinuation of the Armour business.
Revenue by line of business
52 weeks ended 30 September 2023 52 weeks ended 1 October 2022
Respiratory
Protection
$m
Head
Protection
$m
Total
$m
Respiratory
Protection
$m
Head
Protection
$m
Total
$m
U.S. DOD 67.1 42.5 109.6 63.2 35.5 98.7
Commercial Americas 30.5 27. 0 57.5 40.5 25.2 65.7
U.K. & International 59.3 17. 4 76.7 89.3 9.8 99.1
156.9 86.9 243.8 193.0 70.5 263.5
U.S. DOD revenues, sold directly and through indirect channels, represent the only customer which individually contributes more than 10% to Group revenues.
Revenue by nature of performance obligation
2023
$m
2022
(restated)
1
$m
Sale of goods
– point in time recognition
219.7 262.3
Sale of goods – over time recognition
20.4
Provision of services
– over time recognition
3.7 1.2
243.8 263.5
1 Comparatives for the 52 weeks ended 1 October 2022 have been restated to reflect the discontinuation of the Armour business.
Revenue from the sale of goods is recognised at a point in time when control of the goods has transferred to the customer, usually when the goods have
been shipped to the customer in accordance with the contracted shipping terms.
The Group has determined that for certain made-to-order military good contracts performance obligations are satisfied over time, depicting the transfer
of goods to the customer. A single method of measuring progress is selected for each related performance obligation and applied consistently. In the
current financial period over time recognition applied to a single contract, with an output-based method used to measure progress based on customer
acceptance of product.
Revenue from provision of services is recognised over time as those services are provided.
Annual Report and Accounts 2023 Avon Protection plc
139
OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORT GOVERNANCE ADJUSTED PERFORMANCE MEASURES FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Avon Protection plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
140
NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE 52 WEEKS ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2023 CONTINUED
Section 2 – Results for the period continued
2.2 Discontinued operations
At 30 September 2023 all outstanding Armour orders have been delivered to customers, and Armour operations have fully closed. As such the Armour
business has been classified as discontinued, including restatement of prior period comparatives. The closure of Armour included the sale of assets
relating to the Lexington facility as further described in the gain on disposal section below.
In September 2020 the Group divested of the milkrite | InterPuls business, resulting in its classification as discontinued. As part of the divestment, the
Group entered into a Manufacturing Service Agreement with the purchasers to provide manufacturing support, which was extended to 30 September
2023 during the period. As the activity under this agreement is not part of the continuing operations of the Group, related revenue and costs have been
classified as discontinued operations.
Armour
$m
milkrite |
InterPuls
$m
2023
$m
Armour
$m
milkrite |
InterPuls
$m
2022
$m
Revenue 30.5 6.2 36.7 8.4 3.2 11. 6
Cost of sales (36.5) (4.0) (40.5) (21.3) (5.8) (27.1)
Gross (loss)/profit (6.0) 2.2 (3.8) (12.9) (2.6) (15.5)
Research and development costs (0.2) (0.2)
General and administrative expenses (2.8) (2.8) (3.9) (3.9)
Release of contingent consideration
1
3.9 3.9
Operating loss (8.8) 2.2 (6.6) (13.1) (2.6) (15.7)
Finance costs (0.2) (0.2) (1.4) (1.4)
(Loss)/profit before taxation (9.0) 2.2 (6.8) (14.5) (2.6) (17.1)
Taxation 1.8 (0.5) 1.3 3.2 0.6 3.8
(Loss)/profit from discontinued operations related to trading (7.2) 1.7 (5.5) (11.3) (2.0) (13.3)
Gain on disposal before tax 9.1 9.1
Tax on disposal (1.6) (1.6)
Gain on disposal after tax 7.5 7. 5
Total profit/(loss) from discontinued operations 0.3 1.7 2.0 (11. 3) (2.0) (13.3)
Basic earnings per share 1.0c 5.7c 6.7c (37.3c) (6.6c) (43.9c)
Diluted earnings per share 1.0c 5.7c 6.7c (37.0c) (6.6c) (43.6c)
1 In 2022 revenue expectations from the DLA ESAPI body armour contract were reduced, resulting in a gain of $3.9 million on release of the net present value of contingent consideration payable.
Gain on disposal – Armour
In the second half of the financial period the Group completed the sale of Armour assets at the Lexington facility for cash consideration of $7.4 million. The
sale agreement also included a sublease of the Lexington facility to the purchaser. The Group has retained its lease liabilities relating to the Lexington head
lease. The Group also separately disposed of other Armour assets for cash consideration of $0.5 million.
The total gain on disposal relating to Armour operations is reconciled below:
2023
$m
Cash consideration received – Lexington 7. 4
Cash consideration received – other assets 0.5
Inventories disposed (2.0)
Plant and machinery disposed (0.5)
Finance lease adjustment 4.1
Transaction costs (0.4)
Gain on disposal before tax 9.1
Tax on disposal (1.6)
Gain on disposal after tax 7.5
The finance lease adjustment recognises the present value of the finance lease receipts over the sublease term. The right of use lease asset for the
Lexington site was previously impaired to $nil in the 2021 financial period. Cash consideration was fully paid in the current period.
Avon Protection plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
140
Annual Report and Accounts 2023 Avon Protection plc
141
Section 2 – Results for the period continued
2.2 Discontinued operations continued
Cash flows from discontinued operations included in the cash flow statement are as follows:
2023
$m
2022
(restated)
1
$m
Cash flows from discontinued operating activities 3.2 (24.2)
Investing cash flows used in discontinued operations (3.2)
Financing cash flows used in discontinued operations (0.9) (1.2)
Net cash flows from discontinued operations 2.3 (28.6)
1 Comparatives for the 52 weeks ended 1 October 2022 have been restated to reflect the discontinuation of the Armour business.
2.3 Earnings per share
Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing the earnings attributable to ordinary shareholders by the weighted average number of ordinary shares in
issue during the period, excluding those held in the employee share ownership trust. The Company has dilutive potential ordinary shares in respect of the
Performance Share Plan.
Reconciliations of the earnings and weighted average number of shares used in the calculations are set out below. As the Group was loss making on a
statutory basis in the prior period, basic and diluted earnings per share are equivalent.
Weighted average number of shares 2023 2022
Weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue used in basic calculations (‘000) 29,996 30,308
Potentially dilutive shares (weighted average) (‘000) 263 221
Diluted number of ordinary shares (weighted average) (‘000) 30,259 30,529
Earnings
2023
$m
2022
(restated)
1
$m
Basic (14.4) (7.6)
Basic – continuing operations (16.4) 5.7
Basic – discontinued operations 2.0 (13.3)
1 Comparatives for the 52 weeks ended 1 October 2022 have been restated to reflect the discontinuation of the Armour business.
Earnings per share
2023
$ cents
2022
(restated)
1
$ cents
Basic (48.0c) (25.1c)
Basic – continuing operations (54.7c) 18.8c
Basic – discontinued operations 6.7c (43.9c)
Diluted (48.0c) (24.9c)
Diluted – continuing operations (54.7c) 18.7c
Diluted – discontinued operations 6.7c (43.6c)
1 Comparatives for the 52 weeks ended 1 October 2022 have been restated to reflect the discontinuation of the Armour business.
Annual Report and Accounts 2023 Avon Protection plc
141
OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORT GOVERNANCE ADJUSTED PERFORMANCE MEASURES FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Avon Protection plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
142
NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE 52 WEEKS ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2023 CONTINUED
Section 2 – Results for the period continued
2.4 Expenses by nature
Continuing operations
2023
$m
2022
(restated)
2
$m
Employee and other staff costs
1
75.6 77.0
Legal and professional fees 9.1 9.6
Depreciation and amortisation charges (notes 3.1 and 3.2) 20.8 21.8
Impairment charges – non-current assets 24.6 4.6
Foreign exchange (gains)/losses (1.0) 0.3
Transportation expenses 5.2 8.6
Material costs 84.1 101.4
Restructuring costs (excluding restructuring-related impairments) 1.4 1.6
Transition costs 1.5
Other expenses 35.1 27. 6
Total cost of sales, selling and marketing expenses, research and development costs and general and
administrative expenses 256.4 252.5
1 Employee costs disclosed in note 2.4 are presented on a continuing basis for staff-related costs expensed to the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income. They do not therefore reconcile to
note 6.1 which includes discontinued costs.
2 Comparatives for the 52 weeks ended 1 October 2022 have been restated to reflect the discontinuation of the Armour business.
2.5 (Loss)/profit before taxation
(Loss)/profit before taxation is shown after charging/(crediting):
2023
$m
2022
(restated) 1
$m
Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment (excluding assets related to Armour disposal, note 2.2) 0.3
Repairs and maintenance of property, plant and equipment 4.0 3.5
Impairment of trade receivables (note 5.4) 0.1
1 Comparatives for the 52 weeks ended 1 October 2022 have been restated to reflect the discontinuation of the Armour business.
Services provided to the Group (including its overseas subsidiaries) by the Company’s auditor:
2023
$m
2022
$m
Audit fees in respect of the audit of the accounts of the Group including subsidiaries 0.9 1.0
Audit fees in respect of the audit of the accounts of the Parent Company 0.2 0.2
Total audit fees 1.1 1.2
2.6 Taxation
2023
$m
2022
(restated) 1
$m
U.K. current tax 1.1 0.7
U.K. adjustment in respect of previous periods 0.6 (0.6)
Overseas current tax (0.4) 3.3
Overseas adjustment in respect of previous periods 0.1
Total current tax charge/(credit) 1.3 3.5
Deferred tax – current period (4.4) (4.1)
Deferred tax – adjustment in respect of previous periods (0.7) 0.9
Total deferred tax charge (5.1) (3.2)
Total tax credit (3.8) 0.3
The overseas current tax credit of $0.4 million (2022: charge of $3.3 million) includes a $0.3 million credit in connection with the resolution of a number of
prior period uncertain tax positions (2022: $0.3 million).
The above table excludes tax on discontinued operations (including disposals) which amounted to a charge of $0.3 million in the current period (2022:
credit of $3.8 million).
Avon Protection plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
142
Annual Report and Accounts 2023 Avon Protection plc
143
Section 2 – Results for the period continued
2.6 Taxation continued
The tax on the Group’s (loss)/profit before taxation differs from the theoretical amount that would arise using the standard U.K. tax rate applicable to
profits of the consolidated entities as follows:
The standard rate of corporation tax in the U.K. increased from 19% to 25% from 1 April 2023. The average rate of UK tax for this period is therefore 22%.
2023
$m
2022
(restated) 1
$m
(Loss)/profit before taxation (20.2) 6.0
Taxation at the average standard rate of 22.0% (2022: 19.0%) (4.4) 1.2
Tax allowances (U.K. and U.S.) (0.4)
Non-deductible expenses 0.4 0.2
Changes in tax rates (0.8)
Differences in overseas tax rates 0.3 (0.3)
Adjustment in respect of previous periods (0.1) 0.4
Total tax credit (3.8) 0.3
The deferred tax credited directly to other comprehensive income during the period was $8.8 million (2022: credit of $15.7 million). The deferred tax
charged directly to equity during the period was $0.7 million (2022: $0.7 million).
Deferred tax liabilities
Accelerated
capital allowances
$m
Total
$m
At 2 October 2021 6.1 6.1
Charged to profit for the period (0.3) (0.3)
At 1 October 2022 5.8 5.8
Credited to profit for the period 0.4 0.4
At 30 September 2023 6.2 6.2
The closing U.K. deferred tax assets and liabilities have all been calculated using the 25% tax rate now in force.
Annual Report and Accounts 2023 Avon Protection plc
143
OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORT GOVERNANCE ADJUSTED PERFORMANCE MEASURES FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Avon Protection plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
144
NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE 52 WEEKS ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2023 CONTINUED
Section 2 – Results for the period continued
2.6 Taxation continued
Deferred tax assets
Deferred tax assets have been recognised in respect of temporary differences giving rise to deferred tax assets where it is probable that these assets will
be recovered.
Retirement
benefit
obligation
$m
Share
options
$m
Tax
losses
$m
Pension
spreading
$m
Intangibles
$m
Right
of use
assets
$m
Interest
$m
Other
temporary
differences
$m
Total
$m
At 2 October 2021 17.1 1.3 5.1 2.8 7.5 3.4 3.0 40.2
(Charged)/credited against
profit for the period (1.2) 0.2 1.9 (0.4) (1.6) (0.2) 1.8 2.6 3.1
Impact of change in tax
rates credited to profit for
the period (0.2) (0.2)
Charged to other
comprehensive income (9.6) (9.6)
Impact of change in tax
rates credited to other
comprehensive income (3.4) (3.4)
Exchange differences
offset in reserves (1.3) (0.2) (0.6) (0.1) (0.5) (2.7)
Charged to equity (0.7) (0.7)
At 1 October 2022 1.6 0.6 6.4 2.1 5.9 3.2 1.8 5.1 26.7
Credited/(charged) against
profit for the period 0.3 0.2 0.4 (1.4) 2.3 (0.3) 3.9 (0.1) 5.3
Credited to other
comprehensive income 6.9 6.9
Impact of change in tax
rates credited to other
comprehensive income 1.1 1.1
Exchange differences
offset in reserves 0.2 0.1 0.1 0.4 0.8
Charged to equity (0.7) (0.7)
At 30 September 2023 10.1 0.2 6.9 0.7 8.2 2.9 5.7 5.4 40.1
The Group has unrecognised deferred tax assets of $4.2 million (2022: $3.8 million) in respect of capital losses where it is not considered that there will be
sufficient available future profits to utilise these losses. The gross amount of unrecognised deferred tax assets is $16.9 million and has no expiry date.
Recognition of deferred tax assets in the current period is in the context of improved expected performance of the Group. Under the new STAR strategy
a sustained return to profitability is expected which will enable accumulated tax losses and other temporary differences to be utilised. In FY24 this will be
driven by a strong expected recovery in Head Protection, with growing commercial helmet sales, a full year of NG IHPS, ramp up of ACH GEN II deliveries
and efficiency improvements increasing both overall profitability and profit margins. A significant portion of losses in the current and prior period are
also a result of the wind down of the Armour business and are therefore not expected to recur with the Armour business being discontinued in the
current period.
Deferred tax on pension spreading relates to excess pension contributions made in the previous periods and in the current period for which tax relief is
spread across four years.
$4.7 million (2022: $2.8 million) of the deferred tax asset within other temporary differences relates to inventory reserves and differing cost capitalisation
rules for accounting and tax purposes, with the remainder of other temporary differences relating to a number of smaller timing differences between the
tax and accounting treatment.
Avon Protection plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
144
Annual Report and Accounts 2023 Avon Protection plc
145
Section 3 – Non-current assets
3.1 Intangible assets
Goodwill
$m
Acquired
intangibles
$m
Development
expenditure
$m
Computer
software
$m
Total
$m
At 2 October 2021
Cost 88.8 98.2 64.6 15.1 266.7
Accumulated amortisation and impairment (39.3) (41.4) (5.0) (85.7)
Net book amount 88.8 58.9 23.2 10.1 181.0
52 weeks ended 1 October 2022
Opening net book amount 88.8 58.9 23.2 10.1 181.0
Exchange differences (0.1) (1.2) (1.3)
Additions 5.8 0.2 6.0
Impairments (2.0) (2.0)
Amortisation (6.8) (4.7) (1.2) (12.7)
Closing net book amount 88.7 52.1 21.1 9.1 171.0
At 1 October 2022
Cost 88.7 98.2 69.2 15.3 271.4
Accumulated amortisation and impairment (46.1) (48.1) (6.2) (100.4)
Net book amount 88.7 52.1 21.1 9.1 171.0
52 weeks ended 30 September 2023
Opening net book amount 88.7 52.1 21.1 9.1 171.0
Exchange differences 0.1 0.3 0.4
Additions 3.1 0.5 3.6
Impairments (23.4) (0.2) (0.6) (24.2)
Amortisation (6.3) (4.1) (1.2) (11. 6)
Closing net book amount 65.4 45.8 20.2 7. 8 139.2
At 30 September 2023
Cost 88.8 98.2 69.5 15.0 271.5
Accumulated amortisation and impairment (23.4) (52.4) (49.3) (7. 2) (132.3)
Net book amount 65.4 45.8 20.2 7. 8 139.2
The remaining useful economic life of the development expenditure is up to ten years.
Impairment review of goodwill
Goodwill is tested for impairment annually and whenever there is an indication of impairment at the level of the CGU to which it isallocatet is allocated.
In line with the change in operating segments set out in note 2.1, goodwill has been allocated to Head Protection and Respiratory Protection CGUs.
HeadProtecHead Protection includes goodwill from the Ceradyne and Team Wendy acquisitions, which are now part of a fully integrated business segment.
Respiratory goodwill is related to three legacy acquisitions that completed in 2016 and earlier financial periods.
Goodwill has been allocated to CGUs on the basis of historic acquisitions, which provides a more accurate basis than allocating by relative value given
each of the acquisitions related fully to Head Protection or Respiratory products individually.
2023 allocation of goodwill by CGU
Cost
$m
Impairment
$m
Net book
amount
$m
Respiratory Protection 2.5 2.5
Head Protection 86.3 (23.4) 62.9
Total goodwill 88.8 (23.4) 65.4
In the prior period goodwill was entirely allocated to the previous single operating segment and CGU, Respiratory and Head Protection.
Annual Report and Accounts 2023 Avon Protection plc
145
OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORT GOVERNANCE ADJUSTED PERFORMANCE MEASURES FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Avon Protection plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
146
NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE 52 WEEKS ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2023 CONTINUED
Section 3 – Non-current assets continued
3.1 Intangible assets continued
Impairment review of goodwill continued
The total carrying value of each CGU is tested for impairment against corresponding recoverable amounts. CGU carrying values include associated
goodwill, other intangible assets and property, plant and equipment, and attributable working capital.
The recoverable amount of the CGUs has been determined based on value in use calculations, using discounted cash flow projections for a five-year
period plus a terminal value based upon a long-term perpetuity growth rate of 1.5% (2022: 2.0%). The growth rate was selected as specifically appropriate
for the Head Protection review considered further below. Any reasonable adjustment to the growth rate that could be made for the Respiratory protection
review would still leave substantial headroom.
Value in use calculations are based on the Group’s Board approved five-year plan which has been adjusted to exclude the impact of capital expenditure
considered expansionary and certain linked earnings and cash flows. Excluded expansionary items relate to new helmet programmes which, although
specifically identified and planned, have yet to incur significant capital expenditure. Central costs in the five-year plan are allocated to Respiratory
Protection and Head Protection CGUs based on an average of relative net assets, payroll costs and revenues. Central costs include Board, Finance, IT, HR,
Legal and Communications, where these are not directly attributable to an individual CGU.
It is considered appropriate to extrapolate cash flows into perpetuity as the fifth year represents a reasonable estimate of steady state business operations,
excluding expansionary items. Long-term growth has been adjusted to a slightly lower level this year, accounting for the risk of slower incremental
progress once the significant opportunities in the five-year plan have been delivered without further expansionary expenditure. The post-tax discount
rates applied were 10.4% (Respiratory Protection) and 10.9% (Head Protection) (2022: 9.9%, sole Respiratory and Head Protection CGU). Equivalent pre-tax
rates were 14.2% and 14.9% (2022: 14.3%). Post-tax discount rates were derived by external experts taking into consideration current market conditions.
The Group’s Board-approved five-year plan includes management’s estimate of revenue, gross margin and other financial assumptions that will be
achieved under the new STAR strategy. These consolidate risk-adjusted granular forecasts for individual products or initiatives that consider market
opportunities, execution risk, past experience and other relevant factors.
As set out in the TCFD section the Group has assessed the potential impact of climate change for the next five years to be low, and have therefore not
included climate related impacts in the value in use calculation. Beyond 2028 although there are potential costs associated with climate change, these are
balanced with significant opportunity for increased demand for protective products in a changing global security environment. Given this balanced view
no climate related risk adjustments have been made to long-term projections beyond five years.
Head Protection CGU
The recoverable amount of the Head Protection CGU of $182.1 million, determined based on value in use calculations, is less than the carrying amount of
the associated CGU net assets and has therefore resulted in an impairment to goodwill of $23.4 million.
An impairment has arisen due to a Head Protection level CGU test being performed for the first time which includes all goodwill associated with the
2020 Ceradyne acquisition of $28.0 million and 2021 Team Wendy acquisition of $58.3 million. In 2021, goodwill related to the Ceradyne acquisition was
allocated in full to the sole Respiratory and Head protection operating segment, and as such was unaffected by the 2021 Armour-related impairments.
In 2022, the decision to present Armour as a separate operating segment was taken, with nil goodwill value allocated to the Armour segment. This was
based on a relative value approach, which attributed no value to Armour given trading losses forecast to closure.
The exclusion of cash flows considered expansionary, which form a part of the Group’s long-term forecasts, have also contributed to the impairment.
The calculation of the recoverable amount for the Head Protection CGU is highly sensitive to small changes in key assumptions, considered to be revenue
growth, gross profit margins, the discount rate and the perpetuity growth rate. The Group has carried out sensitivity analysis on the Head Protection CGU
impairment test, using reasonably plausible scenarios focused on changes to key assumptions applied in the value in use calculations. The table below
provides the expected revenue and gross margin growth rates included in the calculation. Annual growth is expected to be higher in earlier years of the
five-year plan.
Annual growth in revenue from 2024/25 to 2027/28 5 to 18%
Annual growth in gross margin from 2024/25 to 2027/28 8 to 31%
If the compound annual revenue growth rate over the first five years of the forecast was reduced by 1.0%, with the impact on the fifth year extrapolated
in calculating terminal value, the impairment to Head Protection CGU goodwill would be increased by $22.0 million. There are many revenue assumptions
which are included in the forecast, with the impact a 1.0% change in revenue growth rate disclosed. Small changes in other aspects of the revenue
assumptions would have material impact on the value in use which we have not disclosed. A 1.0% change in the revenue growth rate demonstrates the
significant impact on a wide range of these revenue assumptions.
Sensitivity to other key assumptions is as follows:
Increase to Head
CGU impairment
$m
Gross margin for all products reduced by 1.0% 13.8
Post-tax discount rate increased by 0.5% 9.5
Perpetuity growth rate reduced by 0.5% 6.3
Respiratory Protection CGU
Value in use for the Respiratory Protection CGU is substantially greater than it’s carrying amount. Sensitivity analysis has been performed which shows
there are no reasonable changes in assumptions that would result in an impairment to goodwill and other net assets associated with the Respiratory
Protection CGU.
Avon Protection plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
146
Annual Report and Accounts 2023 Avon Protection plc
147
Section 3 – Non-current assets continued
3.1 Intangible assets continued
Impairment review of development costs
Development assets are grouped into the smallest identifiable group of assets generating future cash flows largely independent from other assets,
known as cash-generating units (CGU). Included in CGUs are development expenditure, tangible assets and inventory related to the product group. CGUs
are tested for impairment annually and whenever there is an indication of impairment. The CGUs have been tested against their recoverable amount
deemed to be their value in use. Cash flows were discounted using a post-tax rate of 10.9% (2022: 9.9%). Equivalent pre-tax rates were 14.9% (2022: 14.3%).
Cash flows were adjusted to incorporate risks specific to each CGU. Sensitivity analysis demonstrated any reasonably possible change in discount rate to
incorporate an uplift to the size premium for smaller CGUs would not result in any additional impairments.
As a result of the review the following impairment charges were identified.
Current period:
Assets relating to one of the products in the Group’s escape hood range fully exceptionally impaired by $0.5 million due to its discontinuation
($0.2millio$0.2 million development expenditure, $0.3 million plant and machinery).
Prior period:
General Service Respirator (GSR) fully exceptionally impaired by $2.9 million due to a change made on costing assumptions and forecast cash flow
periods, driven by changes in market factors ($0.7 million development expenditure, $2.2 million plant and machinery).
Other respiratory asset development expenditure impaired by $1.1 million due to a change in expected forecast cash flows and market factors.
$0.7million of thes$0.7 million of these impairments were considered exceptional.
Armour-specific development expenditure impaired by $0.2 million for a small number of reclassified assets.
Following the impairment charges recognised, recoverable amounts were equal to carrying amounts.
Development costs include $1.2 million relating to the boots and gloves product range, which was awarded an NSPA framework contract during the
period. Given reliance on forecast future NSPA revenues and other upcoming commercial opportunities impairment sensitivity for the boots and gloves
CGU has been disclosed below. The carrying amount of the CGU includes attributable fixed assets and inventory. Given the need to secure profitable
future orders the changes in revenue and gross margin to the breakeven position disclosed in the table below are considered reasonably possible.
A further reduction of 50% in forecast revenues would lead to an impairment of $1.1m and a 1500bps reduction in gross margin would lead to an
impairment of $0.7m.
Individual assumptions required for the estimated
recoverable amount to equal to the carrying amount
Carrying
amount
$m
Value
in use
$m
Post-tax
discount
rate
Forecast
revenue
reduction
Change in
gross margin
Boots and gloves CGU 3.0 5.7 27.0% (35.0%) (1200bps)
At the period end $2.6 million of development costs relate to technology under development (2022: $12.2 million), including $2.6 million relating to ACH
GEN II First Article Testing approval (2022: $1.5 million). Formal ACH GEN II First Article Testing approval was received post period end.
Acquired intangibles
At
2 October
2021
Net book amount
$m
Amortisation
$m
At
1 October
2022
Net book amount
$m
Amortisation
$m
At
30 September
2023
Net book amount
$m
Brand 11.5 (1.1) 10.4 (1.1) 9.3
Customer relationships 28.4 (3.0) 25.4 (3.0) 22.4
Other intangibles 19.0 (2.7) 16.3 (2.2) 14.1
Total acquired intangibles 58.9 (6.8) 52.1 (6.3) 45.8
The valuation of acquired assets is determined at point of acquisition, using complex valuation techniques including forecasting and discounting of future
cash flows. This includes assumptions such as discount rates, royalty rates and estimates for growth rates, weighted average cost of capital and useful lives.
Customer relationships
The net book value of customer relationships includes one separately identifiable individually material contract with the National Industries for the
Blind (NIB). The NIB contract was acquired through the acquisition of Team Wendy at a fair value of $14.9 million. As at 30 September 2023, this acquired
intangible had a carrying value of $11.0 million and a remaining amortisation period of eight years. Other customer relationships also included other
TeamWendy customeeam Wendy customer relationships acquired at fair value of $13.3 million. As at 30 September 2023, these acquired intangibles had a carrying value
of$of $10.5 million and a remaining amortisation period of 11 years.
Other customer relationships include those associated with the acquisition of the 3M ballistic protection business originally recognised at a fair value of
$5.9 million amortised over five years. The remaining carrying value of these assets is $0.9 million, after amortisation and historical impairment charges.
Computer software
Computer software associated with Armour was impaired by $0.6 million in the period, following the closure of this business.
Annual Report and Accounts 2023 Avon Protection plc
147
OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORT GOVERNANCE ADJUSTED PERFORMANCE MEASURES FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Avon Protection plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
148
NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE 52 WEEKS ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2023 CONTINUED
Section 3 – Non-current assets continued
3.2 Property, plant and equipment
Freeholds
$m
Right of use
lease assets
$m
Plant and
machinery
$m
Leasehold
improvements
$m
Total
$m
At 2 October 2021
Cost 3.0 42.7 94.7 3.9 144.3
Accumulated depreciation and impairment (1.2) (27.7) (66.4) (0.4) (95.7)
Net book amount 1.8 15.0 28.3 3.5 48.6
52 weeks ended 1 October 2022
Opening net book amount 1.8 15.0 28.3 3.5 48.6
Exchange differences (1.2) (0.9) (2.1)
Additions 2.2 2.9 5.1
Impairments
2
(0.4) (2.2) (2.6)
Depreciation charge (0.1) (3.0) (5.5) (0.5) (9.1)
Closing net book amount 1.7 12.6 22.6 3.0 39.9
At 1 October 2022
Cost 3.0 43.2 96.8 3.9 146.9
Accumulated depreciation and impairment (1.3) (30.6) (74.2) (0.9) (107.0)
Net book amount 1.7 12.6 22.6 3.0 39.9
52 weeks ended 30 September 2023
Opening net book amount 1.7 12.6 22.6 3.0 39.9
Exchange differences 0.5 0.5 1.0
Additions 1.1 7. 4 8.5
Disposals
1
(0.8) (0.8)
Impairments
2
(0.5) (0.5) (1.0)
Transfer of finance leases (2.6) (2.6)
Depreciation charge (0.2) (2.6) (5.7) (0.7) (9.2)
Closing net book amount 1.5 8.5 23.5 2.3 35.8
At 30 September 2023
Cost 3.0 41.7 86.0 3.7 134.4
Accumulated depreciation and impairment (1.5) (33.2) (62.5) (1.4) (98.6)
Net book amount 1.5 8.5 23.5 2.3 35.8
1 $0.5 million of disposals related to the divestment of Armour (note 2.2).
2 The $0.5 million right of use asset impairment, and $0.2 million of the plant and machinery impairment relates to the closure of one of our U.S. offices (2022: $0.4 million impairment to right of use
asset). Theremaie remaining $0.3 million plant and machinery impairment is detailed in note 3.1 (2022: $2.2 million).
Property, plant and equipment with a net book amount of $28.2 million is located within the United States of America (2022: $29.4 million). The balance is
located in the United Kingdom.
$5.3 million (2022: $3.7 million) of expenditure included in the carrying value of plant and machinery relates to assets under construction.
3.3 Finance leases
Finance leases
$m
At 1 October 2022
Transfer from property, plant and equipment 2.6
Additions 4.2
Payments received (0.6)
At 30 September 2023 6.2
The Group subleases legacy commercial premises where they are no longer required for operations, resulting in lease assets being held on the balance
sheet. Following the sublet of an additional property in the period, these assets have been transferred from right of use assets to a specific finance lease
balance sheet classification as they are now considered collectively material. Payments received include $0.1m of interest income, presented as part of
other finance income. Expected credit losses on finance lease assets are less than $0.1m, and have been considered immaterial.
Avon Protection plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
148
Annual Report and Accounts 2023 Avon Protection plc
149
Section 4 – Working capital
4.1 Inventories
2023
$m
2022
$m
Raw materials 30.1 36.6
Work in progress 22.3 21.0
Finished goods 14.3 18.2
Inventory – gross 66.7 75.8
Inventory provisions (12.3) (10.2)
Inventory – net 54.4 65.6
The cost of inventories recognised as an expense and included in cost of sales amounted to $84.1 million (2022: $101.4 million restated to exclude Armour).
The amount of inventory carried as fair value less costs to sell is $nil (2022: $nil).
4.2 Trade and other receivables
2023
$m
2022
$m
Trade receivables 54.4 26.6
Less: provision for impairment of receivables (0.5) (0.5)
Trade receivables – net 53.9 26.1
Prepayments 3.6 4.3
Other receivables 0.8 0.2
58.3 30.6
The Group has no contract assets in the current or prior period.
See note 5.4 (i) Credit risk for further details in relation to the Group provision for impairment of receivables. Changes in provisions for impaired receivables
are included within general and administrative expenses in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income.
4.3 Trade and other payables
2023
$m
2022
$m
Trade payables 17. 3 20.0
Contract liabilities 1.3 1.7
Other taxation and social security 0.9 1.0
Other payables 0.1
Accruals 15.1 19.5
34.6 42.3
Contract liabilities represent amounts invoiced under contracts with customers but not recognised as revenue at the balance sheet date and cash
received in advance. $1.7 million (2022: $3.3 million) of the balance in contract liabilities at the start of the period was recognised as revenue in the current
period. The outstanding balance at the end of the period is expected to be recognised within the next 12 months. Other payables comprise sundry items
which are not individually significant for disclosure.
Annual Report and Accounts 2023 Avon Protection plc
149
OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORT GOVERNANCE ADJUSTED PERFORMANCE MEASURES FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Avon Protection plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
150
NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE 52 WEEKS ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2023 CONTINUED
Section 4 – Working capital continued
4.4 Cash and cash equivalents
2023
$m
2022
$m
Cash and cash equivalents 13.2 9.5
Cash and cash equivalents are denominated in U.S. dollars, pounds sterling and euros and earn interest based on central bank rates.
The Group generates cash from its operating activities as follows:
2023
$m
2022
(restated)
1
$m
Continuing operations
(Loss)/profit for the period (16.4) 5.7
Taxation (3.8) 0.3
Depreciation 9.2 9.1
Amortisation of intangible assets 11.6 12.7
Loss on disposal (excluding Armour sale transaction) 0.3
Restructuring-related impairment of non-current assets 0.7 0.4
Impairment of other non-current assets (excluding restructuring-related impairments) 0.5 4.0
Impairment of goodwill 23.4
Defined benefit pension scheme cost 1.0 0.8
Net finance costs 7.6 5.0
Fair value of share-based payments 0.7 1.0
Transition costs expensed 1.5
Restructuring costs expensed 1.4 1.6
(Increase)/decrease in inventories (6.8) 1.7
(Increase)/decrease in receivables (26.2) 13.2
(Decrease)/increase in payables and provisions (2.2) 3.2
Cash flows from continuing operations before restructuring and transition costs 2.5 58.7
Restructuring and transition costs paid (2.3) (1.0)
Cash flows from continuing operations 0.2 57.7
Discontinued operations
Profit/(loss) for the period 2.0 (13.3)
Taxation 0.3 (3.8)
Impairments 0.6 0.2
Net finance costs 0.2 1.4
Change in contingent consideration (3.9)
Gain on disposal before tax (9.1)
Decrease/(increase) in inventories 16.7 (6.6)
Increase in receivables (1.3) (1.4)
(Decrease)/increase in payables and provisions (6.2) 3.2
Cash flows from discontinued operations 3.2 (24.2)
Cash flows from operations 3.4 33.5
1 Comparatives for the 52 weeks ended 1 October 2022 have been restated to reflect the discontinuation of the Armour business.
The balance sheet change in inventories is reconciled as follows:
2023
$m
2022
$m
Change in inventories – continuing operations cash flows 6.8 (1.7)
Change in inventories – discontinued operations cash flows (16.7) 6.6
Inventories disposed (note 2.2) (2.0)
Non-cash foreign exchange translation 0.7 (1.6)
Balance sheet inventories movement (note 4.1) (11. 2) 3.3
Avon Protection plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
150
Annual Report and Accounts 2023 Avon Protection plc
151
Section 5 – Funding
The following section provides disclosures about the Group’s funding position, including borrowings, finance costs, exposure to financial risks and capital
management policies.
5.1 Borrowings
2023
$m
2022
$m
Current
Lease liabilities 4.3 4.1
Non-current
Bank loans 77.7 53.7
Lease liabilities 16.6 19.7
94.3 73.4
Total Group borrowings 98.6 77.5
Bank loans comprise drawings under the revolving credit facility.
The Group has the following undrawn committed facilities:
2023
$m
2022
$m
Expiring beyond one year
Total undrawn committed borrowing facilities 127.3 151.3
Bank loans and overdrafts utilised 77.7 53.7
Total Group facilities 205.0 205.0
The Group has a revolving credit facility (RCF) with a total commitment of $200 million across six lenders with an accordion option of an additional
$50million. $150 million. $142 million of the facility matures on 8 September 2025. The remaining $58 million matures on 8 September 2024.
The RCF is subject to financial covenants measured on a biannual basis. These include a limit of 3.0 times for the ratio of net debt, excluding lease liabilities,
to bank-defined adjusted EBITDA (leverage). The Group was in compliance with all financial covenants during the current and prior financial periods.
The RCF is drawn in short to medium-term tranches of debt which are repayable within 12 months of draw-down. These tranches of debt can be rolled over
provided certain conditions are met, including covenant compliance. The Group considers that it is highly unlikely it would be unable to exercise its right to
roll over the debt based on forecast covenant compliance. Even in a severe downside scenario there are mitigating actions (within the control of the Group)
that could be taken to maintain compliance with these conditions, including future covenant requirements. The Directors therefore believe that the Group
has the ability and the intent to roll over the drawn RCF amounts when due and consequently has presented the RCF as a non-current liability.
The RCF is floating rate priced on the Secured Overnight Financing Rate (SOFR) plus a margin of 1.45–2.35% depending on leverage. The Group has
provided the lenders with a negative pledge in respect of certain shares in Group companies.
In addition to the RCF our U.S. operations have access to a $5.0 million overdraft facility, used to manage short-term liquidity requirements.
Annual Report and Accounts 2023 Avon Protection plc
151
OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORT GOVERNANCE ADJUSTED PERFORMANCE MEASURES FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Avon Protection plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
152
NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE 52 WEEKS ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2023 CONTINUED
Section 5 – Funding continued
5.1 Borrowings continued
The table below presents the maturity analysis in respect of lease liabilities and bank loans:
2023
$m
2022
$m
In one year or less, or on demand 4.3 4.1
Two to five years 86.8 65.5
More than five years 7.5 7.9
Total Group borrowings 98.6 77.5
Lease liabilities relate to land and buildings (right of use assets) leased by the Group for its office space and manufacturing facilities. The leases typically
runfor a prun for a period of 5–15 years. Most leases include an option to renew the lease for an additional period of 3–10 years after the end of the contract
term. Where practicable, the Group seeks to include extension options in new leases to provide operational flexibility. The extension options held
are exercisable only by the Group and not by the lessors. The Group assesses at lease commencement whether it is reasonably certain to exercise the
extension options. It reassesses whether it is reasonably certain to exercise the options if there is a significant change in circumstances within its control
and discloses any potential future lease payments not included in lease liabilities where it is reasonably certain extension options will be exercised.
Payments associated with short-term leases and leases of low value assets are recognised on a straight-line basis as an expense in the income statement.
Short-term leases are leases with a lease term of 12 months or less. Low value assets comprise IT and other equipment.
5.2 Net finance costs
2023
$m
2022
(restated) 1
$m
Interest payable on bank loans and overdrafts (6.3) (2.5)
Interest payable in respect of leases (0.7) (0.7)
Amortisation of finance fees (0.6) (0.5)
Net interest cost: U.K. defined benefit pension scheme (note 6.2) (0.4) (1.3)
Other finance income 0.4
Net finance costs (7.6) (5.0)
1 Comparatives for the 52 weeks ended 1 October 2022 have been restated to reflect the discontinuation of the Armour business.
Other finance income comprises $0.1 million finance lease interest and $0.3 million bank interest on cash balances.
The effective interest rates at the balance sheet dates were as follows:
2023 2022
Sterling
%
Dollar
%
Sterling
%
Dollar
%
Bank loans (interest payable on drawn facilities) 7.76% 4.75%
Lease liabilities 7.70% 2.80% 7.70% 2.80%
Floating interest on bank loans has been hedged using interest rate swaps as described in note 5.4 (iv).
Movement analysis for interest due on bank loans
At
1 October
2022
$m
Cash flow
$m
Non-cash
movements
$m
Exchange
movements
$m
At
30 September
2023
$m
Interest due on bank loans (6.3) 6.3
At
2 October
2021
$m
Cash flow
$m
Non-cash
movements
$m
Exchange
movements
$m
At
1 October
2022
$m
Interest due on bank loans (2.5) 2.5
In addition to cash flows disclosed above for interest, in the prior period the Group paid $0.2 million relating to RCF extension options.
Avon Protection plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
152
Annual Report and Accounts 2023 Avon Protection plc
153
Section 5 – Funding continued
5.3 Analysis of net cash/(debt)
At
1 October
2022
$m
Cash flow
$m
Non-cash
movements
$m
Exchange
movements
$m
At
30 September
2023
$m
Cash and cash equivalents 9.5 3.7 13.2
Bank loans (53.7) (24.0) (77.7)
Net debt excluding lease liabilities (44.2) (20.3) (64.5)
Lease liabilities (23.8) 5.1 (1.5) (0.7) (20.9)
Net debt (68.0) (15.2) (1.5) (0.7) (85.4)
At
2 October
2021
$m
Cash flow
$m
Non-cash
movements
$m
Exchange
movements
$m
At
1 October
2022
$m
Cash and cash equivalents 14.1 (4.2) (0.4) 9.5
Bank loans (40.9) (12.8) (53.7)
Net debt excluding lease liabilities (26.8) (17.0) (0.4) (44.2)
Lease liabilities (29.1) 5.1 (1.4) 1.6 (23.8)
Net debt (55.9) (11.9) (1.4) 1.2 (68.0)
Cash flows against lease liabilities were as follows:
2023
$m
2022
$m
Repayment of lease liability – continuing operations 3.5 3.2
Finance costs paid in respect of leases – continuing operations 0.7 0.7
Lease cash flows related to discontinued operations 0.9 1.2
Total lease cash flows 5.1 5.1
5.4 Financial instruments
Financial instruments by category
Trade and other receivables (excluding prepayments) and cash and cash equivalents are classified as ‘financial assets’. Borrowings and trade and other
payables are classified as ‘other financial liabilities at amortised cost’. Both categories are initially measured at fair value and subsequently held at
amortised cost.
Derivatives (interest rate swaps) are classified as ‘derivatives used for hedging’ and accounted for at fair value with gains and losses taken to reserves
through the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income.
Financial risk and treasury policies
The Group’s finance team maintains liquidity, manages relations with the Group’s bankers, identifies and manages risk and provides a treasury service
toto the Group’s businesses. Treasury dealings such as investments, borrowings and foreign exchange are conducted only to support underlying
businesstrass transactions.
(i) Credit risk
Credit risk is the risk of financial loss to the Group if a customer or counterparty to a financial instrument fails to meet its contractual obligations, and arises
principally from the Group’s receivables from customers and monies on deposit with financial institutions.
The Group recognises loss allowances for expected credit losses (ECLs) on financial assets measured at amortised cost and contract assets (as defined
inIFRS 1in IFRS 15). ECLs are a probability-weighted estimate of credit losses. Credit losses are measured as the present value of all cash shortfalls (i.e. the difference
between the cash flows due to the entity in accordance with the contract and the cash flows that the Company expects to receive). ECLs are discounted
at the effective interest rate of the financial asset. Loss allowances for trade receivables and contract assets are always measured at an amount equal to
lifetime ECL.
When determining whether the credit risk of a financial asset has increased significantly since initial recognition and when estimating ECL, the Company
considers reasonable and supportable information that is relevant and available without undue cost or effort. This includes both quantitative and qualitative
information and analysis, based on the Company’s historical experience and informed credit assessment and including forward-looking information.
Lifetime ECLs are the ECLs that result from all possible default events over the expected life of a financial instrument.
Annual Report and Accounts 2023 Avon Protection plc
153
OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORT GOVERNANCE ADJUSTED PERFORMANCE MEASURES FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Avon Protection plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
154
NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE 52 WEEKS ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2023 CONTINUED
Section 5 – Funding continued
5.4 Financial instruments continued
Financial risk and treasury policies continued
(i) Credit risk continued
The carrying amount of financial assets represents the maximum credit exposure. The maximum exposure to credit risk at the reporting date was:
Carrying amount of financial assets
2023
$m
2022
$m
Trade receivables - net 53.9 26.1
Other receivables 0.8 0.2
Cash and cash equivalents 13.2 9.5
67.9 35.8
The maximum exposure to credit risk for financial assets at the reporting date by currency was:
Carrying amount of financial assets
2023
$m
2022
$m
Pound sterling 10.0 2.2
U.S. dollar 56.1 31.9
Euro 1.7 1.2
Other currencies 0.1 0.5
67.9 35.8
The ageing of trade receivables and associated provision for impairment at the reporting date was:
Gross
2023
$m
Provision
2023
$m
Net
2023
$m
Gross
2022
$m
Provision
2022
$m
Net
2022
$m
Not past due 48.8 48.8 18.8 18.8
Past due 0–30 days 5.0 5.0 6.9 6.9
Past due 3160 days 0.2 (0.1) 0.1 0.3 (0.2) 0.1
Past due 61–90 days
Past due more than 91 days 0.4 (0.4) 0.6 (0.3) 0.3
54.4 (0.5) 53.9 26.6 (0.5) 26.1
The total past due receivables, net of provisions, is $5.1 million (2022: $7.3 million).
Individually impaired receivables relate to a small number of specific customers. Provisions for impairment are based on expected credit losses and are
estimated based on knowledge of customers and historical experience of losses. A portion of these receivables is expected to be recovered.
Movements on the Group provision for impairment of trade receivables are as follows:
2023
$m
2022
$m
At the beginning of the period 0.5 0.4
Provision for impairment of trade receivables 0.1
At the end of the period 0.5 0.5
The only significant concentration of credit risk is with the U.S. Government Department of Defense. At the balance sheet date outstanding trade
receivables for this customer were $13.7 million (2022: $3.0 million).
The credit risk in relation to trade receivables is managed via credit evaluations for all non-Government customers requiring credit above a certain
threshold, with required approval levels dependent on the value of sales. Where possible, letters of credit or payments in advance are received for
significant export sales.
Avon Protection plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
154
Annual Report and Accounts 2023 Avon Protection plc
155
Section 5 – Funding continued
5.4 Financial instruments continued
Financial risk and treasury policies continued
(ii) Liquidity risk
Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group will not be able to meet its financial obligations as they fall due. The Group’s approach to managing liquidity is to
ensure, as far as possible, that it will always have sufficient liquidity to meet its liabilities when due, under both normal and stressed conditions, without
incurring unacceptable losses or risking damage to the Group’s reputation.
The Group uses weekly cash flow forecasts to monitor cash requirements and to optimise its borrowing position. Typically the Group ensures that it has
sufficient borrowing facilities to meet foreseeable operational expenses.
The following shows the contractual maturities of financial liabilities, including interest payments, where applicable, and excluding the impact of netting
agreements and on an undiscounted basis:
Analysis of contractual cash flow maturities
Carrying
amount
$m
Contractual
cash flows
$m
Less than
12 months
$m
2–5 years
$m
After
5 years
$m
30 September 2023
Bank loans and overdrafts 77.7 87. 0 4.7 82.3
Trade and other payables 32.4 32.4 32.4
Lease liabilities 20.9 26.8 5.2 11. 3 10.3
Derivatives 0.9 0.9 0.3 0.6
131.9 147.1 42.6 94.2 10.3
Analysis of contractual cash flow maturities
Carrying
amount
$m
Contractual
cash flows
$m
Less than
12 months
$m
2–5 years
$m
After
5 years
$m
1 October 2022
Bank loans and overdrafts 53.7 63.6 4.2 59.4
Trade and other payables 39.6 39.6 39.6
Lease liabilities 23.8 29.6 4.9 14.1 10.6
Derivatives 0.5 0.5 0.2 0.3
117.6 133.3 48.9 73.8 10.6
(iii) Currency risk
The Group is exposed to transactional foreign exchange risk to the extent that there is a mismatch between the currencies in which sales and purchases
are denominated and the respective functional currencies of Group companies. The functional currencies of Group companies are sterling and U.S. dollars.
Transactional risk is minimised through natural hedging of sales and purchase currencies at a Company level. The Group monitors net transactional
exposure and can utilise forward foreign exchange contracts to hedge the remaining currency risk. These contracts are generally designated as cash flow
hedges. At the end of the reporting period there were no forward contracts outstanding (2022: $nil).
The Group is also exposed to translational foreign exchange risk arising when the results of sterling denominated companies are consolidated into the
Group presentational currency, U.S. dollars. Group policy is not to hedge translational foreign exchange risk.
In respect of monetary assets and liabilities that are not denominated in Company functional currencies, the Group regularly reviews net exposure and
ensures this is kept to an acceptable level by monitoring intercompany funding structures and buying or selling foreign currencies where necessary to
address short-term imbalances.
Annual Report and Accounts 2023 Avon Protection plc
155
OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORT GOVERNANCE ADJUSTED PERFORMANCE MEASURES FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Avon Protection plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
156
NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE 52 WEEKS ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2023 CONTINUED
Section 5 – Funding continued
5.4 Financial instruments continued
Financial risk and treasury policies continued
(iii) Currency risk continued
Sensitivity analysis
It is estimated that, with all other variables held equal (in particular other exchange rates), a 1 cent increase in the value of the U.S. dollar against sterling
would have increased the Group’s profit before interest and tax by $0.2 million (2022: $0.2 million), increased the Group’s profit after tax by $0.2 million
(2022: $0.2 million) and increased shareholders’ funds by $0.2 million (2022: $0.2 million).
The following significant exchange rates applied during the period:
Average rate
2023
Closing rate
2023
Average rate
2022
Closing rate
2022
Pound sterling 0.8163 0.8161 0.7841 0.9058
(iv) Interest rate risk
Derivative financial instruments – interest rate swaps
2023
$m
2022
$m
Current 0.3 0.2
Non-current 0.6 0.3
0.9 0.5
At
1 October
2022
$m
Cash flow
$m
Non-cash
movements
$m
At
30 September
2023
$m
Interest rate swaps 0.5 (0.3) 0.7 0.9
At
2 October
2021
$m
Cash flow
$m
Non-cash
movements
$m
At
30 September
2022
$m
Interest rate swaps 0.5 0.5
The RCF is floating rate priced using the Secured Overnight Financing Rate (SOFR). In 2022 the Group implemented a hedging policy using interest rate
swaps to fix a portion of SOFR floating rate interest. The notional value of active interest rate swaps at 30 September 2023 was $30.0 million (2022: $30.0
million), expiring on 8 September 2025 (2022: $30.0 million). The Group also has additional interest rate swaps in place with a notional value of $20.0 million
starting on 8 September 2025 and expiring on 8 September 2026 (2022: $nil).
After taking account of hedging, a 1.0% increase in SOFR would have increased interest payable on bank loans by $0.5 million (2022: $0.2 million).
(v) Capital risk management
The Group’s objectives when managing capital are to safeguard the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern in order to provide returns for
shareholders and benefits for other stakeholders, whilst maintaining an optimal capital structure.
In order to maintain or adjust the capital structure the Group may adjust the amount of dividends paid to shareholders, return capital to shareholders or
issue new shares.
The Group monitors capital on the basis of the gearing ratio, calculated as net debt excluding lease liabilities divided by capital, and leverage (note 5.1).
The Group’s gearing ratio at the balance sheet date was:
2023
$m
2022
$m
Net debt excluding lease liabilities (64.5) (44.2)
Group market capitalisation 235.0 385.0
Gearing ratio 0.27 0.11
Avon Protection plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
156
Annual Report and Accounts 2023 Avon Protection plc
157
Section 5 – Funding continued
5.4 Financial instruments continued
Financial risk and treasury policies continued
(vi) Fair values
The fair values of financial assets and liabilities, together with the carrying amounts shown in the balance sheet, are as follows:
Carrying amount
2023
$m
Fair value
2023
$m
Carrying amount
2022
$m
Fair value
2022
$m
Trade receivables - net 53.9 53.9 26.1 26.1
Other receivables 0.8 0.8 0.2 0.2
Derivatives 0.9 0.9 0.5 0.5
Cash and cash equivalents 13.2 13.2 9.5 9.5
Bank loans (77.7) (77.7) (53.7) (53.7)
Trade and other payables (33.7) (33.7) (41.3) (41.3)
Basis for determining fair value
The following summarises the significant methods and assumptions used in estimating the fair values of financial instruments reflected in the table above.
Derivatives
The Group’s interest rate swaps are not traded in active markets. These have been fair valued using observable interest rates. The effects of non-observable
inputs are not significant for interest rate swaps.
Counterparty banks perform valuations of interest rate swaps for financial reporting purposes, determined by discounting the future cash flows at rates
determined by year end yield curves.
Secured loans
As the loans are floating rate borrowings, amortised cost is deemed to reflect fair value.
Trade and other receivables/payables
As the majority of receivables/payables have a remaining life of less than one year, the notional amount is deemed to reflect the fair value.
5.5 Equity
Share capital
Number
of shares
2023
Ordinary
shares
2023
$m
Share
premium
2023
$m
Number
of shares
2022
Ordinary
shares
2022
$m
Share
premium
2022
$m
Called up allotted and fully
paid ordinary shares of £1 each
At the beginning of the period 31,023,292 50.3 54.3 31,023,292 50.3 54.3
At the end of the period 31,023,292 50.3 54.3 31,023,292 50.3 54.3
Ordinary shareholders are entitled to receive dividends and to vote at meetings of the Company.
Annual Report and Accounts 2023 Avon Protection plc
157
OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORT GOVERNANCE ADJUSTED PERFORMANCE MEASURES FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Avon Protection plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
158
NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE 52 WEEKS ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2023 CONTINUED
Section 5 – Funding continued
5.5 Equity continued
Own shares held – Long-Term Incentive Plan
2023
Number of shares
2022
Number of shares
Opening balance 261,714 334,933
Acquired in the period
Disposed of on exercise of options (73,219)
Closing balance 261,714 261,714
These shares are held in trust in respect of awards made under the Avon Protection p.l.c. Long-Term Incentive Plan. Dividends on the shares have been
waived. The market value of shares held in trust at 30 September 2023 was $2.0 million (1 October 2022: $3.2 million). The shares are held at cost as treasury
shares and deducted from shareholders’ equity. In December 2021 73,219 shares vested and were distributed to employees.
Own shares held – Share Buyback Programme
2023
Number of shares
2022
Number of shares
Opening balance 765,098
Acquired in the period 765,098
Closing balance 765,098 765,098
In the 52 weeks ended 1 October 2022 the Group completed a £9.25 million ($12.4 million) Share Buyback Programme, purchasing 765,098 ordinary
shares. Dividends on the shares have been waived. Purchased shares under the programme are held at cost as treasury shares and deducted from
shareholders’ equity.
5.6 Dividends
On 27 January 2023, the shareholders approved a final dividend of 30.6c per qualifying ordinary share in respect of the 52 weeks ended 1 October 2022.
This was paid on 10 March 2023 utilising $9.1 million of shareholders’ funds.
The Board of Directors declared an interim dividend of 14.3c (2022: 14.3c) per qualifying ordinary share in respect of the 52 weeks ended 30 September
2023. This was paid on 8 September 2023 utilising $4.3 million (2022: $4.3 million) of shareholders’ funds.
The Board is recommending a final dividend of 15.3c per share (2022: 30.6c) which together with the 14.3c interim dividend gives a total dividend
of 29.6c (2022: 44.9c). The final dividend will be paid on 8 March 2024 to shareholders on the register at 9 February 2024 with an ex-dividend date of
8Februar8 February 2024.
Dividend cover
2023
$ cents
2022
$ cents
Interim dividend 14.3c 14.3c
Final dividend 15.3c 30.6c
Total dividend 29.6c 44.9c
Basic earnings per share – continuing operations (54.7c) 18.8c
Dividend cover ratio (1.8) times 0.4 times
Avon Protection plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
158
Annual Report and Accounts 2023 Avon Protection plc
159
Section 6 – Key management and employee benefits
6.1 Employees
Total remuneration and associated costs for the period, in relation to both continuing and discontinued operations, were:
2023
$m
2022
(restated)
1
$m
Wages and salaries
1
66.8 70.8
Social security costs 6.5 6.0
Other pension costs 3.1 3.0
U.S. healthcare costs 6.1 6.4
Share-based payments (note 6.3) 0.7 1.0
83.2 87.2
1 Comparative “wages and salaries” and total remunerations have each been increased by $4.5 million, with the restatement reflecting a correction to expense allocations. This is a disclosure
restatement and does not have an impact on the Group’s primary statements
Detailed disclosures of Directors’ remuneration and share options, including disclosure of the highest paid Director, are given on page 105.
The average monthly number of employees (including Executive Directors) during the period was:
2023
number
2022
number
Respiratory Protection 544 603
Head Protection 386 364
Armour 35 54
Dairy 3 3
968 1,024
The total number of employees (including Executive Directors) at the end of the reporting period was:
2023
number
2022
number
Respiratory Protection 501 603
Head Protection 422 352
Armour 2 49
Dairy 3 3
928 1,007
Central employees that are not specifically related to an individual business have been allocated to Respiratory Protection and Head Protection based on
an average of relative net assets, payroll costs and revenues.
Key management compensation
The key management compensation below includes the Executive Directors plus five (2022: five) others who were active members of the Group Executive
during the period. It does not include Non-Executive Directors.
2023
$m
2022
$m
Salaries and other employee benefits 2.7 3.8
Post-employment benefits 0.2 0.2
2.9 4.0
The value of LTIP share awards held by key management that vested during the period was $nil (2022: $0.7 million).
Annual Report and Accounts 2023 Avon Protection plc
159
OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORT GOVERNANCE ADJUSTED PERFORMANCE MEASURES FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Avon Protection plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
160
NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE 52 WEEKS ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2023 CONTINUED
Section 6 – Key management and employee benefits continued
6.2 Pensions and other retirement benefits
Defined contribution pension scheme
The charge in respect of defined contribution pension schemes was $3.1 million (2022: $3.0 million).
Defined benefit pension scheme
Retirement benefit assets and liabilities can be analysed as follows:
2023
$m
2022
$m
Net pension liability 40.2 6.3
The Group operated a contributory defined benefit plan to provide pension and death benefits for the employees of Avon Protection plc and its Group
undertakings in the U.K. employed prior to 31 January 2003. The plan was closed to future accrual of benefit on 1 October 2009 and has a weighted
average maturity of approximately 11 years. The assets of the plan are held in separate trustee administered funds and are invested by professional
investment managers. The trustee is Avon Rubber Pension Trust Limited, the Directors of which are members of the plan. Three of the Directors are
appointed by the Company and two are elected by the members. The defined benefit plan exposes the Group to actuarial risks such as longevity risk,
inflation risk and investment risk.
The funding of the plan is based on regular actuarial valuations. The most recent full actuarial valuation of the plan was carried out at 31 March 2022 when
the market value of the plan’s assets was £337.5 million. The fair value of those assets represented 91% of the value of the benefits which had accrued to
members, after allowing for future increase in pensions.
The net pension liability for the scheme amounted to $40.2 million as at 30 September 2023 (2022: $6.3 million). The increase is mainly due to adverse
actuarial experience adjustments.
During the period the Group made no payments to the plan (2022: $8.5 million) in respect of scheme expenses and deficit recovery plan payments,
asprioas prior period payments included $4.0 million to cover all contributions due in FY23. In accordance with the deficit recovery plan agreed following the
31March 201 March 2022 actuarial valuation, the Group will make payments in FY24 of £7.0 million, FY25 of £4.3 million and FY26 of £4.7 million in respect of deficit
recovery and scheme expenses.
The Directors have confirmed no additional liability is required to be recognised as a consequence of minimum funding requirements. The trustees have
no rights to wind up the scheme or improve benefits without Company consent.
An updated actuarial valuation for IAS 19 (revised) purposes was carried out by an independent actuary for period end using the projected unit
credit method.
Movement in net defined benefit liability
Defined benefit obligation Defined benefit asset Net defined benefit liability
2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
2023
$m
2022
$m
At the beginning of the period (284.9) (534.7) 278.6 466.4 (6.3) (68.3)
Included in profit or loss
Administrative expenses (1.0) (0.8) (1.0) (0.8)
Net interest cost (16.2) (10.3) 15.8 9.0 (0.4) (1.3)
(17. 2) (11.1) 15.8 9.0 (1.4) (2.1)
Included in other comprehensive income
Remeasurement (loss)/gain:
– Actuarial (loss)/gain arising from:
– Demographic assumptions (2.6) (0.2) (2.6) (0.2)
– Financial assumptions 15.0 175.4 15.0 175.4
– Experience adjustment (24.4) (11.3) (24.4) (11.3)
Return on plan assets excluding interest income (19.8) (113. 8) (19.8) (113. 8)
(12.0) 163.9 (19.8) (113. 8) (31.8) 50.1
Other
Contributions by the employer 8.5 8.5
Net benefits paid out 23.7 21.5 (23.7) (21.5)
FX (loss)/gain (31.3) 75.5 30.6 (70.0) (0.7) 5.5
At the end of the period (321.7) (284.9) 281.5 278.6 (40.2) (6.3)
Avon Protection plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
160
Annual Report and Accounts 2023 Avon Protection plc
161
Section 6 – Key management and employee benefits continued
6.2 Pensions and other retirement benefits continued
Plan assets
The fair value of the assets of the pension scheme analysed by asset category is shown below:
2023
$m
2022
$m
Equities and other securities 83.2 105.6
Liability Driven Investment 73.8 54.4
Secured income fund 53.1
Infrastructure fund 64.0 55.2
Cash and cash equivalents 60.5 10.3
Total fair value of assets 281.5 278.6
Equity securities are valued using quoted prices in active markets where available. The Liability Driven Investment (LDI) comprises an investment in a
level 2 pooled investment vehicle which combines a series of variable interest-earning cash deposits combined with contracts to hedge interest rate and
inflation risk. The LDI is valued using a net asset value published on the Irish Stock Exchange.
$126.0 million (2022: $169.9 million) of the remaining investments are classified as level 3 within the fair value hierarchy. Holdings in unquoted securities are
valued at fair value which is typically the net asset value provided by the fund administrator at the most recent quarter end. Holdings in the infrastructure
fund are valued by an independent valuer using a model-based valuation such as a discounted cash flow approach.
The significant assumptions used in the valuation are the discount rate and the expected cash flows, both of which are subject to estimation uncertainty.
Changes in assumptions relating to these variables could positively or negatively impact the reported fair value of these instruments.
The Avon Rubber defined benefit pension scheme has an investment strategy which is targeted at maximising investment returns with a low risk strategy
which still represents a prudent approach to meeting the plan’s liabilities and ensuring that members’ benefits are protected. The strategy considers the need
for appropriate asset class diversification to balance the risks and rewards across a range of alternative asset classes. The investments held by the pension
scheme include both quoted and unquoted securities, the latter of which by their nature involve assumptions and estimates to determine their fair value.
Where there is not an active market for the unquoted securities the fair value of these assets is estimated by the pension trustees based on advice received
from the investment manager whilst also using any available market evidence of any recent transactions for an identical asset. The target weightings under
the current asset allocation strategy are 40% to matching investments, 50% to cash flow driven investments and 10% to return-seeking investments.
Actuarial assumptions
The main financial assumptions used by the independent qualified actuaries to calculate the liabilities under IAS 19 (revised) are set out below:
2023
% p.a.
2022
% p.a.
Inflation (RPI) 3.30 3.60
Inflation (CPI) 2.65 2.80
Pension increases post-August 2005 2.10 2.30
Pension increases pre-August 2005 3.10 3.45
Discount rate for scheme liabilities 5.50 5.30
Base mortality
Deferred members: 114% of S3PA tables
Pensioners: 104% of S3PA tables
based on members’ year of birth 100% of S2NA tables, based on members’ year of birth
Future improvements in longevity
CMI 2022 projections with a long-term
trend of 1.50% p.a. CMI 2021 projections with a long-term trend of 1.50% p.a.
RPI inflation has been set in line with market break even expectations less an inflation risk premium of 0.3% (2022: 0.3%). Sensitivity analysis for inflation
isdiscloseis disclosed on the following page.
Mortality rate
Assumptions regarding future mortality experience are set based on advice, published statistics and experience.
The average life expectancy in years of a pensioner retiring at age 65 on the balance sheet date is as follows:
2023 2022
Male 21.3 21.8
Female 23.7 23.8
Annual Report and Accounts 2023 Avon Protection plc
161
OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORT GOVERNANCE ADJUSTED PERFORMANCE MEASURES FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Avon Protection plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
162
NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE 52 WEEKS ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2023 CONTINUED
Section 6 – Key management and employee benefits continued
6.2 Pensions and other retirement benefits continued
Mortality rate continued
The average life expectancy in years of a pensioner retiring at age 65, 20 years after the balance sheet date, is as follows:
2023 2022
Male 22.1 23.4
Female 24.8 25.6
Core CMI 2022 mortality assumptions have been adopted which include an adjustment for the impact of COVID-19. This is based on 25% of the higher
mortality rates experienced in England and Wales in calendar year 2022. Core CMI 2022 assumptions do not include an adjustment for mortality rates
experienced in 2020 or 2021.
Sensitivity analysis
Defined benefit obligation
increase/(decrease)
2023
$m
Defined benefit obligation
increase/(decrease)
2022
$m
Inflation (1.0% increase) 21.9 21.4
Inflation (1.0% decrease) (21.2) (22.0)
Discount rate for scheme liabilities (1.0% increase) (32.1) (30.7)
Discount rate for scheme liabilities (1.0% decrease) 38.3 37. 2
Future mortality (one-year increase) 10.5 10.9
The above sensitivity analysis shows the impact on the defined benefit obligation only, not the net pension liability, as it does not take into account any
impact on the asset valuation. Each sensitivity analysis disclosed in this note is based on changing one assumption while holding all other assumptions
constant. In practice, this is unlikely to occur.
6.3 Share-based payments
The Group operates an equity-settled share-based Performance Share Plan (PSP). Details of the plan are set out in the Remuneration Report, ‘Long-Term
Incentive Plan’ section on page 101. An expense of $0.7 million (2022: $1.0 million) was recognised in the period relating to share-based payments.
The table below summarises the movements in the number of share options outstanding for the Group, all of which are nil cost options:
Number of
options
2023
‘000
Number of
options
2022
‘000
Outstanding at the beginning of the period 418 372
Forfeited during the period (222) (165)
Exercised during the period (74)
Granted during the period 337 285
Outstanding at the end of the period 533 418
The weighted average remaining contractual life of outstanding share options is 18 months (2022: 17 months). All the share options that were exercised
inthe prin the prior period vested on 20 December 2021 at a share price of £11.57.
A Monte Carlo simulation was used to calculate the fair value of awards granted that are subject to a total shareholder return performance condition.
ThefThe fair value of other awards was calculated as the market price of the shares at the date of grant reduced by the present value of the dividends expected
to be paid over the vesting period. Volatility is estimated based on experience over the last three years. Principal assumptions used to value awards each
period were on average:
Key assumptions 2023 2022
Weighted average fair value (£) 8.83 9.07
Closing share price at date of grant (£) 10.63 11.41
Expected volatility (%) 54.0 43.9
Risk-free interest rate (%) 3.4 1.1
Expected option term (years) 3.0 3.0
Dividend yield (%)
Avon Protection plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
162
Annual Report and Accounts 2023 Avon Protection plc
163
Section 7 – Other
7.1 Provisions for liabilities and charges
Warranty
provisions
$m
Property
obligations
$m
Contingent
consideration
$m
Offset
provisions
$m
Total
$m
Balance at 2 October 2021 2.9 6.0 8.9
Transferred from accruals during the period 1.5 1.5
Provision created during the period 2.2 0.8 3.0
Cash payments (1.3) (3.2) (4.5)
Release of contingent consideration (3.9) (3.9)
Unwind of discount on provisions 1.1 1.1
Foreign exchange movements (0.1) (0.4) (0.5)
Balance at 1 October 2022 2.3 3.3 5.6
Transferred from accruals during the period 1.0 1.0
Provision (released)/created during the period (0.4) 0.6 1.4 1.6
Cash payments (0.2) (0.2)
Foreign exchange movements 0.1 0.3 0.4
Balance at 30 September 2023 1.8 4.2 2.4 8.4
Analysis of total provisions
2023
$m
2022
$m
Current 0.4 0.7
Non-current 8.0 4.9
8.4 5.6
Warranty provisions cover expected costs under guarantees provided with certain products. Warranty provisions were previously included within accruals.
In the prior period warranty provisions were transferred from accruals to provisions for liabilities and charges, this being considered a more appropriate
categorisation. Property obligations relate to leased premises of the Group which are subject to dilapidation risks and are expected to be utilised within
the next 15 years.
The purchase consideration in relation to the 3M ballistic protection business acquisition included contingent consideration up to a maximum of $25.0
million depending on the outcome of certain tenders which were pending at the acquisition date and the level of sales which were generated on these
contracts if secured. At acquisition the fair value of the contingent consideration was recognised as $20.0 million based on the expected value and timing
of those payments after applying a discount rate of 12% to reflect the risk in the cash flows at that date.
The contract that triggered the contingent consideration was awarded shortly after the acquisition date with subsequent orders resulting in payments
of$3.4 million in 20of $3.4 million in 2020 and $3.2 million in 2022. In 2022 the contractual order period closed with no further orders. As a result the remaining $3.9 million
was released.
Offset provisions relate to the Group’s estimated obligations under programme to generate economic value for a specific countries. The obligations are a
direct result of specific sales and are expected to be utilised in the next three years. Offset provisions were previously included within accruals. During the
period offset provisions were transferred from accruals to provisions for liabilities and charges, this being considered a more appropriate categorisation.
Property obligations and offset provisions are not subject to discounting as the impact would be immaterial.
7.2 Other financial commitments
2023
$m
2022
$m
Capital expenditure committed 2.4 1.7
Capital expenditure committed represents the amount contracted in respect of property, plant and equipment at the end of the financial period for
which no provision has been made in the financial statements.
Annual Report and Accounts 2023 Avon Protection plc
163
OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORT GOVERNANCE ADJUSTED PERFORMANCE MEASURES FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Avon Protection plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
164
NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE 52 WEEKS ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2023 CONTINUED
Section 7 – Other continued
7.3 Group undertakings
Registered office address Activity
Country in which
incorporated
Held by Parent Company
Avon Polymer Products Limited Hampton Park West, Melksham SN12 6NB, U.K. The manufacture and distribution
of respiratory protection systems
U.K.
Avon Protection Holdings Limited Hampton Park West, Melksham SN12 6NB, U.K. Investment holding company U.K.
Avon Rubber Pension Trust Limited Hampton Park West, Melksham SN12 6NB, U.K. Pension fund trustee U.K.
Held by Group undertakings
Avon Protection Systems, Inc. 503 8th St, Cadillac, MI 49601, United States The manufacture and distribution of respiratory
and ballistic protection systems
U.S.
Avon Rubber & Plastics, Inc. 503 8th St, Cadillac, MI 49601, United States Investment holding company U.S.
Avon Protection Ceradyne, LLC 4000 Barranca Parkway, Suite 100, Irvine,
CA 92604, United States
The manufacture and distribution
of ballistic protection systems
U.S.
Team Wendy LLC 17000 St Clair Ave, Cleveland, OH 44110,
United States
The manufacture and distribution
of helmet systems
U.S.
Avon Technologies Limited Hampton Park West, Melksham SN12 6NB, U.K. Dormant company U.K.
Avon Protection U.K. Limited Hampton Park West, Melksham SN12 6NB, U.K. Dormant company U.K.
Shareholdings are ordinary shares and all undertakings are wholly owned by the Group and operate primarily in their country of incorporation. All
companies have the same financial year end. Avon Polymer Products Limited and Avon Protection Holdings Limited are exempt from the requirement to
file audited accounts by virtue of section 479A of the Companies Act 2006 (‘the Act). All remaining U.K. subsidiaries are exempt from the requirement to
file audited accounts by virtue of section 480 of the Act.
7.4 Related party transactions
Except in respect of the defined benefit pension scheme, internal transactions between Group companies and compensation of key management
personnel, there were no related party transactions during the period or outstanding at the end of the period (2022: $nil). Transactions with the defined
benefit pension scheme are disclosed in note 6.2. Key management compensation is disclosed in note 6.1.
Avon Protection plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
164
Annual Report and Accounts 2023 Avon Protection plc
165
Section 7 – Other continued
7.5 Restatements
Prior period comparatives have been restated to present the Armour business as a discontinued operation, and to reclassify certain expenses in the
Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income.
Expense reclassifications include disclosure of research and development costs as a separate line item below gross profit, and recategorisation of selling
and distribution costs. The change in accounting policy provides visibility of research and development costs on the face of the Consolidated Statement
of Comprehensive Income when it was previously only reported in the Financial Review. Selling and distribution costs have been disaggregated into sales
and marketing expenses, presented in a separate line below gross profit, and freight and distribution costs which have been reclassified into cost of sales.
This presentation reflects the way the business performance will be monitored in future, with separate disclosure of research and development appropriate
as an integral part of operations. It is also consistent and comparable with common market practice and therefore provides reliable and more relevant
information to the reader. Overall operating loss figures for the previous period remain unchanged as this is only a presentational restatement. A reconciliation
of reported prior period to restated figures is presented below. Equivalent reconciliations for restatement of adjusted performance metrics are provided
on page 119.
Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income for the 52 weeks ended 1 October 2022
Statutory total
Continuing operations
Previously
reported
$m
Remove
Armour
$m
Research and
development
$m
Selling and
distribution
$m
Restated
$m
Revenue 271.9 (8.4) 263.5
Cost of sales (193.7) 20.1 8.8 (9.8) (174.6)
Gross profit 78.2 11.7 8.8 (9.8) 88.9
Selling and distribution costs / Sales and marketing expenses (26.0) 1.2 9.8 (15.0)
Research and development costs (10.2) (10.2)
General and administrative expenses (54.3) 0.2 1.4 (52.7)
Operating profit/(loss) (2.1) 13.1 11.0
Net finance costs (6.4) 1.4 (5.0)
Profit/(loss) before tax (8.5) 14.5 6.0
Armour discontinued operations (note 2.2)
Armour
Previously
reported
$m
Research and
development
$m
Selling and
distribution
$m
Restated
$m
Revenue 8.4 8.4
Cost of sales (20.1) (1.2) (21.3)
Gross profit (11.7 ) (1.2) (12.9)
Selling and distribution costs / Sales and marketing expenses (1.2) 1.2
Research and development costs (0.2) (0.2)
General and administrative expenses (including release of contingent consideration) (0.2) 0.2
Operating loss (13.1) (13.1)
Net finance costs (1.4) (1.4)
Loss before tax (14.5) (14.5)
Employee costs (note 6.1)
Comparative “wages and salaries” and total remunerations have each been increased by $4.5 million, with the restatement reflecting a correction to
expense allocations. This is a disclosure restatement and does not have an impact on the Group’s primary statements
Previously
reported
$m
Allocation
correction
$m
Restated
$m
Wages and salaries 66.3 4.5 70.8
Total remuneration 82.7 4.5 87.2
Annual Report and Accounts 2023 Avon Protection plc
165
OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORT GOVERNANCE ADJUSTED PERFORMANCE MEASURES FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Avon Protection plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
166
PARENT COMPANY BALANCE SHEET
AT 30 SEPTEMBER 2023
Note
2023
£m
2022
£m
Assets
Non-current assets
Tangible assets 4 3.8 4.4
Finance leases 5 0.9
Investments in subsidiaries 6 212.7 191.0
Deferred tax assets 7 1.2 2.5
218.6 197.9
Current assets
Trade and other receivables 8 0.7 2.0
Cash and cash equivalents 0.7 0.2
1.4 2.2
Liabilities
Current liabilities
Borrowings 11 0.5 0.5
Trade and other payables 9 42.2 21.3
42.7 21.8
Net current liabilities (41.3) (19.6)
Non-current liabilities
Borrowings 11 5.0 5.1
Provisions for liabilities and charges 10 2.6 2.2
7.6 7.3
Net assets 169.7 171.0
Shareholders’ equity
Ordinary shares 12 31.0 31.0
Share premium account 34.7 34.7
Capital redemption reserve 0.5 0.5
Retained earnings 103.5 104.8
Total equity 169.7 171.0
The Company has elected to take the exemption under section 408 of the Companies Act 2006 not to present the Company profit and loss account.
Theprofit for the Company for the period was £9.5 million (2022: profit of £15.3 million).
These financial statements on pages 166 to 173 were approved by the Board of Directors on 21 November 2023 and signed on its behalf by:
Jos Sclater Rich Cashin
Chief Executive Officer Chief Financial Officer
The accompanying accounting policies and notes form part of these financial statements.
Avon Protection plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
166
Annual Report and Accounts 2023 Avon Protection plc
167
PARENT COMPANY STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
FOR THE 52 WEEKS ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2023
Note
Share
capital
£m
Share
premium
£m
Capital
redemption
reserves
£m
Retained
earnings
£m
Total
equity
£m
At 2 October 2021 31.0 34.7 0.5 109.1 175.3
Profit for the year 1 15.3 15.3
Dividends paid 2 (10.5) (10.5)
Own shares acquired 12 (9.3) (9.3)
Fair value of share-based payments 13 0.7 0.7
Deferred tax relating to employee share schemes 7 (0.5) (0.5)
At 1 October 2022 31.0 34.7 0.5 104.8 171.0
Profit for the year 1 9.5 9.5
Dividends paid 2 (10.9) (10.9)
Fair value of share-based payments 13 0.6 0.6
Deferred tax relating to employee share schemes 7 (0.5) (0.5)
At 30 September 2023 31.0 34.7 0.5 103.5 169.7
Annual Report and Accounts 2023 Avon Protection plc
167
OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORT GOVERNANCE ADJUSTED PERFORMANCE MEASURES FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Avon Protection plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
168
PARENT COMPANY ACCOUNTING POLICIES
FOR THE 52 WEEKS ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2023
Accounting policies
The principal accounting policies adopted in the preparation of these
financial statements are set out below. These policies have been
consistently applied to all the years presented, unless otherwise stated.
Basis of preparation
These financial statements were prepared in accordance with Financial
Reporting Standard 101 Reduced Disclosure Framework (FRS 101).
In preparing these financial statements, the Company applies the
recognition, measurement and disclosure requirements of International
Accounting Standards in conformity with the requirements of the
Companies Act 2006 (‘Adopted IFRSs’), but makes amendments where
necessary in order to comply with the Companies Act 2006 and has set
out below where advantage of the FRS 101 disclosure exemptions has
been taken:
presentation of a cash flow statement and related notes (IAS 7);
comparative period reconciliations for share capital and intangible
andtangible fixed assets (paragraph 38, IAS 1);
transactions with wholly owned subsidiaries (IAS 24);
capital management (paragraphs 134136, IAS 1);
share-based payments (paragraphs 45(b) and 46–52, IFRS 2);
financial instruments (IFRS 7);
compensation of key management personnel (paragraph 17, IAS 24);
fair value measurement (paragraphs 91–99, IFRS 13);
leases (paragraphs 90–93, IFRS 16);
the requirements of paragraphs 30 and 31 of IAS 8 Accounting Policies,
Changes in Accounting Estimates and Errors; and
the requirements of paragraph 18A of IAS 24 Related Party Disclosures.
Where required, equivalent disclosures are given in the Group financial
statements.
Foreign currencies
The Company’s functional currency is sterling as this is the currency of the
primary economic environment in which the Company operates. Foreign
currency transactions are recorded at the exchange rate ruling on the
date of transaction. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the
settlement of such transactions, and from the retranslation at year end
exchange rates of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign
currencies are recognised in the profit and loss account.
Pensions
The Group operated a contributory defined benefit plan to provide
pension and death benefits for the employees of Avon Protection plc and
its Group undertakings in the U.K. employed prior to 31 January 2003.
The scheme is closed to new entrants and was closed to future accrual of
benefits from 1 October 2009. Scheme assets are measured using market
values, while liabilities are measured using the projected unit method.
One of the Company’s subsidiaries, Avon Polymer Products Limited, is
the employer that is legally responsible for the scheme and the pension
obligations are included in full in its accounts. No asset or provision has
been reflected in the Company’s balance sheet for any surplus or deficit
arising in respect of pension obligations.
The Company also provides pensions by contributing to defined
contribution schemes. The charge in the profit and loss account reflects
the contributions paid and payable to these schemes during the period.
Full disclosures of the U.K. pension schemes have been provided in the
Group financial statements.
Share-based payments
The Company operates a number of equity-settled, share-based
compensation plans. The fair value of the employee services received in
exchange for the grant of the options is recognised as an expense. The
total amount to be expensed over the vesting period is determined by
reference to the fair value of the options granted, excluding the impact
of any non-market vesting conditions (for example, profitability and
sales growth targets). Non-market vesting conditions are included in
assumptions about the number of options that are expected to vest. At
each balance sheet date, the entity revises its estimates of the number of
options that are expected to vest. It recognises the impact of the revision
to original estimates, if any, in the profit and loss account. The proceeds
received net of any directly attributable transaction costs are credited
to share capital (nominal value) and share premium when the options
areexercised.
Plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment is stated at historical cost less accumulated
depreciation and any recognised impairment losses.
Costs include the original purchase price of the asset and the costs
attributable to bringing the asset to its working condition for its intended
use including any qualifying finance expenses.
Depreciation is provided to write down the depreciable amount of relevant
assets by equal annual instalments over their estimated useful lives.
In general, the lives used are:
leasehold property – period of lease agreement.
The residual values and useful lives of the assets are reviewed,
and adjusted if appropriate, at each balance sheet date.
An asset’s carrying amount is written down immediately to its recoverable
amount if its carrying amount is greater than its estimated net realisable
value. Gains and losses on disposal are determined by comparing
proceeds with carrying amounts.
Leases
Right of use assets and lease liabilities are recognised at the
commencement date of the contract for all leases conveying
the right to control the associated asset for a period of time.
The right of use assets are initially measured at cost, which comprises the
initial measurement of the lease liability plus an estimate of dilapidation
provisions where required. Subsequently the right of use assets are
measured at cost less accumulated depreciation and any accumulated
impairment losses and adjusted for any remeasurement of the
leaseliability.
Depreciation is calculated on a straight-line basis over the life of the lease.
In general the lives used are:
leasehold property – period of the lease.
The lease liability is initially measured at the present value of the lease
payments due over the life of the lease. The lease payments are discounted
at the rate implicit in the lease or if that is not readily determined using the
Company’s incremental borrowing rate.
Avon Protection plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
168
Annual Report and Accounts 2023 Avon Protection plc
169
Leases continued
The lease term is determined with reference to any non-cancellable
period of lease contracts plus any periods covered by an option to
extend/terminate the lease if it is considered reasonably certain that
the option will/will not be exercised. In concluding whether or not
it is reasonably certain an option will be exercised for new leases
management has considered the strategic outlook for the Group and
other operational factors.
Subsequently the lease liability is measured by increasing the carrying
value to reflect interest on the liability and reducing the carrying value
toreflect lease payments made.
Finance leases
The Company acts as an intermediate lessor for certain legacy commercial
premises where they are no longer required for operations, and accounts
for its interests in corresponding head leases and subleases separately.
Lease classification of the sublease between finance and operating
is assessed with reference to the right of use asset arising from the
head lease.
Finance lease assets are initially measured at the present value of the lease
receipts due over the term of the lease. Receipts are discounted at the
rate implicit in the sublease, or the corresponding head lease liability if the
implicit rate cannot be readily determined.
Investments in subsidiary undertakings
Investments in subsidiary undertakings are recorded at cost plus incidental
expenses less any provision for impairment. Impairment reviews are
performed by the Directors when there has been an indication of
potentialimpairment.
Deferred taxation
Because of the differences between accounting and taxable profits and
losses reported in each period, temporary differences arise on the amount
certain assets and liabilities are carried at for accounting purposes and
their respective tax values. Deferred tax is the amount of tax payable or
recoverable on these temporary differences.
Deferred tax liabilities arise where the carrying amount of an asset is higher
than the tax value (more tax deduction has been taken). This can happen
where the Company invests in capital assets, as governments often
encourage investment by allowing tax depreciation to be recognised
faster than accounting depreciation. This reduces the tax value of the
asset relative to its accounting carrying amount. Deferred tax liabilities are
generally provided on all taxable temporary differences. The periods over
which such temporary differences reverse will vary depending on the life
of the related asset or liability.
Deferred tax assets arise where the carrying amount of an asset is lower
than the tax value (less tax benefit which has been taken). Deferred tax
assets are recognised only where the Company considers it probable
that it will be able to use such losses by offsetting them against future
taxable profits.
However, the deferred income tax is not accounted for if it arises from
initial recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction other than a
business combination that at the time of the transaction affects neither
accounting nor taxable profit or loss.
Deferred tax is calculated using the enacted or substantively enacted
rates that are expected to apply when the asset is realised or the liability
is settled.
Trade and other receivables
Trade and other receivables are classified as measured at amortised cost.
The Company recognises loss allowances for expected credit losses (ECLs)
on financial assets measured at amortised cost. Loss allowances for trade
receivables are always measured at an amount equal to lifetime ECL.
Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents include cash at bank and in hand,
highly liquid interest-bearing securities with maturities of three months
orless, and bank overdrafts. Bank overdrafts are shown within borrowings
in current liabilities on the balance sheet.
Trade payables
Trade payables are obligations to pay for goods or services that have been
acquired in the ordinary course of business from suppliers.
Accounts payable are classified as current liabilities if payment is due
within one year or less (or in the normal operating cycle of the business if
longer). If not, they are presented as non-current liabilities. They are initially
recognised at fair value and subsequently held at amortised cost.
Provisions
Provisions are recognised when the Company has a legal or constructive
obligation as a result of a past event, it is probable that an outflow of
resources will be required to settle the obligation and the amount can be
been reliably estimated.
Provisions are measured at the present value of the expenditures expected
to be required to settle the obligation.
Borrowings
Borrowings are recognised initially at fair value, net of transaction costs
incurred and subsequently stated at amortised cost. Borrowing costs are
expensed using the effective interest method.
Dividends
Final dividends are recognised as a liability in the Company’s financial
statements in the period in which the dividends are approved by
shareholders, while interim dividends are recognised in the period in
which the dividends are paid.
Share capital
Ordinary shares are classified as equity. Incremental costs directly
attributable to the issue of new shares or options are shown in equity as a
deduction, net of tax, from the proceeds.
Where the Company purchases its own share capital (treasury shares)
through employee share ownership trusts, the consideration paid,
including any directly attributable incremental costs (net of income
taxes), is deducted from shareholders’ funds until the shares are cancelled,
reissued or disposed of. Where such shares are subsequently sold or
reissued, any consideration received, net of any directly attributable
incremental transaction costs and the related income tax effects, is
included in shareholders’ funds.
Annual Report and Accounts 2023 Avon Protection plc
169
OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORT GOVERNANCE ADJUSTED PERFORMANCE MEASURES FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Avon Protection plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
170
NOTES TO THE PARENT COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE 52 WEEKS ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2023
1 Parent Company
As a Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income is published, a separate profit and loss account for the Parent Company is omitted from the
accounts by virtue of section 408 of the Companies Act 2006. The Parent Company’s profit for the financial year was £9.5 million (2022: £15.3 million).
The audit fee in respect of the Parent Company is set out in note 2.5 to the Group financial statements.
2 Dividends
Details of the Company’s dividends are set out in note 5.6 to the Group financial statements.
3 Employees
The only employees of the Company during the current period were the CEO and the CFO to the Group. Detailed disclosures of the Executive Directors’
remuneration packages are provided in the Remuneration Report on pages 86 to 107.
4 Tangible assets
Right of use
lease assets
£m
Cost
At 1 October 2022 11. 3
Additions
At 30 September 2023 11. 3
Depreciation charge
At 1 October 2022 6.9
Transfer to finance leases (0.5)
Additions 0.5
Charge for the period 0.6
At 30 September 2023 7.5
Net book value
At 30 September 2023 3.8
At 1 October 2022 4.4
Lease assets relate to the Company’s leased properties. During the period one of the Company’s properties was sub-let, resulting in the related right of use
asset being reclassed to finance leases.
5 Finance leases
Finance leases
$m
At 1 October 2022
Additions 0.9
Payments received
At 30 September 2023 0.9
The Company subleases legacy commercial premises where they are no longer required for operations, resulting in lease assets being held on the
balancesheet. A property was sublet in the period. Additions incorporate a £0.5 million transfer from tangible lease assets related to the property, plus a
£0.4 million true up to the present value of the sub-lease receipts due over the term of the lease.
Expected credit losses on finance lease assets are less than £0.1m, and have been considered immaterial.
Avon Protection plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
170
Annual Report and Accounts 2023 Avon Protection plc
171
6 Investments in subsidiaries
2023
£m
2022
£m
Opening net book value 191.0 191.0
Additions 21.7
Closing net book value 212.7 191.0
During the period, the Company made an additional investment in Avon Protection Holdings Limited of £21.7 million.
The investments consist of a 100% (unless indicated otherwise) interest in the following subsidiaries:
Principal activity Registered office
Country in which
incorporated
Avon Polymer Products Limited The manufacture and distribution
of respiratory protection systems
Hampton Park West, Melksham, SN12 6NB, U.K. U.K.
Avon Protection Holdings Limited Investment company Hampton Park West, Melksham, SN12 6NB, U.K. U.K.
Avon Rubber Pension Trust Limited Pension fund trustee Hampton Park West, Melksham, SN12 6NB, U.K. U.K.
Details of investments held by these subsidiaries are given in note 7.3 to the Group financial statements.
The impairment of the Head Protection CGU detailed further in note 3.1, was considered a potential indicator of impairment for the Company’s investment
in subsidiaries. A full impairment test was therefore performed, comparing the carrying value of investments in subsidiaries to recoverable amounts. The
recoverable amount was determined based on value in use calculations for subsidiary groups, under an approach consistent with that detailed in note 3.1.
This analysis demonstrated the value in use of investments in subsidiaries are substantially greater than carrying amounts. Sensitivity analysis has been
performed which shows there are no reasonable changes in assumptions that would result in an impairment.
7 Deferred tax assets
Share
options
£m
Other
temporary
differences
£m
Total
£m
At 2 October 2021 1.0 1.5 2.5
Credited to profit for the year 0.1 0.4 0.5
Charged to equity (0.5) (0.5)
At 1 October 2022 0.6 1.9 2.5
Credited to profit for the year 0.1 (0.9) (0.8)
Charged to equity (0.5) (0.5)
At 30 September 2023 0.2 1.0 1.2
8 Trade and other receivables
2023
£m
2022
£m
Other receivables 0.1 0.2
Prepayments 0.5 1.0
Amounts owed by Group undertakings 0.1 0.8
0.7 2.0
Amounts due to Group undertakings are unsecured, are interest free, have no fixed date of repayment and are repayable on demand.
Annual Report and Accounts 2023 Avon Protection plc
171
OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORT GOVERNANCE ADJUSTED PERFORMANCE MEASURES FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Avon Protection plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
172
NOTES TO THE PARENT COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE 52 WEEKS ENDED 30 SEPTEMBER 2023 CONTINUED
9 Trade and other payables
2023
£m
2022
£m
Trade payables 0.4 0.3
Accruals 2.2 3.0
Amounts due to Group undertakings 39.6 18.0
42.2 21.3
Amounts due to Group undertakings are unsecured, are interest free, have no fixed date of repayment and are repayable on demand. The increase during
the period was mainly due to receipts from the Group’s subsidiary Avon Polymer Products Limited.
10 Provisions for liabilities and charges
Property
obligations
£m
Balance at 2 October 2021 1.5
Addition during the period 0.7
Balance at 1 October 2022 2.2
Addition during the period 0.4
Balance at 30 September 2023 2.6
Analysis of total provisions
2023
£m
2022
£m
Non-current 2.6 2.2
Provisions relate to property obligations arising in relation to leased premises of the Company which are subject to dilapidation risks and are expected to
be utilised within the next ten years. Property provisions are subject to uncertainty in respect of any final negotiated settlement of any dilapidation claims
with landlords.
Avon Protection plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
172
Annual Report and Accounts 2023 Avon Protection plc
173
11 Borrowings
The Group has a revolving credit facility (RCF) with a total commitment of $200 million across six lenders with an accordion option of an additional
$50million. $142 million of the RCF facility matures on 8 September 2025. The remaining $58 million matures on 8 September 2024.
Further details regarding borrowings and credit risks are disclosed in note 5.4 to the Group financial statements.
2023
£m
2022
£m
Current
Lease liabilities 0.5 0.5
Non-current
Lease liabilities 5.0 5.1
Total borrowings 5.5 5.6
The table below presents the contractual maturity analysis in respect of lease liabilities:
2023
£m
2022
£m
In one year or less, or on demand 0.5 0.5
Two to five years 2.6 2.6
More than five years 2.4 2.5
Total lease liabilities 5.5 5.6
Lease liabilities relate to land and buildings (lease assets) leased by the Company for its office space and manufacturing facilities of U.K. trading subsidiaries.
12 Share capital
Details of the Company’s share capital are set out in note 5.5 to the Group financial statements.
13 Share-based payments
The Company operates an equity-settled share-based Long-Term Incentive Plan (LTIP), details of which are disclosed in note 6.3 to the Group financial
statements.
The Company recognises share-based payment charges for awards held by the CEO and the CFO. Share-based payment charges for other employees
arerecharged to the relevant subsidiary where material.
Annual Report and Accounts 2023 Avon Protection plc
173
OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORT GOVERNANCE ADJUSTED PERFORMANCE MEASURES FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Avon Protection plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
174
NOTICE OF ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING
THIS DOCUMENT IS IMPORTANT AND REQUIRES YOUR IMMEDIATE ATTENTION
If you are in any doubt as to what action you should take, you are recommended to seek your own financial advice from your bank manager,
stockbroker, solicitor, accountant or other independent financial advisor authorised under the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000. If you have
sold or otherwise transferred all of your shares in Avon Protection plc, please forward this document, together with the accompanying documents,
as soon as possible either to the purchaser or transferee or to the person who arranged the sale or transfer so they can pass these documents
tothe person who now holds the shares.
Notice of Annual General Meeting for the year ended
30September 2023
Notice is hereby given that the AGM of shareholders of Avon Protection plc
(‘the Company’) will be held at Hampton Park West, Semington Road,
Melksham, Wiltshire SN12 6NB on 26 January 2024 at 10:30am for the
purposes set out below.
You will not receive a form of proxy for the AGM in the post. Instead,
you will receive instructions to enable you to vote electronically
and outlining how to register to do so. You may request a hard copy
form of proxy directly from the Registrar, Link Group, via email at
shareholderenquiries@linkgroup.co.uk, at Central Square, 29 Wellington
Street, Leeds LS1 4DL or on 0371 664 0300 or +44 371 664 0300 if overseas.
Ordinary business
To consider and, if thought fit, pass resolutions 114 (inclusive) as ordinary
resolutions:
Resolution 1
To receive the Company’s accounts and the reports of the Directors and
the auditor for the year ended 30 September 2023.
Resolution 2
To approve the Directors’ Remuneration Report (other than the part
containing the Directors’ Remuneration Policy) for the financial year ended
30 September 2023.
Resolution 3
To approve the Directors’ Remuneration Policy set out on pages 90 to 98
of the 2023 Annual Report.
Resolution 4
To declare a final dividend of 15.3 U.S. cents per ordinary share as
recommended by the Directors.
Resolution 5
To re-elect Jos Sclater as a Director of the Company.
Resolution 6
To re-elect Rich Cashin as a Director of the Company.
Resolution 7
To re-elect Bruce Thompson as a Director of the Company.
Resolution 8
To re-elect Chloe Ponsonby as a Director of the Company.
Resolution 9
To re-elect Bindi Foyle as a Director of the Company.
Resolution 10
To re-elect Victor Chavez CBE as a Director of the Company.
Resolution 11
To re-appoint KPMG LLP as auditor of the Company, to hold office until the
conclusion of the next general meeting at which accounts are laid before
the Company.
Resolution 12
To authorise the Directors to determine the auditor’s remuneration.
Resolution 13
That, in accordance with sections 366 and 367 of the Companies Act 2006
(‘the Act), the Company and all its subsidiaries during the period for which
this resolution has effect be and are hereby authorised, in aggregate, to:
(a) make political donations to political parties or to independent
election candidates not exceeding £100,000 in total;
(b) make political donations to political organisations (other than political
parties) not exceeding £100,000 in total; and
(c) incur any political expenditure not exceeding £100,000 in total,
during the period beginning with the date of the passing of this
resolution and ending at the close of business on 27 December 2024
or, if sooner, the conclusion of the next AGM of the Company. For
the purpose of this resolution ‘political donation’, ‘political party,
‘political organisation, ‘independent election candidate’ and ‘political
expenditure’ are to be construed in accordance with sections 363, 364
and 365 of the Act.
Resolution 14
That in accordance with section 551 of the Act, the Directors be generally
and unconditionally authorised to allot Relevant Securities (as defined in
the notes to this resolution):
(a) up to an aggregate nominal amount of £10,086,064 (such amount to
be reduced by any allotments or grants made under paragraph (b))
below); and
(b) comprising equity securities (as defined by section 560 of the Act) up
to an aggregate nominal amount of £20,172,129 (such amount to be
reduced by any allotments or grants made under paragraph (a) above)
in connection with a pre-emptive offer (including an offer by way of a
rights issue or open offer):
(i) to holders of ordinary shares in proportion (as nearly as
practicable) to their existing holdings; and
(ii) to holders of other equity shares as required by the rights of those
securities or as the Directors otherwise consider necessary,
but subject to such limits, restrictions, exclusions or other
arrangements as the Directors may deem necessary or expedient
in relation to treasury shares, fractional entitlements, record dates,
regulatory or practical problems in, or under the laws of, any territory
or any other matter,
such authority to expire on the date 15 months after the date of this
resolution or, if earlier, the date of the next AGM of the Company (unless
renewed, varied or revoked by the Company prior to or on that date), save
that the Company may, before such expiry, make offers or agreements
which would or might require Relevant Securities to be allotted and
the Directors may allot Relevant Securities in pursuance of such offer or
agreement notwithstanding that the authority conferred by this resolution
has expired.
This resolution revokes and replaces all unexercised authorities previously
granted to the Directors to allot Relevant Securities but without prejudice
to any allotment of shares or grant of rights already made, offered or
agreed to be made pursuant to such authorities.
Avon Protection plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
174
Annual Report and Accounts 2023 Avon Protection plc
175
Special business
To consider and if thought fit, pass resolutions 1518 (inclusive) as special
resolutions and resolution 19 as an ordinary resolution:
Resolution 15
That, subject to the passing of resolution 14, the Directors be authorised to
allot equity securities (as defined by section 560 of the Act) for cash under
the authority conferred by that resolution and/or to sell ordinary shares
held by the Company as treasury shares for cash, as if section 561 of the
Act did not apply to any such allotment or sale, provided that this power
shall be limited to:
(a) the allotment of equity securities and sale of treasury shares in
connection with an offer of, or invitation to apply for, equity securities
(but in the case of the authority granted under paragraph (b) of
resolution 14, by way of a pre-emptive offer (including a rights issue
oropen offer)):
(i) to holders of ordinary shares in proportion (as nearly as
practicable) to their existing holdings; and
(ii) to holders of other equity securities, as required by the rights
attaching thereto, or as the Directors otherwise consider
necessary,
and so that the Directors may impose such limits, restrictions or
exclusions and make any arrangements which they deem necessary or
expedient in relation to treasury shares, fractional entitlements, record
dates or legal, regulatory or practical problems in, or under the laws of,
any territory or any other matter; and
(b) in the case of the authority granted under paragraph (a) of resolution
14, the allotment of equity securities and/or sale of treasury shares
(otherwise than under paragraph (a) above) up to a nominal amount
of £3,025,819; and
(c) the allotment of equity securities or sale of treasury shares (otherwise
than under paragraphs (a) or (b) above) up to a nominal amount equal
to 20% of any allotment of equity securities or sale of treasury shares
from time to time under paragraph (b) above, such authority to be
used only for the purposes of making a follow-on offer which the
Directors determine to be of a kind contemplated by paragraph 3 of
Section 2B of the Statement of Principles on Disapplying Pre-Emption
Rights most recently published by the Pre-Emption Group prior to the
date of this Notice,
such authority to expire on the date 15 months after the date of this
resolution or, if earlier, the date of the next AGM of the Company (unless
renewed, varied or revoked by the Company prior to or on that date) save
that the Company may, before such expiry, make an offer or agreement
which would or might require equity securities to be allotted (or treasury
shares to be sold) after such expiry and the Directors may allot equity
securities (or sell treasury shares) in pursuance of any such offer or
agreement notwithstanding that the power conferred by this resolution
has expired.
Resolution 16
That, subject to the passing of resolution 14, the Directors be authorised,
in addition to any authority granted under resolution 15, to allot equity
securities (as defined by section 560 of the Act) for cash under the
authority conferred by that resolution and/or to sell ordinary shares held
by the Company as treasury shares for cash, as if section 561 of the Act did
not apply to any such allotment or sale, such authority to be:
(a) limited to the allotment of equity securities or sale of treasury
shares up to a nominal amount of £3,025,819, to be used only for
the purposes of financing (or refinancing, if the authority is to be
used within 12 months after the original transaction) a transaction
which the Directors determine to be an acquisition or other capital
investment of a kind contemplated by the Statement of Principles
on Disapplying Pre-Emption Rights most recently published by the
Pre-Emption Group prior to the date of this Notice; and
(b) limited to the allotment of equity securities or sale of treasury shares
(otherwise than under paragraph (a)) up to a nominal amount equal
to 20% of any allotment of equity securities or sale of treasury shares
from time to time under paragraph (a), such authority to be used only
for the purposes of making a follow-on offer which the Directors of
the Company determine to be of a kind contemplated by paragraph
3 of Section 2B of the Statement of Principles on Disapplying Pre-
Emption Rights most recently published by the Pre-Emption Group
prior to the date of this Notice,
such authority to expire on the date 15 months after the date of this resolution
or, if earlier, the date of the next AGM of the Company (unless renewed, varied
or revoked by the Company prior to or on that date) save that the Company
may, before such expiry, make an offer or agreement which would or might
require equity securities to be allotted (or treasury shares to be sold) after such
expiry and the Directors may allot equity securities (or sell treasury shares) in
pursuance of any such offer or agreement notwithstanding that the power
conferred by this resolution has expired.
Resolution 17
That the Company be and is hereby unconditionally and generally
authorised for the purpose of section 701 of the Act to make market
purchases (within the meaning of section 693(4) of the Act) of ordinary
shares of £1 each in the capital of the Company provided that:
(a) the maximum number of shares which may be purchased is 3,025,819;
(b) the minimum price (excluding expenses) which may be paid for each
share is £1;
(c) the maximum price (excluding expenses) which may be paid for each
ordinary share is an amount equal to the higher of:
(i) 105% of the average of the middle market quotations of the
Company’s ordinary shares as derived from the Daily Official
List of the London Stock Exchange for the five business days
immediately preceding the day on which such share is contracted
to be purchased; and
(ii) the value of an ordinary share calculated on the basis of the
higher of the price quoted for the last independent trade of
and the highest current independent bid for any number of
the Company’s ordinary shares on the trading venue where the
purchase is to be carried out, including when the shares are
traded on different trading venues,
such authority to expire on the date 15 months after the date of this
resolution or, if earlier, the date of the next AGM of the Company (except
in relation to the purchase of shares the contract for which was concluded
before the expiry of such authority and which might be executed wholly or
partly after such expiry) unless such authority is renewed prior to such time.
Resolution 18
That a general meeting of the Company (other than an AGM) may be
called on not less than 14 clear days’ notice.
Resolution 19
That the proposed amendment to the rules of the Avon Protection plc
Long Term Incentive Plan (formerly called the Avon Rubber p.l.c. Long
Term Incentive Plan) (‘the LTIP’) in connection with a proposed one-off
matching award arrangement, in the form presented to the AGM and as
summarised in the explanatory notes section of this Notice, be approved
and the Directors be authorised to adopt the amendment into the rules
of the LTIP and to do all such other acts and things as they may consider
appropriate to implement the amendment.
By order of the Board
Miles Ingrey-Counter
General Counsel and Company Secretary
Annual Report and Accounts 2023 Avon Protection plc
175
OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORT GOVERNANCE ADJUSTED PERFORMANCE MEASURES FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Avon Protection plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
176
NOTICE OF ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING CONTINUED
Explanatory notes relating to the resolutions
The Board believes that the adoption of resolutions 1 to 19 will promote
the success of the Company and is in the best interests of the Company
and its shareholders as a whole. The Board unanimously recommends that
all shareholders should vote in favour of all the resolutions to be proposed
at the AGM. Each of the Directors of the Company intends to vote in favour
of all resolutions in respect of their own beneficial holdings.
Resolution 1 – Reports and accounts
The Directors are required by law to present to the AGM the accounts, and
the reports of the Directors and auditor, for the year ended 30 September
2023. These are contained in the Company’s 2023 Annual Report.
Resolution 2 – Directors’ Remuneration Report
This resolution seeks shareholders’ approval of the Directors’
Remuneration Report for the year ended 30 September 2023 contained
on pages 99 to 107 of the 2023 Annual Report. As in previous years, the
vote is advisory only and the Directors’ entitlement to remuneration is not
conditional on it being passed.
Resolution 3 – Directors’ Remuneration Policy
This resolution seeks shareholders’ approval for the new Directors’
Remuneration Policy which is contained on pages 90 to 98 of the 2023
Annual Report.
It is intended that the Directors’ Remuneration Policy will take effect
immediately after the AGM and will replace the existing policy that was
approved by shareholders in 2021. The vote is a binding vote and, subject
to limited exceptions, no remuneration payment or loss of office payment
may be made to a prospective, current or former Director unless consistent
with the approved remuneration policy (or otherwise specifically approved
by shareholders). It is anticipated that the Directors’ Remuneration Policy
will be in force for three years, although the Board will closely monitor
regulatory changes and market trends and, if necessary, may present a
revised policy within that three-year period.
The Directors’ Remuneration Policy has been developed taking into
account the principles of the U.K. Corporate Governance Code and the
views of the Company’s major shareholders.
Resolution 4 – Declaration of final dividend
A final dividend can only be paid after the shareholders have approved it
at a general meeting. The Directors recommend that a final dividend in
respect of the financial year ended 30 September 2023 of 15.3 U.S. cents be
paid. Subject to approval, the final dividend will be paid on 8 March 2024
to eligible shareholders on the Company’s Register of Members at close of
business on 9 February 2024. The dividend will be converted into pound
sterling for payment at the prevailing exchange rate prior to payment. The
exchange rate will be notified to shareholders through a Regulatory News
Service in advance of the dividend payment date.
Resolutions 5 to 10 – Re-appointment of Directors
Each member of the Board has offered himself/herself for election or
re-election in accordance with best practice corporate governance
standards. The Board unanimously recommends that they each be elected
or re-elected as Directors of the Company. Chloe Ponsonby will step down
from the Board in 2024 when her replacement has been identified. The
Chair confirms that each of the Non-Executive Directors who are seeking
re-election at the AGM continues to be an effective member of the Board
and to demonstrate their commitment to their role. Chloe Ponsonby, in
her capacity as Senior Independent Director, has confirmed that Bruce
Thompson is an effective Chair and demonstrates commitment to his
role as Chair.
Biographical details for each Director are set out on pages 74 and 75 of the
2023 Annual Report.
Resolutions 11 and 12 – Re-appointment of auditor and
authorisation for the Directors to set the auditor’s remuneration
The Company is required to appoint an auditor at each general meeting
at which its accounts are presented. The Board is recommending to
shareholders the re-appointment of KPMG LLP as the Company’s auditor
for the financial year commencing on 1 October 2023.
Resolution 13 – Authority to make political donations
The Act requires companies to obtain shareholders’ authority before they
can make donations to political organisations or incur political expenses.
It is not proposed or intended to alter the Company’s policy of not making
political donations, within the normal meaning of that expression.
However, this resolution is proposed to ensure that the Company and
its subsidiaries do not, because of any uncertainty as to the bodies or
activities covered by the Act, unintentionally commit any technical breach
of the Act by making political donations. Resolution 13, if passed, will give
the Board authority to make political donations until the close of business
on 27 December 2023 or, if sooner, the next AGM of the Company (when
the Board intends to renew this authority), up to an aggregate of £100,000
for the Company and its subsidiary companies.
Resolution 14 – Directors’ authority to allot
This resolution deals with the Directors’ authority to allot Relevant
Securities in accordance with section 551 of the Act. The authority granted
at the last AGM is due to expire at the conclusion of this year’s AGM and
accordingly it is proposed to renew this authority.
This resolution will, if passed, authorise the Directors to allot Relevant Securities:
(a) up to a maximum nominal amount of £10,086,064 (such amount to
be reduced by any allotments or grants made under paragraph (b))
below), which is equal to approximately one-third of the issued share
capital of the Company as at 21 November 2023; and
(b) comprising equity securities (as defined by section 560 of the Act) up
to a maximum nominal amount of £20,172,129 (such amount to be
reduced by any allotments or grants made under paragraph (a) above)
in connection with a pre-emptive offer (including an offer by way of a
rights issue or open offer), which is equal to approximately two-thirds
of the issued share capital of the Company as at 21 November 2023.
The proposals in Resolution 14 are in line with the Investment Association
(‘IA’) guidance, which confirms that an authority to allot up to two-
thirds of the existing issued share capital continues to be regarded as
routine business. The Directors consider it prudent to be aligned with
the IA guidance to ensure that the Company has maximum flexibility in
managing the Companys capital resources.
The Directors have no present intention of exercising this authority. The
authority granted by this resolution will expire on the date 15 months after the
date of this resolution or, if earlier, the date of the next AGM of the Company.
In this resolution, ‘Relevant Securities’ means:
(a) shares in the Company other than shares allotted pursuant to:
an employee share scheme (as defined by section 1166 of the Act);
a right to subscribe for shares in the Company where the grant of
the right itself constituted a Relevant Security; or
a right to convert securities into shares in the Company where the
grant of the right itself constituted a Relevant Security; and
(b) any right to subscribe for or to convert any security into shares in the
Company other than rights to subscribe for or convert any security
into shares allotted pursuant to an employee share scheme (as
defined by section 1166 of the Act). References to the allotment of
Relevant Securities in this resolution include the grant of such rights.
As at 21 November 2023 (being the latest practicable business day prior to
the publication of this Notice), the Company held 765,098 ordinary shares
as treasury shares, representing 2.5% of the Companys issued share capital
at that date.
Avon Protection plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
176
Annual Report and Accounts 2023 Avon Protection plc
177
Resolutions 15 and 16 – Disapplication of pre-emption rights
Resolutions 15 and 16 will, if passed, give the Directors power, pursuant to
the authority to allot granted by resolution 14, to allot equity securities (as
defined by section 560 of the Act) or sell treasury shares for cash without
first offering them to existing shareholders in proportion to their existing
holdings and renews the authority given at the AGM in 2023.
The authority set out in Resolution 15 would be limited to:
(a) pre-emptive offers, including rights issues or open offers and offers
to holders of other equity securities if required by the rights of those
securities, or as the Directors otherwise consider necessary; and
(b) otherwise, allotments or sales up to an aggregate nominal amount
of £3,025,819, which represents approximately 10% of the Company’s
issued share capital as at 21 November 2023;
(c) allotments or sales up to an additional aggregate nominal amount
equal to 20% of any allotments or sales made under paragraph (b)
such power to be used only for the purposes of making a follow-on
offer of a kind contemplated by Section 2B of the Pre-emption Group
2022 Statement of Principles (‘the Statement of Principles’).
Resolution 16 is intended to give the Company flexibility to make non-
pre-emptive issues of ordinary shares in connection with acquisitions
and specified capital investments as contemplated by the Statement
of Principles. The authority under Resolution 16 is in addition to that
proposed by Resolution 15 and would be limited to:
(a) allotments or sales of up to an aggregate nominal amount of
£3,025,819, which represents approximately 10% of the Company’s
issued share capital as at 21 November 2023; and
(b) allotments or sales up to an additional aggregate nominal amount
equal to 20% of any allotments or sales made under paragraph (b) such
power to be used only for the purposes of making a follow-on offer of a
kind contemplated by Section 2B of the Statement of Principles.
The authority being sought in Resolution 16 will only be used in
connection with such an acquisition or specified capital investment which
is announced contemporaneously with the announcement of the issue, or
which has taken place in the preceding 12 month period and is disclosed
in the announcement of the issue.
The authorities sought in Resolutions 15 and 16 are in line with the
Statement of Principles, which were revised in November 2022.
The Directors have no present intention to exercise the authorities
conferred by Resolutions 15 and 16, but will have due regard to the
Statement of Principles in relation to any such exercise. If the powers
sought by Resolutions 15 or 16 are used in relation to a non-pre-emptive
offer, the Directors confirm their intention to follow the shareholder
protections in paragraph 1 of Part 2B of the Statement of Principles and,
where relevant, follow the expected features of a follow-on offer as set out
in paragraph 3 of Part 2B of the Statement of Principles.
The authority granted by Resolutions 15 and 16 will expire on the date
15months after the date of this resolution or, if earlier, the date of the next
AGM of the Company.
Resolution 17 – Authority to purchase own shares
This resolution seeks a renewal of the authority for the Company to make
market purchases of its own shares and is proposed as a special resolution.
If passed, the resolution gives authority for the Company to purchase up
to 3,025,819 ordinary shares of £1 each, representing approximately 10% of
the Company’s issued share capital as at 21 November 2023.
The resolution specifies the minimum and maximum prices which may
be paid for any ordinary shares purchased under this authority. The
Company did not purchase any shares in the period from the last AGM to
21 November 2023 under the existing authority.
The Directors have no present intention of exercising the authority to
make market purchases; however, the authority provides the flexibility to
allow them to do so in the future.
The Directors will exercise this authority only when, in light of market
conditions prevailing at the time, they believe that the effect of such
purchases will be to increase the earnings per ordinary share having
regard to the intent of the guidelines of institutional investors and that
such purchases are in the best interests of shareholders generally. Other
investment opportunities, appropriate gearing levels and the overall
position of the Company will be taken into account before deciding upon
this course of action. In the event of any purchase under this authority,
the Directors would either hold the purchased ordinary shares in treasury
or cancel them. As at 21 November 2023 (being the latest practicable
business day prior to the publication of this Notice), the Company held
765,098 ordinary shares in treasury.
Bonus and incentive scheme targets for Executive Directors would not
be affected by any enhancement of earnings per share following a share
re-purchase.
As of 30 September 2023, there were options to subscribe outstanding
over 532,577 shares, representing 1.76% of the Company’s issued share
capital. If the authority given by resolution 17 were to be fully exercised,
these options would represent 1.96% of the Company’s issued share
capital after cancellation of the re-purchased shares. As of 21 November
2023, there were no warrants outstanding over shares.
The authority will expire on the earlier of the date 15 months after the date
of this resolution and the Company’s next AGM.
Resolution 18 – Notice of Meeting
Resolution 18 is a resolution to allow the Company to hold general
meetings (other than AGMs) on 14 days’ notice.
Before the introduction of the Companies (Shareholders’ Rights)
Regulations in August 2009, the Company was able to call general
meetings (other than AGMs) on 14 clear days’ notice. One of the
amendments that the Companies (Shareholders’ Rights) Regulations 2009
made to the Act was to increase the minimum notice period for listed
company general meetings to 21 days, but with an ability for companies to
reduce this period back to 14 days (other than for AGMs) provided that:
(i) the Company offers facilities for shareholders to vote by electronic
means; and
(ii) there is an annual resolution of shareholders approving the reduction
in the minimum notice period from 21 days to 14 days.
Resolution 18 is therefore proposed as a special resolution to approve
14 days as the minimum period of notice for all general meetings of
the Company other than AGMs. The approval will be effective until
the Company’s next AGM, when it is intended that the approval be
renewed. The Company will use this notice period only when permitted
to do so in accordance with the Act and when the Directors consider it
appropriate to do so.
Annual Report and Accounts 2023 Avon Protection plc
177
OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORT GOVERNANCE ADJUSTED PERFORMANCE MEASURES FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Avon Protection plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
178
Explanatory notes relating to the resolutions continued
Resolution 19 – Amendment to the rules of the LTIP
The Avon Protection plc Long Term Incentive Plan (formerly called the
Avon Rubber p.l.c. Long Term Incentive Plan) (‘the LTIP’) is the Company’s
long-term incentive arrangement for the Company’s executive directors
and other selected employees.
Since its approval by shareholders in January 2019, the LTIP has provided
for annual share-based awards ordinarily vesting on their third anniversary
of grant subject to the participant’s continued service and the extent to
which performance criteria are met over a three year measurement period.
The rules of the LTIP include best practice features, including in respect
of its good and bad leaver terms, malus and clawback provisions and the
requirement for post vesting holding periods for awards to the Companys
executive directors.
The proposed new Directors’ Remuneration Policy (proposed under
Resolution 3) envisages that the LTIP will be used to grant one-off
matching awards to the Company’s CEO and CFO in respect of the current
financial year within six weeks of the AGM or as soon as reasonably
practicable thereafter, in lieu of the normal LTIP grant referred to above.
As further explained in the new Directors’ Remuneration Policy, under the
terms of the proposed matching award arrangement:
(a) to be eligible for the grant of any matching award the CEO and CFO
need to have first acquired shares in the Company with their own
funds and agreed for such shares to be designated as ‘investment
shares’ for the purposes of the matching award arrangement (with
the aggregate purchase cost of such investment shares not exceeding
100% of their annual salary);
(b) subject to the cap noted below, the number of shares over which
the CEO and CFO’s matching awards would be granted would be
determined by dividing the result of four times the respective sums
invested (of no more than one times their salary) by the market value
of shares at the time of the grant of the matching awards (using a
short averaging period),
(c) the matching awards to the CEO and CFO may not be granted over
more than 267,656 shares and 182,344 shares respectively;
(d) stretching performance conditions relating to earnings per share
and return on invested capital targets set for the financial year
of the Company ending 30 September 2026 will apply to the
matching awards;
(e) the matching awards would be forfeit pro-rata to any disposal of the
grantee’s relevant related shares (the investment shares) prior to the
end of the period in respect of which the performance conditions
areassessed;
(f) the matching awards would have associated normal vesting dates
of the third anniversary of their grant in respect of two-thirds of the
each matching award, and an associated normal vesting date of the
fourth anniversary of their grant date in respect of the balance of each
matching award; and
(g) a post vesting holding period (net of sales for tax) would ordinarily
apply through until the fifth anniversary of the grant of the
matching awards.
The LTIP can accommodate the design of the proposed awards except
that the current terms of the LTIP provide that participants may not receive
awards under the LTIP in any financial year over shares having a market
value in excess of 175% of their annual base salary in that financial year.
To facilitate the grant of the proposed matching awards under the LTIP,
Resolution 19 seeks shareholder approval to amend the rules of the LTIP
to provide that its normal per participant per financial year award limit
shall not apply to the matching awards; instead, the amended rules of
the LTIP would restrict the number of shares over which such one-off
matching awards may be granted to no more than the maximums noted
in paragraph (c) above.
No other changes are proposed to the LTIP.
Normal LTIP policy is envisaged in respect of subsequent financial years.
The rules of the LTIP in the proposed amended form will be available for
inspection from the date of this Notice on the National Storage Mechanism
(accessible at https://data.fca.org.uk/#/nsm/nationalstoragemechanism)
and will also be available for inspection at the place of the AGM for at least
15 minutes before and during the AGM.
Notice of Meeting notes
The following notes explain your general rights as a shareholder and your
right to attend and vote at this AGM or to appoint someone else to vote on
your behalf.
1. To be entitled to vote on the business of the AGM (and for the
purpose of the determination by the Company of the number of
votes they may cast), shareholders must be registered in the Register
of Members of the Company by close of business on 24 January 2024.
Changes to the Register of Members after the relevant deadline shall
be disregarded in determining the rights of any person to vote on the
business of the AGM.
2. Shareholders are entitled to appoint another person as a proxy to
exercise all or part of their rights to attend and to speak and vote on
their behalf at the AGM. A shareholder may appoint more than one
proxy in relation to the AGM provided that each proxy is appointed to
exercise the rights attached to a different ordinary share or ordinary
shares held by that shareholder. A proxy need not be a shareholder of
the Company.
3. In the case of joint holders, where more than one of the joint holders
purports to appoint a proxy, only the appointment submitted by
the most senior holder will be accepted. Seniority is determined
by the order in which the names of the joint holders appear in the
Company’s Register of Members in respect of the joint holding (the
first named being the most senior).
4. A vote withheld is not a vote in law, which means that the vote will not
be counted in the calculation of votes for or against the resolution.
If no voting indication is given, your proxy will vote or abstain from
voting at his or her discretion. Your proxy will vote (or abstain from
voting) as he or she thinks fit in relation to any other matter which is
put before the AGM.
5. You can vote either:
by logging on to www.signalshares.com and following the
instructions;
you may request a hard copy form of proxy directly from the
Registrar, Link Group, on Tel: 0371 664 0300 (+44 371 664 0300
if overseas). Calls are charged at the standard geographical rate
and will vary by provider. Calls outside the United Kingdom will
be charged at the applicable international rate. Lines are open
between 9:00 am and 5:30 pm, Monday to Friday excluding public
holidays in England and Wales; or
in the case of CREST members, by utilising the CREST electronic
proxy appointment service in accordance with the procedures set
out below.
In order for a proxy appointment to be valid, a form of proxy must be
completed. In each case the form of proxy must be received by Link
Group at 10th Floor, Central Square, 29 Wellington Street, Leeds LS1
4DL by 10:30 am (GMT) on 24 January 2024.
NOTICE OF ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING CONTINUED
Avon Protection plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
178
Annual Report and Accounts 2023 Avon Protection plc
179
6. The return of a completed proxy form, other such instrument or any
CREST Proxy Instruction (as described in paragraphs 8 and 9 below)
will not prevent a shareholder attending the AGM and voting in
person if they wish to do so.
7. If you return more than one proxy appointment, either by paper or
electronic communication, the appointment received last by the
Registrar before the latest time for the receipt of proxies will take
precedence. You are advised to read the terms and conditions of
use carefully. Electronic communication facilities are open to all
shareholders and those who use them will not be disadvantaged.
8. CREST members who wish to appoint a proxy or proxies through
the CREST electronic proxy appointment service may do so
for the AGM (and any adjournment of the AGM) by using the
procedures described in the CREST Manual (available from
www.euroclear.com/site/public/EUI). CREST personal members or
other CREST sponsored members, and those CREST members who
have appointed a service provider(s), should refer to their CREST
sponsor or voting service provider(s), who will be able to take the
appropriate action on their behalf. In order for a proxy appointment
or instruction made by means of CREST to be valid, the appropriate
CREST message (‘a CREST Proxy Instruction’) must be properly
authenticated in accordance with Euroclear U.K. & Ireland Limited’s
specifications and must contain the information required for such
instructions, as described in the CREST Manual. The message must
be transmitted so as to be received by the issuer’s agent (ID RA10)
by 10:30 am (U.K. time) on 24 January 2024. For this purpose, the
time of receipt will be taken to mean the time (as determined by
the timestamp applied to the message by the CREST application
host) from which the issuer’s agent is able to retrieve the message
by enquiry to CREST in the manner prescribed by CREST. After this
time, any change of instructions to proxies appointed through CREST
should be communicated to the appointee through other means.
9. CREST members and, where applicable, their CREST sponsors or
voting service providers should note that Euroclear U.K. & Ireland
Limited does not make available special procedures in CREST for
any particular message. Normal system timings and limitations will,
therefore, apply in relation to the input of CREST Proxy Instructions.
It is the responsibility of the CREST member concerned to take (or,
if the CREST member is a CREST personal member, or sponsored
member, or has appointed a voting service provider(s), to procure
that their CREST sponsor or voting service provider(s) take(s)) such
action as shall be necessary to ensure that a message is transmitted by
means of the CREST system by any particular time. In this connection,
CREST members and, where applicable, their CREST sponsors or
voting system providers are referred, in particular, to those sections
of the CREST Manual concerning practical limitations of the CREST
system and timings. The Company may treat as invalid a CREST Proxy
Instruction in the circumstances set out in Regulation 35(5)(a) of the
Uncertificated Securities Regulations 2001.
10. If you are an institutional investor you may be able to appoint a proxy
electronically via the Proxymity platform, a process which has been
agreed by the Company and approved by the Registrar. For further
information regarding Proxymity, please go to www.proxymity.io.
Your proxy must be lodged by 10.30 am on 24 January 2024 in order
to be considered valid or, if the meeting is adjourned, by the time
which is 48 hours before the time of the adjourned meeting. Before
you can appoint a proxy via this process you will need to have agreed
to Proxymity’s associated terms and conditions. It is important that
you read these carefully as you will be bound by them and they will
govern the electronic appointment of your proxy.
11. Unless otherwise indicated on the Form of Proxy, CREST, Proxymity
or any other electronic voting instruction, the proxy will vote as they
think fit or, at their discretion or withhold from voting.
12. Any corporation which is a shareholder can appoint one or more
corporate representatives who may exercise on its behalf all of its
powers as a shareholder provided that no more than one corporate
representative exercises powers in relation to the same shares.
13. As at 21 November 2023 (being the latest practicable business day
prior to the publication of this Notice), the Company’s issued share
capital consists of 30,258,194 ordinary shares of £1 each, carrying one
vote each. 765,098 ordinary shares of £1 each are held in treasury.
These shares are not taken into consideration in relation to the
payment of dividends or voting. Therefore, the total voting rights in
the Company as at 21 November 2023 are 30,258,194.
14. The Company must cause to be answered at the AGM any question
relating to the business being dealt with at the AGM which is put by a
shareholder attending the AGM, unless one of the following applies:
(i) to do so would interfere unduly with the preparation for the AGM
or involve the disclosure of confidential information; (ii) the answer
has already been given on a website in the form of an answer to a
question; or (iii) it is undesirable in the interests of the Company or the
good order of the AGM that the question be answered.
15. A copy of this notice, and other information required by section 311A
of the Act, can be found at www.avon-protection-plc.com.
16. Under section 527 of the Act, shareholders meeting the threshold
requirements set out in that section have the right to require the
Company to publish on a website a statement setting out any
matter relating to: (i) the audit of the Company’s financial statements
(including the Auditor’s Report and the conduct of the audit) that are
to be laid before the AGM; or (ii) any circumstances connected with
an auditor of the Company ceasing to hold office since the previous
meeting at which annual financial statements and reports were laid
in accordance with section 437 of the Act (in each case) that the
shareholders propose to raise at the relevant meeting. The Company
may not require the shareholders requesting any such website
publication to pay its expenses in complying with sections 527 or 528
of the Act. Where the Company is required to place a statement on a
website under section 527 of the Act, it must forward the statement
to the Company’s auditor not later than the time when it makes the
statement available on the website. The business which may be dealt
with at the AGM for the relevant financial year includes any statement
that the Company has been required under section 527 of the Act to
publish on a website.
17. The following documents are available for inspection at our registered
office from the date of this Notice until the conclusion of the AGM
and at the place of the meeting from at least 15 minutes prior to and
during the meeting until its conclusion:
copies of the Directors’ letters of appointment or service contracts;
a copy of the draft rules of the LTIP; and
a copy of the current Articles of Association of the Company.
Scanned copies are also be available on request from the
CompanySecretary.
18. You may not use any electronic address (within the meaning of
section 333(4) of the Act) provided in either this Notice or any related
documents (including the form of proxy) to communicate with the
Company for any purposes other than those expressly stated.
19. The Company may process personal data of attendees at the AGM.
This may include photos, recordings and audio and video links, as
well as other forms of personal data. The Company shall process such
personal data in accordance with its privacy policy, which can be
found at www.avon-protection-plc.com.
Annual Report and Accounts 2023 Avon Protection plc
179
OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORT GOVERNANCE ADJUSTED PERFORMANCE MEASURES FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Avon Protection plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
180
GLOSSARY OF ABBREVIATIONS
Term Explanation
50 series Range of masks based on the proven technology of the M50 mask system
ACH GEN II Second-generation Advanced Combat Helmet
AGM Annual General Meeting
APC Avon Protection Ceradyne
CBRN Chemical, biological, radiological and nuclear
CGU Cash-generating unit
DOD Department of Defense
EMEA Europe, Middle East, and Africa
ESG Environmental, social and corporate governance
ESPP Employee Stock Purchase Plan
FTSE Financial Times Stock Exchange
FX Foreign exchange
FY Financial year
GHG Greenhouse Gas
GSR General Service Respirator
H1/H2 First half of the financial year (October–March)/second half of financial year (April–September)
ITAR International Traffic in Arms Regulation
KPIs Key Performance Indicators
LTIP Long-Term Incentive Plan
MiTR Modular Integrated Tactical Respirator
MOD Ministry of Defence
NATO North Atlantic Treaty Organization
NFPA National Fire Protection Association
NG IHPS Next Generation Integrated Head Protection System
NSPA The NATO Support and Procurement Agency, the executive body of the NATO Support and Procurement
Organisation (NSPO, of which all 30 NATO nations are members)
PAPR Powered Air Purifying Respirator
PSP Performance Share Plan
SBU Strategic Business Unit
SCBA Self-Contained Breathing Apparatus
SIP Share Incentive Plan
SSA Special Security Agreement
tCOe The amount of greenhouse gases emitted during a given period, measured in metric tons of carbon dioxide equivalent
TCFD Task Force on Climate-Related Financial Disclosures
TSR Total shareholder return
UN SDGs United Nations Sustainable Development Goals
Avon Protection plc Annual Report and Accounts 2023
180
OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORT GOVERNANCE ADJUSTED PERFORMANCE MEASURES FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Annual Report and Accounts 2023 Avon Protection plc
181
SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION
Shareholder information
As at 31 October 2023 the Company had 1,094 shareholders, of which 681
had 1,000 shares or fewer.
Financial calendar
Half year results are usually announced in May and year end results
in November.
In respect of the year ended 30 September 2023 the AGM will be held
on 26 January 2024 at Hampton Park West, Semington Road, Melksham,
Wiltshire SN12 6NB, England.
Corporate information
Registered office
Hampton Park West, Semington Road, Melksham, Wiltshire
SN126NB, Eng2 6NB, England.
Registered
In England and Wales No. 32965
VAT No. GB 137 575 643
Board of Directors
Bruce Thompson (Chair)
Jos Sclater (Chief Executive Officer)
Rich Cashin (Chief Financial Officer)
Chloe Ponsonby (Non-Executive Director)
Bindi Foyle (Non-Executive Director)
Victor Chavez CBE (Non-Executive Director)
Company secretary
Miles Ingrey-Counter
Auditor
KPMG LLP
Chartered Accountants and Statutory Auditor
Registrar and transfer office
Link Group, 10th Floor, Central Square, 29 Wellington Street, Leeds LS1 4DL
Tel: 0371 664 0300 (+44 371 664 0300 if overseas)
Calls cost 10p per minute plus network extras, lines are open 8:30 am–5:30 pm,
Monday to Friday excluding U.K. public holidays.
Financial advisor
Gleacher Shacklock
Brokers
Peel Hunt LLP
Jefferies Group LLC
Financial PR
MHP Communications
Lawyer
Slaughter and May
Principal bankers
Barclays Bank PLC
Comerica Inc.
NatWest
Fifth Third
Bank of Ireland
CIC
Website
www.avon-protection-plc.com
Avon Protection plc’s commitment to sustainability is reflected in this Annual Report, which has
been printed on Arena Extra White Smooth, an FSC
®
certified material.
This document was printed by Pureprint Group using its environmental print technology, with
99% of dry waste diverted from landfill, minimising the impact of printing on the environment.
The printer is a CarbonNeutral
®
company.
Both the printer and the paper mill are registered to ISO 14001.
Hampton Park West
Semington Road
Melksham, Wiltshire
SN12 6NB
England
Telephone: +44 (0) 1225 896 800
Email: enquiries@avon-protection.com
AVON PROTECTION PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023